$B im 33M %^ ' I \ / THE LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESENTED BY PROF. CHARLES A. KOFOID AND MRS. PRUDENCE W. KOFOID t i»,f.f*. X^^f'/^'*^*^^ >vO\.J *> ^% ^ w Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2007 with funding from IVIicrosoft Corporation http://www.archive.org/detaJls/elementsofgeograOOworcncn ELEMENTS OT GEOGRAPHY, ANCIENT AND MODERN : WITH AN ATLAS. BY J. E. WORCESTER, A. Mj. ^ttxtotSiPt iSUition. BOSTON: MILLIARD, GRAY, LITTLE & WILKINS, 134 WASHINGTON-STREET. AND SOLD BY BOOKSELLERS GENERALLY. 1828. m^ m. DISTRICT OF MASSACHUSETTS, TO WIT : District Clerk's Of ice. BE it remembered, that on the twentieth day of November, A. D. 1819, and in the forty-fourth year of the Independence of the United States of America, J. E. Worcester, or the said district, has deposited in this office the title of a book, the rig^ht whereof he claims as author, in the words following, viz. " Elements of Geography, Ancient and Modem. With an Atlas. By J. E. Worcester." In conformity to the act of the Congress of the United States, entitled " An act for the encouragement of learning, by securing the copies of maps, charts, and books, to the authors and propnetors of such copies during the times thereia mentioned ;" and also to an act, entitled " An act supplementary to an act, entit- led * An act for the encovuragement of learning, by securing the copies of maps, charts, and books, to the authors and proprietors of such copies, during the times therein mentioned,' and extending the benefits thereof to the arts of designing, eDgraving, and etching historical and^other prints." Txo vv n WTQ 5 ^^^^^ °^ ^^^ District J>0. W. DAVIS, ^ of Massachusetts. m^ PREFACE \ /yy TO THE STEREOTYPE EDITION. In the stereotype edition of the Elements of Geography^ the quantity of matter has been much increased, various al- terations have been made in the arrangement, and consider- able changes also in all parts, the modern geography, the ancient, and the tabular views. The design has been to render the work more instructive and interesting ; and more convenient for use, both to the teacher and the pupil. The Atlas has also been revised, and a new map of the Eastern and Middle States has been added to it. In future impressions the present arrangement will remiiin unbroken. The more permanent matter is so separated from the more changeable, that the necessary alterations, in order to accommodate the information to a recept date, may be made without changing the general structure of tjie bookf so as to occasion difficulty in using it in classes. The work, recently pnblished, entitled " Sketches of the Earth and its Inhabitants, with one hundred Engravings,^^ will be found a suitable companion to the Elements, for such as are desirous of extending their acquaintance with the most interesting topics connected with the pleasing and use- ful science of geography. Several of the plates contained in the " Sketches" have been inserted in this edition of the Elements, in order to illustrate some of the most prominent or characteristic matters relating to different countries. ] In its present form the work will, it is hoped, be found, im various respects, more satisfactory, and less unworthy of the favour which the public indulgence has given it. March, 1824. NOTE TO USSTRUCTERS. Before studying the Geography, the pupil should be made, m some degree, acquainted with the maps. Let him learn the boundaries of countriest and the gittiation of the several oceans and seas, of the largest TiverSf the principal ranges of mountains ^ and the rnost important cities. By having these leading matters well impressed on his memo- ry, he will be enabled to study the Geography with greater advan^- tage. The boundaries of countries are not giren in the book, as they can be much the most easily learned, and much the best fixed in the memory, by the use of the maps ; and if they are learned from the maps before the Geography is studie4) it woulfli be entirely unneces- sary to learn them in the book. RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE FXEMENTS OF GEOGRAPHY, AND OTHER WORKS BY THE SAME AUTHOR. RECOMMENDATION!. The Corporation of the University in Cambridge, being of opinion that Mr, Worcester's " ELEMENTS OF GEOGRAPHY" is a work of peculiar merit as an elementary system, have adopted it as the book to be used in the examination of candidates for admission into that seminary. J. T. KIRKLAND, President. " Mr. Worcester's Geography appears to us a most excellent manual. It is concise, well arranged, free from redundancies and repetitions, and contains exactly what it should, a brief outline •f the natural and political characteristics of each country. The tabular views are of great value." JVorth American Review. " We consider the work, in its present state, as the best com- pend of Geography for the use of schools, which has appeared in our country." Monthly Literary Journal. " From a careful examination of thy Geography, and a compari- son of the work with other productions of like character, I am led to the opinion that it is the most valuable system of elementary geography published in our country." Roberts Vaux, Esq. " I have no hesitation in expressing it as my opinion, that it con- tains more valuable matter, and better arranged, than any similar work of its size I have ever met with." Professor Adams. " I cannot hesitate to pronounce it, on the whole, the best compend of geography for the use of academies, that I have ever seen." Rev. Dr. S. Miller of Princeton. " Of all the elementary treatises on the subject which have been published, 1 have seen none with which I am on the whole so well pleased, and which I can ao cheerfully recommend to the public." Prtsiicnt Tyler ef DtiTtmtiUk €elleg6. vi Worcester's Improved School Books, AN EPITOME OF GEOGRAPHY 5 with an Atlas. A new work recently piLblished. The object in preparing this Epitome has been to furnish a manual adapted to the use of pupils of an early age, pre- paratory to entering upon the study of the larger Geography. The book is embellished with forty eight cuts, which exhibit a view of a variety of interesting objects of nature and art, and of the manners and custoins of diiferent countries. MAPS CONTAINED IN THE ATLAS. Map of the World— do. North America — do. United States — do. South America — do. Europe — do. British Isles — do. Asia — do. Africa — do. Roman Empire — do. Palestine — Comparative Heights of Mountains — Comparative Length of Rivers — Statisti- cal Summary of U. States — do. do. of Europe — do. do. of the Globe. RECOMMENDATIONS. It would be difficult to collect within the same limits, so much 'exact, useful and well chosen matter as is contained in this little volume and the accompaning Atlas. Mr. Worcester's books have all been distinguished for accuracy and clearness. This is no less so than those wbicli preceded it. A great advantage which it possesses over many works on geog- raphy, is its being suited to the wants of inexperienced teachers. Every thing is ar.'-anged, wo think, with great judgment, in the order it should be le;!rnt. In consequence of this arrangement, a person very little acquainted with geography, and who has not read the book through, muy teach it perfectly well. — We have seen no book on the subject so well adapted to the wants of teachers and learners as this Epitome. One thing deserting groat praise in this volume is the care and general accuracy with which the right pronunciation of proper names is marked. Christian Examiner. Mr. Worcester's success as a geographer, renders it unnecessary for us to say any thing more of this little book, than that it bears all tbe characteristic marks of his former productions. He is accurate, clear and remarkably happy in condensing the most important particulars, and bringing them down to the apprehension of children. The author has one merit almost peculiar to himself. He has •taken unwearied pains to designate the accurate pronunciation of places in various countries. North American Review. Mr. Worcester is already well known to the public as the au- thor of several most ac( urate and useful geographical publications. The little book before us is distinguished for the same qualities, and forms a valuable introduction to larger treatises. The information contained in the book is conformed to the present «tate of knowledge ; and Mr. Worcester's character would be to us a pledge for its correctness, if we were not, as we are, warranted to assert it, from a careful examination. U. S. Review and Literary Gazette. Worcester's Improved School Books, vii That the " Epitome" will be found thoroughly accurate, the character of Mr. Worcester is a sufficient pledge. It is likely to prove highly interesting as well as instructive to learning ; and we hope it will be speedily introduced into all common schools. We would mention as particularly entitled to commendation the neat and systematic Tables contained in the Atlas. Journal of Education. ELEMENTS OF HISTORY. Ancient and Modern, with Historical Charts. By J. E. Worcester. Second Edition. The Historical Atlas accompanying this volume, comprises a series of Charts, formed on a new plan, and will afford means of facilitating the study of History, similar to what are afford- ed by Maps in the study of Geography. It contains the following Charts : 1. A General Chart of History. 3. A Chart of Ancient Chronology. 3. A Chart of Modern Chronology. 4. A Chart of European Sovereigns since the year 1000. 5. A Chronological, Genealogical, and Historical Chart of England. 6. A Chronological, Genealogical, and Historical Chart of France. 7. A Chart of American History. 8. A Chart of Biography. 9. A Chart of Mythology. RECOMMEND ATI ONS. We have examined the " Elements of History, Ancient and Mod- ern, with Historical Charts," by Mr. J. E. Worcester, and can cheerfully recommend it for general use, as being the best elemen- tary work of the kind with which we are acquainted, and peculiarly calculated to allure the attention of young pupils, and impart a general knowledge of the subjects which it embraces. The Charts, which are in a great degree novel, afford a facility in imparting and fixing in the memory historical facts, similar to that which is afforded by Maps in the study of Geography. JOHN T. KIRKLAND, President of Harvard University. LEVI HEDGE, ) Professors in the SYDNEY WILLARD, ] University. FREDERICK BEASLEY, Provost of Pennsylvania University. As an apparatus for gaining a general knowledge of History, both expeditiously and effectually, the " Elements," and the accompaning '' Atlas," have so much merit, that I cannot but hope they may ^nd their way into all our academies and higher schools. JAMES MURDOCK, Prof, of Ecclesiastical Hist. Theo. Sem. Andov6i\ viii Worcester's Improved School Books. I have seen no elementary work which appears to me so well cal culated for a text-book as the " Elements." It is well arranged" and is very happy in giving every subject the space that is due to it, For a work so much condensed, it possesses, in a remarkable degree,, the interest of a copious narrative. With the *• Atlas" I am still more pleased. I am persuaded that in no other way can the outlines of History, the succession of empires and kings, be so easily and perfectly attained, as by the help of Charts. BENJAMIN HALE, Principal of Gardiner Lyceum. I have carefully perused your " Elements of History," and I give it the decided preference to every work of the kind with which I am acquainted. The " Historical Atlas" will prove eminently beneficial to the student of History. PHILIP LINDSLEY, President of Cumberland College. I have examined the "Elements of History," and the accompanying • Atlas," and am of the opinion that they are adapted to supply an important deficiency, which has heretofore existed in the means of instruction. WALTER R. JOHNSON, Principal of the High School of the Franklin Institute, Philadelphia, ^ktttfitB Of tfie 2Sartfi antf tts KnhatHtants. COMPRISING A description of the Grand Features of Nature ; the Principal Mountains, Rivers, Cataracts, asd other Interesting Objects and Natural Curiosities ; also of the Chief Cities and Remark- :ible Edifices and Ruins ; together with a view of the Manners and Customs of different Nations : Illustrated by One Hundred Engravings. Extracts from Reviews, ifc. " We have attentively perused these " Sketches," and have no hesitation in saying that we know of no similar work, in which in- struction and amusement are so much combined. The accuracy of the statements, the brevity and clearness of the descriptions, the apposite and often beautiful quotations from books of travels and from other works, continually excite and gratify the curiosity of the reader," Christian Spectator. " These volumes are extremely entertaining, and may be recom- mended to the perusal of those even, who conceive themselves to be past the necessity of elementary instruction." Christian Examiner. "The 'Sketches' &c. form a most valuable companion to the ■•' Elements of Geography,'' admirably calculated to interest the attention, and impart useful knowledge to our youth." Roberts Vaux, Esq. " The work is, in my opinion, ably executed, and well fitted to be both popular and useful." Rev. Dr. S. Miller CONTENTS. Mathematical Geography Globes Maps Physical Geography Man Natural Divisions, Political Di. Government, Religion Grand Divisions America North America Greenland Russian America Upper & Lotver Canada New Brunswick, Nova Scotia Newfoundland, Bermudas United States New England Maine New Hampshire Vermont Massachusetts Rhode Island Connecticut Middle States New York New Jersey Pennsylvania Delaware Southern States Maryland District of Columbia Virginia North Carolina South Carolina Georgia Alabama Mississippi Louisiana Western States Tennessee Ken tucky Ohio Indiana Illinois Missouri Florida Michigan, N. W. Territory Arkansas Ter., Missouri Ter. Western Territory 9 Mexico 82 1-2 Guatimala 84 14 West Indies 85 15 South America 87 17 Colombia 89 19 Guiana, Peru 91 20 Brazil 92 21 Buenos Ayres 93 22 Chili 94 23 Patagonia, Europe 95 24 Lapland 96 25 Norway 97 26 Sweden 98 28 Denmark 99 29 Iceland 100 30 Russia 101 33 Prussia 103 35 Poland 105 36 British Dominions, England 107 37 Scotland 111 39 Ireland 114 41 Netherlands 116 42 Germany 117 43 Saxony 120 45 Hanover 121 49 Bavaria 122 50 Wurtembcrg, Baden 123 52 Smaller German States 124 53 Austria 125 54 Switzerland 127 55 France 130 56 Spain 133 60 Portugal 136 62 Italy 137 63 Ionian Rep. Turkey in Eur. 140 64 Greece 142 66 Asia 143 67 Turkey in Asia 146 68 Russia in Asia 148 70 Arabia 149 71 Independent Tartary, Persia 151 73 Cabulistan 153 75 Hindoostan 154 76 Burmah 158 77 Malacca, Siam, &c. 159 78 China 160 79 Corea, Chinese Tart., Thibet 163 80 Japan 164 81 Asiatic Islands 164 CONTENTS. Australasia Polynesia Africa Egypt Barbary States 166 Western Africa 176 167 South Africa, East Africa 177 169 Abyssinia 178 171 Nubia, Central Africa 179 173 African Islands 180 COMPARATIVE GEOGRAPHY. Tabular Views of America. Extent and population 183 Population of cities 183 Tabular Views of the U. Stales. Extent, population, &c. 184 Increase, Years in doubling 185 Total Pop., 4 enumerations 185 Population at future periods 186 Classes of population 186 No. in different employments 187 Slaves in the several States 187 Original and New States 187 Sq. m., Pop., Pop. to a sq. m.. Rep. to Congress, Increase 188 Principal Rivers, navigable 188 Heights of Mountains 188 Temperature of several places 189 Exports, Shipping, Revenue, Manufactures 189 Exports, to what countries 190 Classification of Exports 190 Value of the principal Exp. 190 Revenue and Expenditure 190 Public Debt 191 Post Offices, Pop. of towns 191 Shipping of the principal ports 191 Religion, Colleges 192 Libraries 193 Tabular Views of Europe. Religion, Government, &c. 194 Population, Square miles, &c. 195 Extent &Pop. of subdivisions 196 Revenue, Public Debt, Army 197 Population of the chief Cities 197 Foreign Possessions 198 Libraries, Universities 199 Classes of Inhabitants 200 Tabular Views of Asia. Population and Extent 200 Population of Cities 20 1 Tabular Views of Africa. Population and Extent 201 Population of Cities 20 1 Tabular Views of the Earth. Temperature, &c. 202 Heights of Mountains 203 Heights of inhabited places 204 Scale of Heights of Mountains 205 Length of Rivers, Lakes 206 Exports of Countries, Navies 207 Languages, Human Life 208 Births, Deaths, Marriages 209 Extent and Pop., Religion 210 Protestant Missions 211 Questions on Tabular Views 212 ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. Comparative View Europe. — Britain, Gaul Germany Spain, Thrace Italy Italian Islands Greece, Macedonia, Epirus Thessaly, Greece Proper Peloponnesus Greek Islands Asia. — Asia Minor Colchis, Iberia and Albania Armenia and Mesopotamia 5/ria 221 Palestine 238 224 Arabia 240 225 Oriental Kingdoms 241 226 Africa.— Egypt 241 226 Lybia, Africa'Proper,Numidia, 229 Mauretania, Ancient Empires 243 230 Chronological Table 246 231 Ancient Cities and Towns 247 233 Rivers, Islands, &c. 254 234 Pronouncing Vocabulary 257 235 Questions on the Mod. IVIaps 261 237 Questions on the An. Maps 279 237 Problems on the use of Globes 285 237 Constructions of Maps 290 ELEMENTS OF GEOGRAPHY, Geography is a description of the earth. Jilathematical geography treats of the earth as a part of the sola system ; illustrates, from astronomical principles, its figure, mag^ni tude, and motion ; explains the construction of g-lobes, with thei . application to the solution of problems ; and describes the methods of projecting- maps and charts. Physical geography embraces a descriptive view of the general features of the earth, or its natural history. Civil or political geography delineates the empires, kingdoms, and states, which occupy the surface of the earth, and exhibits various monuments of human industry and skill. MATHEMATICAL GEOGRAPHY OR ASTRONOMY. The solar system is composed of the ffwn, the primary planets^ the satellites^ and the comets. The Suti is the source of light and heat to all bodies in the solar system. It is situated in the centre of the planets, which revolve around the sun in elliptic orbits, from west to east. There are 11 primary planets, namely, Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Vesta, Juno, Ceres, Pallas, Jupiter, Saturn, and Uranus or Herschel. Ceres, Pallas, Juno, and Vesta arc small primary planets. They have all been discovered since 1801, and their magnitudes and mo- lions have not been perfectly ascertained. Mercury and Venus are called inferior, or more properly per- haps, interior, planets, because their orbits are included within that of the earth ; the others superior, or exterior, because their orbits are without that of the earth. Saturn is remarkably distinguished from the other planets, by being encompassed by a double ring, as represented in the following figure. In the following view of the solar system, the oi bits of the planets are described as circles, yet their real form is elliptical. 10 THE SOLAR SYSTEM, exhibiting the order in which the planets move round the sun, their relative distances, and comparative magnitudes. MATHEMATICAL GEOGRAPHY. It There are 18 satellites or secondary planets. The Earth has 1, Jupiter 4, Saturn 7, and Herschcl 6. These revolve round their pri- maries, and accompany them in their annual revolutions round the sun. Comets are hodies revolving" round the sun in very eccentric el- lipses, and move in all directions. The number of comets belong-- ing- to the solar system is unknown. The number of those of which the elements have been calculated, is upwards of 100. Table of the sises^ distances, rotations, and periods, of the sun and planets. o "Diameter Mean dis- Rotation on B- in miles. tances from their axes. 1 ? the sun in mill, miles. d. h. m. Sun a 883,246 25 14 08 Mercury 9 3,224 37 00 24 00 Venus ? 7,687 68 23 22 Earth © 7,912 95 23 56 Mars c^ 4,189 144 1 00 39 Vest* a 238 225 Juno t 1,425 252 Ceres ? 263 Pallas ^ 265 Jupiter u 89,170 490 09 56 Saturn h 79,042 900 10 16 Herschcl y 35,112 1,800 unknown Mooa D 2,180 95 29 12 44 Time of revolving round the sun d. 87 224 365 686 1,161 1,589 1,681 1,682 4,332 10,761 30,445 h. m. 23 15 16 49 06 09 23 30 19 12 9 08 51 14 37 18 00 365 06 09 Bulk, The earth being 1. 1,330,000 ,oc ,16 1,470 887 77 ,02 Earth. The figure of the earth is spherical. This is evident, 1st, from the appearance of a ship when approaching the shore, the mast and topsails always being- seen before the hull; 2dly, from the cfi- cular form of the earth's shadow, as observed in eclipses of the moon; and 3dly, from the actual circumnavigation of the globe. The earth is not a perfect sphere, but is flattened at the poles. The equatorial diameter exceeds the polar diameter by upwards of 26 miles. The moon is carried with the earth round the sun once a year, and revolves round the earth in about 29^ days. The seasons — Day and night. The annval revolution of the earth round the sun, in connexion with the obliquity of the ecliptic, oc- casions the succession of the Jour seasons ; the diurnal rotation on its own axis every 24 hours, is the cause of day and night. This motion, being from west to east, causes the sun and stars to appear to rise in the cast and set in the west, once in 24 hours. Eclipses. An eclipse of the sun is caused by the moon's passing between the stm and the earth ; and can never happen except at the time of new moon. 12 MATHflMATICAL An eclipse of the moon is caused by the earth's passing- between the sun and the moon ; and can never take place except at the time of full moon. Fixed Stars. Those stars, which always retain nearly the same situation with respect to each other, are called Jlced stars. About 1,000 are seen by the naked eye in the visible horizon, in each hemis- phere ; but by the use of a telescope, many millions may be seen, and their number increases in proportion to the magnifying power of the telescope. The stars are supposed to be suns, around each of which planets revolve, as about our sun. These planets are probably inhabited by intelligent being-s. How vast and magnificent are the works of our beneficent Creator! The galaxy or milky-way is a broad luminous zone in the heav- ens. It is supposed to be caused by an immense number of stars, which from their apparent nearness, cannot be distinguished from oach other. GLOBES. A sphere or globe is a round body, every point of whose surface is (equally distant from a point within the body, called the centre. A hemisphere is a half globe. There are two kinds of artificial globes, the terrestrial and the celestial. The terrestrial globe is a representation of the earth, having the seas and different countries delineated on it, as they are on the sur- face of the earth. The celestial globe is an artificial representation of the heavens, having the fixed stars drawn upon it in their natural situation. The axis of a globe is an imaginary line passing through its cen- tre from north to south, around which it revolves. The poles are the extremities of the axis terminated by the sur- face of the globe. One is the north, and the other the south pole ; and are each 90° from the equator. Great circles are such as divide the globe into two equal parts. These are the equator or equinoctial, the horizon, the meridians, the ecliptic, and the two colures. Less circles are those that divide the globe into two unequal parts These are four, the two tropics, and the two polar circles. The circumference of every circle is supposed to be divided into 360 equal parts, called degrees; each degree into 60 equal parts, called minutes; and each minute into 60 equal parts, called seconds. They are marked thus, 23° 28' 16" ; i. e. 23 degrees, 28 minutes, and 16 seconds. The Equator is an imaginary great circle of the earth, equi-dis- tant irom the poles, dividing the earth into the northern and south- ern hemispheres. The Equator is divided by the principal meridian into tw« equal parts of 180° each. GEOGRAPHY. 13 Meridians are imaginary great circles passing- tliroiigh the poles, and perpendicular to the equator. The meridian of the place, or the 12 o'clock hour circle, is the meridian that cuts the horizon in the north and south points. The Jirst meridian of any country is the meridian passing through the capital of that country. The Horizon is either sensible or real. The sensible horizon is a small circle which limits our prospect, where the sky and land or water appear to meet. The real horizon is a great circle which di- vides the earth into the upper and lower hemispheres. The horizon is divided into four equal parts of 90° each, by the four cardinal points, East, West, JSTorth, and South. The wooden horizon of the artificial globe is divided into three parts ; the innermost is marked with all the points on the mariner's compass ; the next has the names, characters, and figures of the twelve signs ; and the third is a calendar of months and days. By the two last is instantly seen the sign and degree the sun is in dur- ing every day in the year. The Ecliptic is an imaginary great circle in the heavens, in the plane of which the earth performs her annual revolution round the sun. The ecliptic is drawn on the artificial globe obliquely to the equator, making with it an angle of 23° 28'. The twelve signs are the twelve equal parts, into which the eclip- tic is divided, each consisting of 30°. The Zodiac is a broad belt in the heavens 16° broad, in the mid die of which is the ecliptic. The names and characters of the 12 signs and the time of the sun's entering them are as follows. Latin. English. Characters. Time. 1. Aries The Ram T March 20th 2. Taurus The Bull 8 April 20th 3. Gemini The Twins D May 21st 4. Cancer The Crab ?3 June 21st 5. Leo The Lion SI July 23d 6. Virgo The Virgin W August 23d 7. Libra The Scales ■yy Sept. 23d 8. Scorpio The Scorpion rii Octob. 23d 9. Sagittarius The Archer / Nov. 22d 10. Capricornus The Goat Vf Dec. 22d 11. Aquarius The Waterman tSi. Jan. 20th 12. Pisces The Fishes M Feb. 19th The first six are called northern signs ; because they are north of the equator; the last six southern, because they are south of the equator. The Cohtres are two meridians, one passing through the equinoc- tial points, Aries and Libra, called the equinoctial colure ; the other passing through the solstitial points, Cancer and Capricorn, called the solstitial colure. 14 MATHEMATICAL The Tropics are two less circles, drawn parallel to the equator at the distance of 23° 28' ; one north of the equator called the tropic of Cancer ; the other south, called the tropic of Capricorn. These circles show the sun's limits north and south of the equator. The Polar Circles are less circles, described round the poles, at the distance of 23° 28'. The northern is called the arctic circle^ and the southern the antarctic. Zones are divisions of the earth's surface, formed by the tropics and polar circles. They are five, one torrid^ two temperate, and two frigid zones. The torrid zone is included between the tropics ; the temperate zones between the tropics and polar circles ; and the frig-id between the polar circles and the poles. The Latitude of a place is the distance from the equator, north or south, measured on a meridian towards either pole, reckoned in de- grees, minutes, and seconds. It cannot exceed 90°. The Longitude of a place is its distance from the first meridian, east or west, measured on the equator. It never exceeds 180°. A Climate, as used by astronomers, is a portion of the earth's sur- face, included between two parallels of latitude, and of such a breadth that the longest day under the parallel nearest the pole, is half an hour longer than under the other. There arc 24 such cli- mates between the equator and each of the polar circles. MAPS. A map is a representation of the eartn's surface, or some part of it, upon a plane. The top of maps is north, the bottom south, the right hand east, and the left hand west. Latitude and Longitude are the same on maps as on the globe. Latitude is expressed by figures which run up and down the sides of the map. If the figures increase upward, the latitude is north, if downward, it is south. All places [see Map of the World) lying above or north of the Equinoctial line are in north latitude ; all places below or south of it, are in south latitude. longitude is expressed by figures which run along the top and bot- tom of the map, or in the map of the world, by the figures on the Equinoctial line. If the figures increase from left to right, the lon- gitude is east ; if from right to left, it is west. All places on the map of the world, that lie to the right hand or to the east of the meridian which passes through London, are in east longitude from London ; all on the left hand of that meridian, are west longitude from London. Lines drawn across the map from right to left, are called parol lels of latitude. Lines drawn from the top to the bottom of maps are called tneri- dians of longitude. GEOGRAPHY. 16 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. The atmosphere. The atmosphere or common air^ is an invisi- ble elastic fluid, which surrounds the earth, rising to considerable height, and gradually decreasing in density. At the height of 50 miles the density is not sufficient to cause any perceptible reflection of the sun's rays. On the surface of the earth the pressure of the atmosphere, upon every square inch, is about 15 pounds. Temperature. The two leading causes, which affect the tem- perature of any region, are distance from the equator and elevation above the level of the sea. The cold increases in proportion as you go from the equator towards the poles. Water freezes through- out the year, under the equator, at the elevation of about 15,000 feet above the sea ; and in the latitude of 40° at the elevation ot about 9,000 feet. Winds. Wind is air put in motion. On a great part of the globe the winds are subject to great irregularity ; but between the tropics they are governed by regular laws, and in particular tracts and seasons, blow almost invariably in the same direction. The Trade Winds are remarkable currents, which blow from east to west, between about 28 degrees N. and S. of the equator, across nearly the whole circumference of the globe. They are called trade winds^ because they facilitate trading voyages. The Monsoons are a deviation from the uniformity of the trade winds. They prevail chiefly in the Indian Ocean ; and during six months in the year, from April to October, a strong wind blows from the southwest, bringing with it rain and tempest ; during the rest of the year, a dry and agreeable wind blows from the north- east. The change from one monsoon to the other, is accompanied with violent storms and hurricanes. Sea and Land Breezes. These prevail in the islands situated within the tropics. The sea breeze, or breeze yVom the sea, blows during the day ; and the land breeze during the night. Velocity of Wind. When the velocity of wind is only 2 miles an hour, it is just perceptible ; at 4 miles an hour, it is a gentle breeze ; at 30, a high wind ; at 50, a tempest ; at 100, a violent hurricane. Clouds. Clouds are composed of water raised by evaporation, and suspended in small vesicles, or hollow spheres. These vesicles form a kind of middle state between water and invisible vapour. Rain. The quantity of rain is most abundant within the tropics, and decreases in proportion to the distance from the equator to 1« PHYSICAL wards the poles. It is also subject to great variations from other causes, and the quantity which falls at different places in the same latitude, is often very different. Within the tropics, \ae rains, like the winds, occur regularly at certain seasons of the year. In the northern tropic, they begin in April, and end in September. This part of the year is called the rainy or wet season. The other six months form the dry season, during which not a drop of rain falls. In the southern tropic, this arrangement of the seasons is entirely reversed. In some countries, as in Egypt and a part of Peru and Chili, there is little or no rain at any season. Tides. The tides are the regular motions of the sea, according to which it ebbs and flows twice every 25 hours. They are caused chiefly by the attraction of the moon, modified in some degree by that of the sun. This movement differs greatly in different parts of the globe, and entirely ceases towards the poles. The tides are strongest when they come from a great extent of ocean upon an indented coast, where their force is concentrated. In land-locked seas, as the Mediterranean and Baltic, they are scarcely felt. The greatest tide is called a spring-tide ; the least a neap-tide. The spring-tide takes place at the time when the moon fulls or changes, as the attraction of the sun and moon then acts in unison. The neap-tide takes place when the attraction of the sun tends to counteract that of the moon. These spring and neap-tides, like the daily tides, succeed each other in a regular series, diminishing, in 15 days, from the greatest to the least. Mountains. Mountains sometimes stand single, but are oftener in groups, or disposed in ridges, traversing a great extent of country. Some of the grandest ranges on the globe, are the Andes of South America, which are connected with the Cordilleras of Mexico, and the Rocky mountains ; the Alps in Europe, and the Himmaleh and Altai mountains in Asia. Volcanoes. Volcanoes are burniugmoimtains, which, from their craters or apertures, emit smoke, flame, ashes, red hot stones, and lava. They are found in every part of the globe. The number of those that have been discovered, is about 200. Some of the most celebrated are, Etna in Sicily, Vesuvius in Naples, Hecla in Ice- land, and Cotopaxi in Quito. Earthquakes. Earthquakes are intimately connected with vol- canoes. They occur usually in volcanic countries, and, like volcanoes, are occasioned by subterranean fires. The effects of this alarming convulsion, are a violent tremor of the earth, the overthrow of objects on its surface, the rushing of the sea, and sometimes the overwhelming of whole cities. Metals. The metals which chiefly deserve notice, are gold^ n/tjcr, iron, copper, lead, tin, and mercury. GEOGRAPHY. 17 Gold is most commonly found in a perfectly pure state at the foot of large ranges of mountains, from which it is washed down by rivers. It occurs in all quarters of the world, but in the greatest abundance by far in South America. Silver is found in veins only, but in a variety of forms. More than nine tenths of the silver of the world comes from South America and Mexico. Iron^ the most useful of all the metals, is the most generally dis- tributed. The most productive iron mines are in Great Britain, France, Russia, and Sweden. Copper is found in various regions, but the most abundant source is in Cornwall in England. Lead is found in various countries, but most abundantly in Great Britain and the state of Missouri. Tin is chiefly obtained in Cornwall in England, and the island of Banca in the East Indies. Mercury or Quicksilver. The 'only important mines of quick- silver are those of Almaden in Spain, Idria in Austria, and Guan- cavelica in Peru. Minerals. The most important minerals are fossil coal, salty and precious stones. Coal is found in various parts of the world, but the most cele- brated coal mines are those of Newcastle in England. Salt is widely diffused, and is obtained from salt mines, from the boiling of the water of salt springs, and from the water of the ocean by the evaporation of the sun. The most celebrated salt mines are in Austrian Poland. Diamonds, the most precious of all gems, are found in Hindoostan and Brazil. Vegetables. The whole number of plants actually known, ac- cording to Humboldt, is 44,000. The torrid zone displays the most luxuriant vegetation; but the temperate zone produces in the greatest abundance those commodities, which are most useful to man. In the frigid zone, nature assumes a gloomy and severe aspect, and towards the poles, vegetation entirely fails. Animals. The torrid zone teems with the same luxuriance of animal, as of vegetable life. Some of the most useful animals thrive in all the zones, as the ox, ihQ sheep, the hog, the goat, the horse, the dog, and the cat. The elephant, the rhinoceros, the hippopotamus, the lion, the tiger \ the leopard, the panther, the hyena, and the ounce, extend little beyond the torrid zone. In the frigid zone the animals are small and stunted, and are clothed with a thick fur MAN. The human species, though descended from one common origin, exhibit a great diversity of complexion, form, character, and im- 2 * ^8 PHYSICAL provement. The most favourable state of society is found in the temperate zones ; here civilization most prevails ; and the inhabi- tants are most distinguished for industry, enterprise, intelligence, and personal beauty. In the frigid zone the stature of man does not usually much exceed four feet. Complexion. The human species, with regard to complexion, are divided into two great classes, one white, and the other black. These two divisions include six subdivisions or races ; the first comprising the white, the tawny, and the copper-coloured; the second the black, the blackish, and the dark brown. 1. The iVhite, or Caucasian Race, includes nearly all the Euro- peans, except the Laplanders ; the Circassians, Georgians, Arabians, Turks, Persians, and Hindoos. 2. The Tawny, or Olive, or Mongolian Race, includes the Tar- tars, the Chinese, and the other inhabitants of the Eastern and South- eastern parts of Asia, except the Malays ; and also the Laplanders in Europe. 3. The Copper-coloured, or American Race, comprises the Amer- ican Indians. 4. The Dark Brown, or Malay Race, consists of the Malays, who are found in the peninsula of Malacca, and the Asiatic islands. 5. The Black, or J^egro, or Ethiopian Race, comprises the negroes of A frica. 6. The Blackish Race consists of the Hottentots, and the savages of New Holland, New Guinea, and New Caledonia. Degrees of civilization. The human species may be consider- ed as existing in the savage, the barbarous, the half -civilized, and the civilized state. In the savage state man subsists almost entirely by hunting, fishing, and the spontaneous productions of the earth. A large portion of the globe is in the possession of savage tribes, but this part is very thinly inhabited. The natives of New Holland and the adjacent islands, the African Negroes, and the American Indians are considered as savages. In the barbarous state subsistence is derived chiefly from pastur- age, with some rude agriculture. This state was that of all Europe during the middle ages. It is now the state of the Moors of Africa, the Arabs, the Malays, and the inhabitants of Central and Northern Asia. In the half-civilized state agriculture and manufactures are car- ried to a high degree of improvement, but foreign commerce exists only in a very limited degree. In this state are Turkey, Persia, Hindoostan, and China. The civilized state is the irtost improved form of human society, and exists, though with considerable diversity, throughout the most of Europe, the United States, and some other parts of America, which have been settled by Europeans. GEOGRAPHY 19 EARTH. NATURAL DIVISIONS Land. The natural divisions of land are continents, islands, peninsulas, isthmuses, capes, promontories, mountains, and shores or coasts. A continent is the larg-est extent of land, no where entirely sepa- rated by water. There are two continents ; the Eastern^ comprising' Europe, Asia, and Africa ; and the Western^ comprising' North and South America. Some reckon 6 continents, viz. Europe, Asia, Africa, JS'orth America^ South America, and JVew? Holland. An island is a portion of land entirely surrounded by water. A peninsula is a portion almost surrounded by water. An isthmus is a neck of land which joins a peninsula to a con- tinent. A cape is a point of land projecting into the sea ; if the land is high and mountainous, it is called a promontory. A shore, or coast, is that land which borders on the sea. A mountain is a vast protuberance of the earth. Water. Water is divided into oceans, seas, lakes, gulfs, baya, harbours or havens, straits, sounds, roads, rivers, and friths or estu- aries. An ocean is the largest extent of water, no where entirely sepa- rated by land. There are five oceans, the Pacific, Atlantic, Indian, Southern, and Northern or Arctic oceans. A sea is a smaller collecuon of water, communicating- with an ocean. A lake is a large collection of water in the interior of a country. A gulf, or bay, is a part of a sea extending up into the land. A harbour, or haven, is a small portion of the sea almost surrounded by land, where ships may ride safely at anchor. A strait is a narrow channel, joining two seas, or one part of a sea with another. A sound is a small sea so shallow that it may be sounded. A road is a place at some distance from the shore, where ships may lie at anchor. A river is a large stream of inland water. A frith, or estuary, is the widening of a river at its mouth into an arm of the sea. POLITICAL DIVISIONS. An empire is composed of several large countries, subject to one sovereign, styled an emperor. A kingdom is generally less extensive than an empire, and is subject to a king. A grand duchy, a duchy, a principality, and a pachalic, are AMERICA. Situation and extent. America forms the western continent, and fs separated from the eastern continent by the Atlantic ocean. It is upwards of 9,000 miles in length, and is usually accounted the largest of the four quarters of the globe. JDiscovery. America was unknown to the civilized world, till near the end of the 15th century, and from this circumstance, it is often called the JSTew World. It was discovered in 1492, by Christopher Columbus, a native of Genoa, who sailed under the patronage of Ferdinand and Isabella, sovereigns of Castile and Aragon, in Spain. The first land that was seen, was one of the Bahama islands. The continent took its name from Americu^ Ves puctuSf a native of Florence, who made discoveries 5 or 6 years after the first discovery by Columbus. Climate. This continent has every variety of climate, but the climate generally differs from that of the other, by a greater pre dominance of cold. It is calculated that the heat is at 10 degrees less, than in the same parallels in the eastern continent. Productions. America abounds in almost all the varieties of the animal, vegetable, and mineral productions. Inhabitants. The inhabitants may be divided into three classes, Whites, J^egroes, and Indians. The whites are descendants of Europeans, who have migrated to America smce its discovery. They constitute more than one half f*t the population. The negroes are mostly held in slavery, and are descendants of Africans who were cruelly forced from their native country. The Indians are the aborigines, and are mostly savages. They are of a copper complexion, fierce aspect, tall, straight, athletic, and capable of enduring great fatigue. They are hospitable and gen- erous, faithful in their friendships, but implacable in their resent- ments. Their common occupations are hunting, fishing, and war. They are generally of roving habits, and live in a very scattered manner, in small tribes, of usually from 500 to 5,000 souls. Their numbers are gradually diminishing. At the time of the discovery of America, the natives in some parts, particularly Mexico and Peru, were considerably advanced in civilization. For the most part they continue a distinct people, and retain their savage customs ; but in some instances they have mingled with the white population. The Indians still possess the greater part of America. In north America they possess almost all the country except the southern and eastern parts, that is, the northern part of Spanish America, most of that part of the territory of the United States which lies NORTH AMERICA. 23 west of the Mississippi, and nearly ail the vast regions which lie to the north of the United States territory and to the west of the St. Lawrence. In South America they possess Patagonia and most of the interior of the continent. Divisions. America is divided into two parts, North and South America, which are connected by the isthmus of Darien. NORTH AMERICA. Cataract of J^iagara. Divisions. The three principal divisions of North America, are, 1st, British America in the north ; 2d, the United States in the mid- dle ; 3d, Spanish America in the south. There are besides, Green- land belonging- to Denmark, in the northeast ; and the Russian settlements in the northwest. France owns the two little islands oi Miquelon and St. Pierre^ which lie to the south of Newfoundland. Mountains. There are two great ranges of mountains. The lar- gest one is toward the western side of the continent, being connected with the Andes of South America, in Mexico called the Cordilleras of Mexico^ and further to the north, the Rocky mountains. The other range is wholly in the United States, called the Alleghany or Apalachian mountains. Islands. The principal islands are J^ewfoundland, Cape Breton^ St. John's, Rhode Island, Long Island, and the Bermudas. The West India islands lie between North and South America. . Bays or Gulfs. The five largest bays are Barn's Bay, Hud- ton's Bay, the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the Gi^lf of Mexico, and the Gulf of California. Lakes. The seven largest lakes are Slave lake, Winnipeg, St<- perior, Huron^ Michigan, Erie, and Ontario, The last five form a 84 GREENLAND. long" chain, and communicate with each other. Lake Superior is the larg-est collection of fresh water in the known world, and is 490 miles in length, and about 1,700 in circumference. It is as much affected by storms as the Atlantic ocean. The Pictured Rocks, on the south side of the lake, are a range of precipitous cliffs rising to the height of 300 feet, and are an extraordinary curiosity. Rivers. The following- are some of the principal rivers. Miles. Miles. Missouri, length 4,500 Del Norte, 2,000 Mississippi, 3,000 Columbia, 1,500 St. Lawrence, 2,000 Nelson's, 1,400 Mackenzie's, 2,000 Colorado, 1,000 Mackenzie's river rises in the Rocky mountains, and takes dif- ferent names in different parts of its course. It is ihe outlet of Slave lake, and flows into the Frozen ocean. J^elson's river also has its source in the Rocky mountains. The name of the head branch is Saskasawan. It is the outlet of lake Winnipeg-, and flows into Hudson's Bay. The St. Lawrence is the outlet of the great chain of lakes. It passes by Montreal and Quebec, runs northeasterly, and flows into the Gulf of St. Lawrence. It is navigable for ships of the line to Quebec, and for large vessels to Montreal, 580 miles from the sea. The breaking up of the ice_on this river in the spring, is described as a most stupendous operation of nature. The Mississippi rises near the west end of lake Superior, and pursuing a southerly course, flows into the Gulf of Mexico. It re- ceives the waters of many large rivers, and is of uncommon depth, but of diflScult navigation. Boats of 40 tons ascend to St. Anthony's falls, about 2,400 miles ; but ships seldom ascend above Natchez, upwards of 400 miles. The navigation is greatly facilitated by the use of steam boats. The river overflows its banks every spring-, and lays the country, for many miles in extent, under water. St. Anthony's falls are a fine cataract of about 40 feet perpendicular. The Missouri is the western branch of the Mississippi, and is properly considered the main stream, being the larger of the two, and much the long-er from the source to the point where they unite. It rises in the Rocky mountains, and is navigable for boats to the Great Falls, 3,970 miles, by the river, from the Gulf of Mexico. The Columbia rises in the Rocky mountains, flows southwest- erly, and runs into the Pacific ocean. The Bel J^orte, or Rto Bravo, rises in the Rocky mountains, flows east of south, and runs into the Gulf of Mexico. Its naviga- tion is much obstructed by sand-bars. GREENLAND. Situation. Greenland, an extensive country, situated in the northeast part of America, belongs to Denmark. Face of the country. Greenland is a dreary country, composed chiefly of barren and rocky mountains, whose summits are covered NEW BRITAIN. 25 with perpetual snow and ice. In a large part of the country, there is little or no veg-etation. In the southern parts there are some small trees and shrubs. Climate. The climate is very severe ; the winters long and cold. The thermometer frequently sinks to 48 degrees below 0. Inhabitants. The natives are of a low stature, rude and igno- rant. They are clothed with skins, and live chiefly on animal food. They have been partially converted to Christianity by the Mora- vians, who have missionaries at JVew Herrnhut, Lichtenfels^ and Lichtenau. Fisheries. Greenland is valuable chiefly on account of its whale Jisheries. RUSSIAN AMERICA. This is an extensive tract of country, in the northwest part of the continent, but the limits are not defined. The number of Rus- sians is stated at only about 1000, who are engaged in the fur trade. The principal settlements are at Rodiak and Sitcha. BRITISH AMERICA. Divisions. British America is a vast extent of cotmtry, and in- cludes J^ew Britain, Upper Canada, Lower Caimda, JVova Scotia, J^ew Brunswick, and the islands of J^ewjbundland, Cape Breton, St. John's', and the Bermuda islands. Nine tenths of British Amer- ica are ia the possession of the Indians. Government. The government is modelled on the principles of the British constitution. The four provinces of Upper Canada, Lower Canada, Nova Scotia, and New Brunswick, are under a governor general, whose residence is at Quebec. The governor of each of the 4 provinces, is styled a lieutenant governor. Religion. The established religion is that of the Church of Eng- land, and there are two bishops, one residing at Quebec, and the other at Halifax. But nine tenths of the inhabitants of Lower Canada are Catholics, and a Catholic bishop resides at Quebec. There are considerable numbers of other denominations, as Meth- odists, Baptists, Presbyterians, &c., in the several provinces. NEW BRITAIN. New Britain is a vast country, lying north and northwest of Up- per and Lower Canada, and comprehends Labrador, Jfew-J^orth Wales, and JVew-South Wales. Face of the country and soil. Almost the whole of this vast country, as far as it has been explored, is extremely barren and dreary ; the surface in some parts flat and marshy, in others, rocky, uneven, and mountainous, and the climate very severe. Bays and Lakes. The bays are Baffin's, Hudson's, and James* 3 2fi LOWER CANADA. bays. Lakes are numerous ; the principal are Slave lake, Athapeg- cow lake, Lake of the Hilh, and lake Winnipeg. Rivers. The principal rivers are Mackenzie's river, the ChurcK- iU, Severn, Js^elson, Albany, Moose, Seal, Rupert, &c. Trade. The trade of this country is carried on by the Hudson's bay and the North-west companies, who have several forts. Fur is the chief article of trade. Inhabitants. The Esquimaux Indians occupy the coasts of Lab- rador. The interior is inhabited by various tribes of a diminutive and miserable race. Missions. The Moravian missionaries have settlements in Lab* rador, at JsTain, Okkak, and Hopedale. UPPER CANADA. Divisions. Upper Canada is divided into 8 districts, which are subdivided into 23 counties, with minor divisions of townships. Rivers. The principal rivers are the St. Lawrence, Ovtawasy JSTiagara, Trent, Ouse, Redstone, and Thames. Lakes. One half of the lakes Ontario, Erie, St. Clair, Huron, Superior, Rainy Lake, and Lake of the Woods, is included in Upper Canada. Lakes J^ipissing, Simcoe, St. Joseph's, and others are in- cluded within the province. jPace of the country. The country bordering- on the St. Lawrence and the lakes is generally level ; further in the interior it is more uneven. ClimxUe. The climate is healthy, and considerably more temper ate than in lower Canada. Soil. The soil throughout the whole country, as far as it has been surveyed, is for the most part very fertile, and well adapted to cul- tivation. A large part of it is covered with heavy timber. Productions. The principal productions are grass, wheat, Indian corn, flax, hops, &c. Chief towns. York is the seat of government. It is pleasantly situated on tlfe northwest part of lake Ontario, and has an excel- lent harbour. Population 2,500. Kingston is pleasantly situated at the egress of the St. Lawrence out of lake Ontario, has an excellent harbour, and is the rendezvous of the shipping on the lake. Population 2,500. The other most considerable towns are JSTewark, Queenstown, and Chippeway. LOWER CANADA. jyivisions. Lower Canada is divided into 4 districts, which are ubdivided into 21 counties. The minor divisions are 1st. seign- iories, 2d. townships. Face of the country and soil. Lower Canada is intersected by ridges of mountains, which generally run from the coast into the interior in parallel chains, with intervening valleys of a fertile and pleasant appearance. The spacious valley, through which the St. LOWER CANADA. 27 Lawrence flows, is mostly level, of a very fertile soil, and thickly inhabited. Rivers. The principal rivers are the St. Ixtwrence^ Outawasy Sorelky St. Francis, Chaudiere, Saguenaxj, and Black river^ Climate. The extremes of heat and cold are very great. The thermometer sometimes rises in summer to 100, and sinks in winter to 40 below 0. Productions. The productions consist of grass, wheat, barley, rye, and culinary vegetables. Commerce. The exports consist of furs, limber, pot and pearl ashes^ grain, Jish, &c. Curiosities. On a number of the rivers there are beautiful cas • cades, the most remarkable of which are the falls of the Montmorenci, 7 miles below Quebec. The river just at its entrance into the St. Lawrence, falls over a precipice of 240 feet perpendicular, present- ing a scene of singular beauty and grandeur. The Chaudiere, a large river which flows into the St. Lawrence, 6 miles above Quebec, has very interesting falls of 120 feet perpen- dicular, 4 miles above its mouth. Chief towns. Pop. Chief towns. Pop. Montreal, 18,000 Three Rivers, 2,500 Quebec, 15,000 Sorelle, 1,500 Quebec, the capital not only of Lower Canada, but of all British America, is situated on a lofty point,at the confluence of the St. Charles with the St. Lawrence, about 400 miles from the sea. It is divided into two parts, the Upper and Lower Town. The Upper Town is built on a bold promontory, formed of almost perpendicular pre- cipices of naked rock, rising to the height of 345 feet ; and is a place of immense strength. The streets are irregular, and the houses are almost wholly of stone, generally small and inconvenient, though many of those recently built are elegant and spacious. The environs of the city present a most beautiful and sublime scenery. J\Iontreal is situated on an island in the St. Lawrence, 180 miles above Quebec, and 200 below lake Ontario, at the head of ship navigation. It has an extensive commerce, and is the great depot of the fur trade. The streets are mostly regular, hut narrow, and the houses are built of grayish stone, having the roofs covered with tin. The view from the top of the mountain of Montreal, above the city, is exceedingly fine. Three Rivers, or Trois Rivieres, the third town in Lower Canada, IS situated on the St. Lawrence, 84 miles SW. of Quebec. The other most considerable towns are Sorelle, Chambly, St. John's, La Chine, and J^ew Carlisle. — Houses of more than one story, are rare- ly seen in Canada, except in the towns. Inhabitants. More than five sixths of the inhabitants are native, or French Canadians ; tlie remainder, English, Scotch, Irish, and Americans. Education. There are respectable seminaries at Quebec and Montreal, but education is generally much neglected. History. Canada was first settled by the French in 1608 ; but was taken by Great Britain in 1759. «B NOVA SCOTIA. Island. The island of Cape Breton is attached to this province. It is about 110 miles long^, of a diversified surface, and is valuable chiefly on account of its peltry and fisheries. The chief towns are Arichat, Sidney, and Louisburg. NEW BRUNSWICK. River, The St. John's, a noble stream, about 400 miles long-, is much the larg-est river. Bays. The principal bays are Passamaquoddy, Bay of Fundy^ Chignecto, and Chaleur. Soil. The soil in the interior is generally excellent. The St John's opens into a vast extent of fine countrj-, in which are rich meadow lands. The upland is in g-eneral well timbered. Productions. The principal productions are grass and grain, but great advances have not yet been made in agriculture. The sea coast abounds with cod and other scale fish ; and immense shoals of herring, shad, and salmon, annually enter the river. The principal exports are timber and Jish. Chief towns. Frederickstown, which is situated near the head of sloop navigation on the St. John's, 80 miles above its mouth, is the ?eat of government. The city of St. John's, situated near the mouth of the river St. John's, is a very flourishing town, the largest in the province, con- taining about 10,000 inhabitants. It has an excellent harbour, and an extensive commerce. St. Andrew^s, situated on an arm of Passamaquoddy bay, is the iher most considerable town. NOVA SCOTIA. Situation. Nova Scotia is a peninsula, about 250 miles long, sep- rated from New Brunswick, in part, by the Bay of Fundy. Face of the country. The face of the country is somewhat un- ven, but there are no high mountains. The north east shores are arren, and present a dreary aspect. Soil. The soil on the sea coast is generally poor : in the inte- . ior it is better, and in some parts very good, and produces lai^e crops of grain. Bays. On the coast of Nova Scotia are numerous bays and har- l>ours. The largest is the Bay of Fundy, which is remarkable for its tides that rise to 30, and sometimes, in the narrowest parts, to 60 feet. The rise is so rapid, that cattle feeding upon the shore, are often overtaken and drowned. Commerce. The trade of Nova Scotia is very considerable. The exports consist chiefly of timber, fish, and planter of Paris. Chief towns. Halifax is the capital, and a place of considerable commerce, containing about 12,000 inhabitants. It is situated on the west side of Chebucto bay, and has an excellent harbour and a large navy yard, and is the principal naval station belonging to Great Britain in the northern part of America, BERMUDAS, or SOMERS' ISLANDS. 29 Liverpool, 45 miles SW. Halifax, is a seaport town, which con- tains 200 houses, and has considerable trade. Among- the other towns are Annapolis^ Lunenburgh, Barrington, Pictou, and Argyle. Education. King's College, at Windsor, 45 miles NW. Halitax, has respectable endowments. History. Nova Scotia was first settled by the French, and called by them Acadia. It was confirmed to England in 1713. Island. St. John's, or Prince Edijcard's island, lies in the gulf of St. Lawrence, is 110 miles long, and has a good soil. The chief town is Charlotte^s Town. NEWFOUNDLAND. Extent. Newfoundland, situated east of the gulf of St. Lawrence, is 380 miles long, and from 40 to 280 broad. Face of the country, &c. The face of the country is hilly, the shores rugged, and the soil generally barren, though timber is abundant. The interior is but little known. The climate is cold and dreary, subject to fogs, attended with fre- quent storms of snow and sleet. Banks. This island is chiefly valuable for its cod-Jisheries, which are carried on upon the banks of Newfoundland, and are the most valuable cod-fisheries in the world. The Great Bank is sixty miles from the SE. shore, and is 330 miles long, and 75 wide ; east of this is Green Bank, 240 miles long, and 120 broad. As many as 3,000 sail of small craft, and 100,000 men are employed in these fisheries. Chief towns. The towns are all in the southeast part, near the fisheries. St. John's, the capital, contained, in 1815, about 10,000 inhabitants, but it has since suffered greatly by fires. The other principal towns are Placentia and Bonavista. BERMUDAS, or SOMERS' ISLANDS. These islands are about 400 in number, but the most of them are very small, barren, and uninhabited. St. George's Town, situated on St. George's island, is the chief town, and contains about 500 houses, built of soft stone. Climate. The climate is very temperate and healthy, but subject to storms, accompanied with severe thunder. 3 80 UNITED STATIC. UNITED STATES. Extent. The territory of the United States embraces the middle division of North America, extending- from the Atlantic ocean on the east, to the Pacific on the west, about 3,000 miles from east to west, and 1,700 from nor^h to south. Divisio7is. The orig-inal number of states was 13 ; the present number is 24. In addition to these the small district of Columbia, and 6 larg-e tracts of country, but little settled, belong- to the Union. The states may be considered under 4 general divisions, the east- em^ middle^ southern^ and western. AVio England or Eastern States. J^iddle States. Southern States. Western States. Territories. District States. 1. Maine 2. I^ew Hampshire 3. Vermont 4. Massachusetts 5. Rhode Island 6. Connecticut 7. New York 8. New Jersey 9. Pennsylvania 10. Delaware 11. Maryland 12. Virginia 13. North Carolina 14. South Carolina 15. Georgia 16. Alabama 17. Mississippi 18. Louisiana '19. Tennessee 20. Kentucky 21. Ohio 22. Indiana 23. Illinois 24. Missouri r Michigan North-west j Missouri I Western I Arkansas (^Florida Columbia Seats of Government Portland Concord Montpelier Boston ^ Providence ) Newport \ Hartford ( New Haven Albany Trenion Harrisburg Dover Annapolis Richmond Raleigh Columbia Milledgeville Cahawba Jackson New Or! cans Nashville Frankfort Columbus Indianopolis Vandalia Jefferson Detroit Arkopolis Pensacola Washing^n UNITED STATES. 3i Face, of the country. The eastern states are generally uneven, and, to a considerable extent, mountainous. South of Long- Island, the coast, in some parts for more than 100 miles from the sea, is mostly a flat, sandy plain, elevated but little above the level of the ocean. Beyond the head of tide waters, the country becomes hilly and mountainous. The vast extent of country lying between the Alleghany and Rocky mountains, is, for the most part, but moder- ately uneven. Mountains. The two principal ranges are the Rocky mountains in the west, and the Alleghany mountains in the east'. The Rocky mountains form a part of the great range which extends through the western side of the continent. Some of the most elevated summits are 11,000 or 12,000 feet high. The Alleghany mountains extend parallel with the Atlantic, from New York to Georgia. The most elevated summits rise to the height of only about 4,000 feet. The White mountains in New Hampshire, are the highest in the United States to the east of the Mississippi. Lakes. One half of lakes Superior^ Huron., Erie., and Ontario., is included in the United States. Lake Michigan and lake Cham- plain are the largest that are wholly within their boundary. Rivers. Some of the principal rivers are the Connecticut, Hudson^ Delaware, Potomac, Savannah, Ohio, Tennessee, Mississippi, Missou- ri, Arkansas, Red, and Columbia. Canals. The 3 principal canals are Middlesex canal, in Massa- chusetts, and tlie Erie and jsTorthem canals, in New York. Climate. Tlie Unite ' k'^^tates eml race a great variety of climate. The forwardness of spring in the northern and southern ex- i emities of the Union, differs about 2^ months. The annual quantity of rain is much greater than in Europe, but the proportion of fair weather is also much greater, as the rain here falls in much heavier showers. Productions. The most important production of the eastern states is grass ; of the middle states, wheat, further south, wheat and tobacco ; of the southern states, cotton and rice ; of Louisiana; cotton, sugar, and rice ; and of the western states, wheat, maize, hemp, cot- ton, and tobacco. Occupations. The most important occupation of the inhabitants, is agriculture ; next, manufactures and commerce. Commerce. This country ranks as one of the first commercial states on the globe. Exports. The exports consist chiefly of raw materials. The five most considerable articles are cotton, flour, tobacco, timber, and rice. Minerals. Iron abounds in great variety of places. In the state of Missouri there is one of the richest lead mines in the world. CoaX is found in Rhode Island, Pennsylvania, Virginia, and several of the western states. There are numerous quarries of good marble. Various other minerals are found. Mineral waters. The niost celebrated mineral waters are those of Saratoga and Ballston, N. Y. Salt springs of great value are found in New York and several of the western states. Education. The United States are more distinguished for the general diffusion of knowlettgc, than for eminence in literature or 32 UNITED STATES. science. The means of common education are widely extended, and there are numerous seminaries of learning throughout the coun- try ; though there are no literary establishments on so large a scale as many in Europe. Religion. The constitution leaves every individual to the free exercise of his own religion ; none is established or supported by law. The inhabitiints are divided into a great variety of sects, the principal of which are Congregationalists^ Presbyterians^ German Lutherans^ Episcopalians, Baptists, Methodists, Quakers, Roman Catholics, and Moravians. Infiabitants. The inhabitants are whites, negroes, and Indians. The whites are of European descent, chiefly English, especial- ly the inhabitants of ISew England, Virginia, and the Carolinas. The Germans are most numerous in Pennsylvania, the Dutch in New York, and the French in Louisiana. Irish, Scotch, Swedes, and Spaniards, are found in considerable numbers in different parts. The negroes are mostly held in slavery, and are found chiefly in the southern states. The Indians are independent of the government of the United States. The whole number residing within the limits of the Union, has been estimated at upwards of 400,000. The most numerous tribes that are found east of the Mississippi, are the Choctaws, Creeks, and Cherokees. These tribes reside in the states of Georgia, Ten- nessee, Alabama, and Mississippi. Government. The United States form a federal republic. Each state is independent, and has a separate executive, legislature, and judiciary ; but the defence of the country, the regulation of com- merce, and the general interests of the confederacy, are entrusted to the general government. No country in the world enjoys a more equitable government The people are governed by laws, which are enacted -and adminis- tered by men of their own choice. All power originates with the people. The constitution secures to the citizens the grand priociples of freedom, liberty of con- science in matters of religion, libertj^ of the press, trial by jury, and the right of choosing and being chosen to oflSce. The executive power, which is the power that administers the gov- ernment, is vested in a president, who, together with the vice presi- dent, is chosen for 4 years by electors from all the states. The principal subordinate officers, in the executive department, are the secretaries of state, of the treasury, of war, and of the nnvy. The legislative ppwer, that is, the power which makes the laws, is vested in a congress, consisting of a senate and house of represen- tatives. The senate is composed of 2 members from each state, chosen by the legislature for 6 years. The representatives are elected by the people every 2 years. One representative is chosen for every 40,000 inhabitants. In the slave- holding states, 5 slaves are allowed to count the same as 3 freemen. The judiciary is the authority which dispenses justice, or expounds and applies the laws, and is independent of the legislature j the UNITED STATES. 33 judges hold their office during good behaviour. The supreme court is composed of 7 judges. History. The United States were originally colonies of Great Britain. In 1607, the first settlement by the English was made at James- town, Virginia. In 1614, New York was settled by the Dutch. In 1620, the first settlement in New England was made at Ply- mouth. In 1775, hostilities were commenced between the colonies and Great Britain. In 1776, on the 4th of July, the colonies declared themselves in- dependent. In 1783, their independence was acknowledged by Great Britain. In 1788, the present constitution was adopted. In 1812, June 18th, the United States declared war against Great Britain, which continued till Feb. 17th, 1815, when a treaty of peace was signed. The following view exhibits the succession of the presidents of the United States. George Washington from 1789 to 1797 8 years. John Adams « 1797 " 1801 4 " Thomas Jeflferson " 1801 « 1809 8 " James Madison " 1809 « 1817 8 « James Monroe « 1817 " 1825 8 " John Quincy Adams « 1825 NEW ENGLAND, or THE EASTERN STATES. Situation. New England, or the 6 Eastern States, lie east of the Hudson. They are Maine, J^ew Hampshire, Vermont, MassachusettSf Rhode Island, and Connecticut. Rivers. The Connecticut is the great river of New England. It rises on the borders between New Hampshire and Canada, and sepa- rates New Hampshire from Vermont, flows through the western part of Massachusetts, and the central part of Connecticut, and runs into Long Island sound. It is navigable for sloops to Hartford 50 miles ; and by means of lochs and canals, it has been rendered navigable for boats to Bath, N. H., about 300 miles. It flows through a very fine country, and there are upon its banks many pleasant towns. The Merrimack rises in the White mountains, flows through the central part of New Hampshire and the north eastern part of Massachusetts, and runs into the Atlantic, below Newburyport. It is navigable for vessels of 200 tons to Haverhill, 18 miles. By means of this river and Middlesex canal, an extensive boat naviga tion is opened between Boston and the state of New Hampshire, as far as Concord. Mountains. The principal ranges of mountains are the Green Quntainsy which extend through Vermont, Massachusetts, and S4 UNITED 15TATES. Connecticut, the White mountains in New Hampshire, and Katahdin or Ktaadn mountain in Maine. Face of the country. The country bordering' on the sea coast, to a considerable distance inland, is moderately uneven, in some parts spreading- into plains, in other parts hilly, but presenting no con- siderable elevations. Further in the interior, it becomes greatly diversified with vallies, hills, and mountains. ClimxUe. The climate is subject to great extremes of heat and cold, but is \CTy healthy. In the spring, chilling, damp, easterly winds prevail, which are very disagreeable. Soil. The soil is various, but a large proportion of it is good. It is, for the most part, better adapted to grazing than tillage ; and at some distance in the interior, it is generally of better quality, than toward the sea coast. Productions. The most important production is grass. The country abounds in excellent pastures and meadows, which feed great numbers of fine cattle ; and beef, pork, butter, and cheese, are among the most valuable productions. Indian corn, rye, wheat, oats, harley, flax, and hops, are extensively cultivated. Apples and cider are abundant, and good farms are generally furnished with an or chard. Exports. The exports, in addition to the articles above enumer- ated, consist chiefly of timber, pot and pearl ashes, zn^fsh. Commerce. New England is the most commercial division of the United States, and its coast abounds in fins harbours. Boston is the centre of the principal portion of the trade. In the western parts of these states, the trade centres at New York ; and in the north- ern part of Vermont, the inhabitants carry their produce to Montreal. •Minerals. The most important mineral production is iron, which is found in abundance in many places. There are numerous quarries ofgood7nar6/e. Limestone^ lead, coal, and some other minerals are found. JSIanufactures. As manufacturing states, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut, are among the most considerable in the Union. The principal articles are cotton and woollen goods, hats, shoes, ardent spirits, iron, nails, glass, tin ware, and clocks. Religion. New England is distinguished for its religious institu- tions. The Congregationalists are the prevailing denomination in all the eastern states, except Rhode Island ; next to them are the Baptists, who, in Rhode Island, are the most numerous sect. The other principal denominations are Episcopalians, *Methodists,Quakers, Presbyterians, and a few Universalists, Roman Catholics, &c. Education. New England contains many flourishing seminaries of learning, and is remarkable for its excellent system of common education. All the towns, except in the state of Rhode Island, are divided into suitable districts, in which schools are supported by law, thus affording the means of common education to all classes of the community. Inhabitants. The inhabitants are mostly of English descent, ? are distinguished for their intelligence, enterprise, industry, and ' of gain. / MAliNiL.. Xote. In thefollowing topographical tables are exhibited the coun lies, number of towns, chief toxms, and population, in round numbers^ of the counties, and of the chief towns, according to the census of ^20 MAINE. Counties. Toums. Pop. Cumberland 24 49,400 Hancock 30 31,300 Kennebec 33 42,600 Lincoln 34 53,200 Oxford 31 27,100 Penobscot 24 13,900 Somerset 31 21,800 Washington 13 12,700 York 23 46,300 Shire toums. Pop. Portland 8,600 Castine 1,000 Augusta 2,500 Wiscasset 2,100 Paris 1,800 Bangor 1,200 Norridgewock 1,500 Machias 2,000 ^York 3,200 I AJfred 1,300 Total 243 298,300 Rivers. The Penobscot rises from the lakes in Ihe NW. part of the state, and flows into Penobscot bay. It is navigable to Bangor, 52 miles above the mouth of the bay. The Kennebec is formed of two branches ; one comes from Moose- head lake. It flows into the ocean 13 miles below Bath, and is navi- gable for vessels of 150 tons to Hallowell, 40 miles ; and for boats to Waterville. This river waters a fine tract of country, and there are upon its banks a number of flourishing towns. The other principal rivers are the Androscoggin, Saco, and St. Croix. Bays. The most considerable bays are Ca^co, Penobscot, French' man's, and Passamaquoddy. Lakes. Some of the most considerable lakes are Moosehead, Urn- bagog, Sebago, and Schoodic. Islands. The islands along the coast are numerous. Some of the principal are Long Island, Deer Island, Mount Desert, Seguin Island, and the Fox Islands. J^atural curiosity. In HoUis, on the NW. side of the Saco, 7 miles WNW. of the town of Saco, is a spring, remarkable for the jhenom ena, which it exhibits. Commerce. Maine enjoys great facilities for commerce. The coast is indented with bays, abounding in excellent harbours. A great part of the state is yet unsettled, and covered with forests, and timber is the principal article of export. Chief towns. Portland is much the largest town in Maine. It is delightfully situated on a peninsula in Casco bay, is well built, and has one of the best harbours in the world, and an extensive com- merce. Bath, on the Kennebec, 13 miles from the sea, Hallowell on the same river, about 27 miles above Bath, and Brunsvnck on the An- droscoggin, 7 miles west of Bath, are flourishing towns, and have considerable trade. 38 NEW HAMPSHIRE. Eastport, in Passamaquoddy bay, on the eastern border of the state, has a flourishing- commerce. The other most considerable towns, besides the shire towns above enumerated, are Kenntbunk^ Saco, Gardiner, Tfaterville, Belfast. Frankfort, Buckspci% Lubeck, South Berwick, and Fryehurg. Education. Bowdoin College, at Brunswick, is a respectable and flourishing- institution, and has a medical school connected with it At Waterville there is a college under the direction of the Bap- tists ; and at Bangor a literary and theological seminary, supported by the Congregationalists. History. A settlement by the English, was made at York about 1630. — Maine formed a part of the state of Massachusetts, under the title of the IHstrict of Maine, till 1820, when it was erected into an independent state. NEW HAMPSHIRE. Counties. Towns. Pop. Shire toicns. Pop. Cheshire 37 45,400 Charlestown Keene 1,700 1,900 Coos 21 5,500 Lancaster 800 Grafton 36 33,000 Haverhill Plymouth Amherst 1,600 1,000 Hillsborough 28 34,600 1,600 Merrimack 23 32,900 Concord 2,800 Rockingham 36 41,600 ^ Portsmouth \ Exeter C Dover 7,300 2,100 2,900 Strafford 32 51,100 . Gilmanton 3,500 ('Rochester 2,500 Total 213 244,100 Rivers. The most considerable rivers are the Connecticut, JSIer- rinvack, Piscataqua, Androscoggin, Saco, Upper and Lower Ammo- noosuc. Sugar river, Ashuelot, Contoocook, J\Iargallaway, and JVashua^ Lakes. Winnipiseogee, the largest lake, situated in the central part of the state, is 23 miles long. It is a beautiful lake, of very irregular form, and is surrounded by the most romantic scenery Other lakes are Umbagog, Ossipee, Sunapee, Squam^ and JSTetcfound lakes. Mountains. New Hampshire is more distin^ished for its moun- tains, than any other state in the Union. Of these the principal are the White Mountains, which display the most sublime mountain scenery, surpassing* every thing else of the kind in this countrj-. The other most considerable summits are Moosehillock, Monad" nock, Kearsarge, Sunapee, and Ossipee. Curiosities. The J^otch or Gap in the White mountains is es- teemed one of the greatest natural curiosities in the United States. The whole mountain, which otherwise forms a continued range, is cloven down quite to the base, opening a passage for a road and the waters of the Saco. The scenery is wonderfully grand and pic- turesque. In the township of Franconia is a singular curiosity, called the VERMONT. 37 Profile. The hijh peak on which it is situated, nsos abruptly, pre- senting' a bold front of solid rock, a side view of which exhibits a complete profile of the human face. Other curiosities are Bellows Falls on the Connecticut, at Wal- pole, the Great Boar''s Head., a promontory in Hampton, and re- markable caves in Chester and Barring-ton. Minerals. Iron ore is found in great quantities at Franconiuy where there are extensive iron works. Chief towns. Concord is the seat of government. It is pleas- antly situated on the Meri-imack, 45 miles WNW. of Portsmouth, and contains a large and elegant 8t&.tc house of stone, and has con- siderable trade. Portsmouth is much the largest town in the state, and the only seaport. It is pleasantly situated on the south side of Piscataqua, 3 miles from the sea. It is well built, has a very excellent harbour, and a flourishing commerce. Dover , on Cocheco river, 12 miles NNW. of Portsmouth, and Exeter, on Exeter river, 14 SW. of Portsmouth, are flourishing' towns, and have considerable trade and manufactures. The other most considerable towns, besides the shire towns above enumerated, are Walpole, Claremont, Hanover, Hopkinton, Salis^ bury, Londonderry, and Durham. Education. Dartmouth College, in Hanover, is a respectable and flourishing institution, and has connected with it a medical school. Upwards of 20 academies have been incorporated in the state. Among these is Phillips Academy in Exeter, one of the best endow- ed and most respectable seminaries of the kind in the United States. History. The first English settlement in New Hampshire, was made near the mouth of the Piscataqua in 1623. It was formed into a separate g-overnment in 1679, before which it was under the juris- diction of Massachusetts. VERMONT. Counties. Towns. Pop. Shire towns. Pop. Addison 22 20,500 Middlebury 2,500 Benning-ton 17 16,100 ^ Bennington f Manchester 2,500 1,500 Caledonia 18 16,700 Danville 2,300 Chittenden 16 16,000 Burlington 2,100 Essex 12 3,300 Guildhall 500 Franklin 19 17,200 St. Albans 1,600 Grand Isle 5 3,500 North Hero 500 Orange 17 24,700 Chelsea 1,500 Orleans 23 7,000 Irasburg" 400 Rutland 26 30,000 Rutland 2,400 Washington 16 14,100 MONTPELIER 2,300 Windham 24 28,500 Newfane 1,500 Windsor 23 38,200 J Windsor ) Woodstock 3,000 2,600 Total 238 235,800 38 VERMONT. Rivers. The west bank of Connecticut river forms the eastern boundary of Vermont. The principal rivers within the state are Lamuile, Onion, Otter Creek, Misisque, Deerjield, Pasumsic, White, and Black rivers. Mountains. Vermout is a mountainous country. The Green Mountains extend throug-h the whole length of this state, in a direc- tion nearly north and south. The highest summits of this range, in Vermont, are Mansfield mountain in Mansfield and Sterling, CameVs Rump near the east part of Huutmgton, and Killington Peak, about 10 miles east of Rutland. Ascutney mountain lies west of Conneo ticut river between Windsor and Wcathcrsfield. '^''i Curiosities. In Plymouth, 18 miles west of Windsor, there is a remarkable cave, having 5 apartments, the largest of which is 30 feet long, 20 broad, and 20 high. Other caves, some of them equal- ly interesting, are found in Clarendon, Bennington, Danby, and JDorset. Minerals. Iron ore is found in several places, and there are some lead and copperas mines. Porcelain earth is found at Monktou, and there are quarries of marble at Middle bury, Bennington, Swan ton, Arlington, Shaftsbury, and Pittsford. Chief towns. Montpelier is the seat of government. It is situat- ed on the Onion river, within 10 miles of the centre of the statC) and is a flourishing town. Burlington, on lake Champlain, 38 miles WNW. of Montpelier* is the most commercial town in the state, and remarkable for its de lightful situation, and magnificent landscapes. Windsor and Brattlehorough, on Connecticut river, are very pleasant and flourishing towns, and places of considerable business. The former contains the state prison. Middlebury, on the Otter Creek, at the falls, 32 miles south of Burlington, has extensive manufactures and considerable trade Here is a quarry of excellent marble. Bennington, situated in the SW. corner of Vermont, is a consid- erable town, and the oldest in the state. It is famous for a battle fought here, in August 1777, between the British and Americans. Some of the other most important towns, besides the shire towns above enumerated, are Vergtnnes, Js^wbury, Westminster, Royalton, Randolph, Arlington, and Shajlsbury. Education. There is an institution, styled the Vermont Universi ty at Burlington, and a respectable and flourishing college at Mid- dlebury. About twenty academies have been established in the state. History. Vermont was settled much later than the other New England states. The township first granted was Benniuyton, of which the grant was made in 1749. Vermont was erected into an independent Etate in 1791. MASSACHUSETTS. 39 MASSACHUSETTS. Counties. Tovms. Pop. Shire towns. rop. Barnstable 14 24,000 Barnstable S,400 Berkshire 32 35,700 Lenox 1,300 Bristol 19 41,000 Taunton 4,500 Dukes 3 3,300 Edgartown C Salem 1,400 i2,700 Essex 26 74,600 ^ JNewburyporf ^ Ipswich 6,900 2,600 Franklin 25 29,300 Greenfield 1,400 Hampden 18 28,000 Spring-field 3,900 Hampshire 22 26,500 Northampton 2,900 Middlesex 44 61,500 { Cambridge \ Concoi*d 3,300 1,800 Nantucket 1 7,300 Nantucket 7,300 Norfolk 22 36,500 Dedham 2,500 Plymouth 18 38,100 Plymouth 4,300 Suffolk 2 43,900 Boston 43,300 Worcester 54 73,600 Worcester 3,000 Total 300 523,300 Rivers. The principal rivers are the Connecticut^ Men imackj Concord, Charles, Jifystic, J^ashua, Taunton, ChickapeCy Jjc^rjieldf Westfieldy J\IiUer''s, and housatonic. Bays. Massachusetts bay lies between Cape Cod and Cap^) Ann. Barnstable Bay comprises the southern part of Massachusetts bay. Buzzard'^s hay lies on the southwest side of the peninsula of Cape Cod. Peninsula. The peninsula of Cape Cod comprises the county of Barnstable, the most easterly part of the state. It is mostly sandy and barren, and the inhabitants obtain their subsistence chiefly from the sea. Islands. The most considerable islands are JsTantucTcet, Martha^s Vineyard, the Elizabeth islands, and Plumb island. Mountains. The range of the Green Mountains extends from N. to S. through the western part of the state. The most noted mountains in Massachusetts are Saddle mountain, in Williamstown and Adams, Taconic near Sheffield, Wachusett in Princeton, Mount Tom and Mount Holyoke near Northampton. From the top of Mount Holyoke is presented a ver}-^ extensive and most delightful view of the country bordering on Connecticut river. Curiosities. Lynn Beach, which is a mile and a half long, and connects the peninsula of JsTahant with the main land, is regarded as a curiosity. Nahant is a place of resort in the hot season on ac- count of its refreshing sea-breezes. In ,^dams there is a singular chasm formed by a branch of the river Hoosac, and over it there is a natural bridge, composed of a huge mass of limestone. In Dighton on Taunton river, there is a rock containing a hieroglyphic inscrip- tion, of which no satisfactory explanation has been given. 40 MASSACHUSEITS. Commerce. Massachusetts is the most commercial state in the Union, and owns the principal part of the fisheries. Manufactures, This state ranks as the? third in the Union with reg-ard to manufactures. Chief toicns. Boston is not only the capital of Massachusetts, but is the literary and commercial metropolis of New England. It is very pleasantly situated on a peninsula at the head of Massachusetts bay, has an excellent harbour, and is surrounded by a populous and beautiful country. It contains a state house, 30 houses of public worship, various other public building-s, and numerous literary and benevolent institutions. It is a place of great trade and opulence, and owns more shipping- than any town in the United States, except New York. Salem, 14 miles NE. of Boston, is a pleasant and handsome town, the second in New England in population, wealth, and commerce, and is largely concerned in the East India trade. J^ewburyport, on the Merrimack, 3 miles from the sea, and 24 N. of Salem, is a handsome town, delightfully situated, and has consid- erable commerce. JMarhlehead, 4 miles SE. of Salem, is more largely concerned in the Bank fisheries than any other town in the United States. Pop- ulation 5,600. Beverly, connected with Salem by a bridge, and Gloucester, 16 miles NE. of Salem, are also largely concerned in the fisheries. Charls'toion, connected with Tioston by Charles river bridge, has considerable trade. _ ^ll'orJolk, Charleston, Savannah and JVet/? Orleans. Religion. The most numerous denominations are Methodists^ Baptists, Presbyterians, Episcopalians, and Catholics. There are some Lutherans, Congregationalists, Quakers, Moravians, and Jews The Catholics are most nxunerous in Maryland and Louisiana. MARYLAND. Chesapeake bay extends up throug-h tlie state from north to south, dividing it into two parts. The part east of the bay is called the eastern shore ; the part west, the xcestern shore. Western Shore. Eastern Shore. Counties. Chief towns. Counties. Chief toums. Alleghany Cumberland Caroline Denton Ann Arundel Annapolis Coecil Elkton Baltimore Baltimore Dorchester Cambridge Calvert St. Leonard's Kent Chestertown Charles Port Tobacco Queen Ann Centreville Frederick Fredericktown Somerset Princess Ann Harford Bel-Air Talbot Easton Montgomery Unity Worcester SnowhiU Prince George Marlborough Washington Hagcrstown St. Mark's Leonardtown Rivers. The Potomac forms the boundary on the southwest The other principal rivers are the Susquehanna, Patapsco, Patuxentf Elk Sassafras, Chester, Chopiank, J^anticoke, and Pocomoke, DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 5b Face of the coutttry. The eastern shore is low, level, and sandy , on the western sliore below the falls of the rivers, it is similar. Be- yond ttie falls it becomes variegated and hilly ; and the western part is mountainous. Chief towns. Annapolis is the seat of g-overnment. It is situ- ated on the Severn, 2 miles above its entrance into the Chesapeake, 28 miles SSE. of Baltimore, and contains a handsome state house, and 2,300 inhabitants. Baltimore is much the largest town in the state, and is the third in size in the Union. It is pleasantly situated on the Patapsco, 14 miles above its entrance into the Chesapeake, and is a place of great commerce. The city is regularly laid out ; the houses aro mostly of brick, and several of its public edifices are magnificent. The Washtno;ton J\Ionument is a superb structure of stone, 163 feet high. Population 62,700. Fredericktown, situated in the interior, in a fertile tract of coun- try, 45 miles west of Baltimore, is a pleasant and handsome town, and has an extensive inland trade. Population 3,600. Hagerstown, 26 miles NW. of Fredericktown, situated in a fer- tile country, is a flourishing town. Among the other most considerable towns are Cumberland on the Potomac, Elkton^ Chestertoion, Snowhill, and Cambridge, on the eastern shore. Education. In Baltimore is an institution, styled the University of Maryland. The medical department is one of the most flourish- ing medical schools in the United States. There are two other seminaries in the city, styled St, Mary^s College, and Baltimore College. There are 17 academies, which are supported, in part, by the state. Commerce. Maryland holds a high rank as a commercial state. The most important article of export is Jtour ; next to this, tobacco. History. This country was granted by Charles I., in 1632, to Lord Baltimore, a Catholic, who commenced a settlement with about 200 Catholics, in 1634. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. Counties. Chief towns. Pop, Alexandria Alexandria 8,200 «r , . . S Washington 13,200 Washmgton < ^ , r- Ann ° I Georgetown 7,400 Washington, the scat of government of the United States, is situated on the Maryland side of the Potomac, at the junction of the Eastern Branch, 295 miles by the course of the river and bay from the Atlantic, and 37 SW.*of Baltimore. Its natural situa- tion is pleasant and health)'^, and it is laid out on a plan, which, when completed, will render it one of the handsomest and most commo- dious cities in the world. But a very small part of the plan is yet completed. Among the public edifices of the city are the Capitol^ 54 MARYLAND. part, cotton, rice, and sugar. The pitch pine of the low country, g-rows in great perfection, and yields pitch, tar, turpentine, hoards, and other timber. These form important articles of export. Climate. The wintei s are mild, but in the low country- the summers are hot and sultry, and from July to the latter part of October, the climate is unhealthy. The upper country has a mild and healthy climate. Slaves. The principal part of the slaves in the United States are in this division. They are found chiefly in the low country, where labour is performed almost wholly by negroes. Manners and Customs. The low country is inhabited by planters, who live at considerable distance from each other, having generally large plantations, with many slaves. They are distinguished for hospitality, and for charity to t'lC distressed. They are fond of pleasure, and hunting is one of their favourite amusements. The upper country is inhabited by farmers, who have generally small estates with few slaves, and depend chiefly on their own labour for support. Commercial lovms. The principal emporiums of foreign commerce in the southern states, are Baltimore, J\/'orfolk, Charleston, Savannah and JVeio Orleans. Religion. The most numerous denominations are Methodists, Baptists, Presbyterians, Episcopalians, and Catholics. There are some Lutherans, Congregationalists, Quakers, Moravians, and Jews The Catholics are most nimnerous in Maryland and Louisiana. MARYLAND. Chesapeake bay extends up through the state from north to south, dividing it into two parts. The part east of the bay is called the eastern shore ; the part west, the xcestern shore. Western Shore. ^Eastern Shore. Counties. Chief totons. Counties. Chief towni. Alleghany Cumberland Caroline Denton Ann Arundel A^^•APOLIS Coecil Eikton Baltimore Baltimore Dorchester Cambridge Calvert St. Leonard's Kent Chestcrtown Charles Port Tobacco Queen Ann Centreville Frederick Fredericktown Somerset Princess Ann Harford Bel-Air Talbot Easton Montgomery Unity Worcester Snowhill Prince George Marlborough Washington Hagerstown St. Mar^^'s * Leonardtown Rivers. The Potomac forms the boundary on the southwest. Tho other principal rivers are the Susquehanna, Patapsco, Patuxent, Elk Sassafras, Chester, Chopiank, J^anticoke, and Pocomoke. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 65 Face of the country. The eastern shore is low, level, and sandy , on the western shore below the falls of the rivers, it is similar. Be- yond the falls it becomes varicg-atcd and hilly ; and the western part is moimtainous. Chief towns. Annapolis is the seat of g-overnment. It is situ- ated on the Severn, 2 miles above its entrance into the Chesapeake, 28 miles SSE. of Baltimore, and contains a handsome state house, and 2,300 inhabitants. Baltimore is much the larg-est town in the state, and is the third in size in the Union. It is pleasantly situated on the Patapsco, 14 miles above its entrance into the Chesapeake, and is a place of great commerce. The city is regularly laid out ; the houses are mostly of brick, and several of its public edifices are magnificent The Washington Monument is a superb structure of stone, 163 feet high. Population 62,700. Fredericktown^ situated in the interior, in a fertile tract of coun- try, 45 miles west of Baltimore, is a pleasant and handsome town, and has an extensive inland trade. Population 3,600. Hager stolen, 26 miles NW. of Fredericktown, situated in a fer- tile country, is a flourishing town. Among the other most considerable towns are Cumberland on the Potomac, Elkton, Chestertown, Snowhill, and Cambridge, on the eastern shore. Education. In Baltimore is an institution, styled the University of Maryland. The medical department is one of the most flourish- ing medical schools in the United States. There are two other seminaries in the city, styled St. Mary*s College, and Baltimore College. There are 17 academies, which are supported, in part, by the state. Commerce. Maryland holds a high rank as a commercial state. The most important article of export is flour ; next to this, tobacco. History. This country was granted by Charles I., in 1632, to Lord Baltimore, a Catholic, wlio commenced a settlement witli about 200 Catholics, in 1634. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. Counties. Chief towns. Pop. Alexandria Alexandria 8,200 Washington \ WASH^^^GTON 13,200 ° ( Georgetown 7,400 Washington, the scat of government of the United States, is situated on the Maryland side of the Potomac, at the junction of the Eastern Branch, 295 miles by the course of the river and bay from the Atlantic, and 37 SW. of Baltimore. Its natural situa- tion is pleasant and healthy, and it is laid out on a plan, which, when completed, will render it one of the handsomest and most commo- dious cities in the world. But a very small part of the plan is yet completed. Among the public edifices of the city are the Capitol^ 56 VIRGINIA. of^wl. to n-ce stone, and is ., Tar L mosTr.oil^L^ScVla^ ^^ 6 ^itrs'r^lTCg^^^^ ^/n^' of the Potcac, Georo^^ou-., on the Poton^ac sen " .t'.T '' w' "v^""^^' '" ^°"'-- Creek, 3 n.iles west of the CaJitoM? k T ^^'^^"^Ston by Rock siderable trade. ^'*''^' '' ^ handsome town, and has con- has^rt;cL\le?nrtntf^^^^^^^^^ "^'^'^^^ '^ ^-^^^town, which C^Tnnl -:S^Ctr:?^i:?^.r;7 V--«% ^^tuated on braces, in connexion with the colWr . " ^'°'"^' ^^ P^^" ^"»- logical and a medical department ^' P""P^''^t°0' ^<^h«°l. a theo- VIRGINIA. Counties Accomack Albemarls Amelia Amherst Augusta Natural Bridge of Virginia. Covnttes. Bath Bedford Berkley Chief towns. Drummondlown Charloaesville Amelia C. H. New Glasgow Staunton Botetourt Brooke Chief totnu, ^'arm Spring! Liberty Martinsburg Fincastle Wfillsburg VIRGINIA. 67 Brunswick Bucking^ham Cabell Chesterfield Culpepper Cumberland Campbell Caroline Charles City Charlotte Dinwiddie Elizabeth City Essex Fauquier Fairfax Fluvanna Frederick Franklin Greensville Giles Gloucester Goochland Grayson Greenbriar Halifax Hampshire Hanover Hardy Harrison Henrico Henry Isle of Wight James City Jefferson Kenawha Kin;g& Queen King George King William Lancaster Lee Lewis Loudoun Louisa Lunenburg Madison Matthews Brunswick C. H. New Canton Cabell C. H. Manchester Fairfax Cartersville Lynchburg Port Royal Charles City C. H Marysville Petersburg Hampton Rappahannock Warrentown Centreville Columbia Winchester Rocky Mount Hicks ford Davisburg Gloucester C. H. Goochland C. H. Greensville Lewisburg South Boston Romney Hanover Moorfields Clarksburg Richmond Martinsville Smithfield Williamsburg Charlestown Charlestown Dunkirk King George C.H. Delaware Kilmarnock Jonesville Mecklinburg Middlesex Monongalia Monroe Montgomery Mason Nansemond Nelson New Kent Nicholas Norfolk Northampton St. Tammany Urbanna Morgantown Union Christiansburg Point Pleasant Suffolk Lovington Cumberland Nicholas Norfolk [H. Northampton C. Northumberland Bridgetown Nottaway NottaAvay Leesburg Louisa Hungary Madison Matthews C. H. Ohio Orange Patrick Pendleton Pittsylvania Powhatan Preston Prince Edward Princess Anne Prince William Prince George Randolph Richmond Rockbridge Rockingham Russell Scott Shenandoah Southampton Spotsylvania Stafford Surry Sussex Tazewell Tyler Warwick Washington Westmoreland Wood Wythe York H. Wheeling Stannardsville Patrick C. H. Franklin Danville Powhafan C Kingwood Jamestown Kempsviile Haymarket Pr. George C.H. Beverly Richmond C. H. Lexington Harrisburgh Franklin Mockason Gap Woodstock Jerusalem Fredericksburg Falmouth Cobham Sussex C. H. Jeffersonville Tyler C. H. Warwick C. H. Abingdon Leeds Newport Evan sham Yorktown Rivers. The principal rivers are the Potomuc^ Shenandoah^ Rap- pahannock, York, James, Appomattox, Elizabeth, Staunton, Kena- toha, Ohio, Sandy, and J^onongahela. Capes. Cape Charles and Cape Henry, sometimes called the Capes of Virginia. Mountains. The Blue Ridge extends from SW. to NE. through the central part of the state. West of this are other ranges of the 58 VIRGINIA. Alleghany mountains^ as J^orlh mountain, Inurel mouniatn, and Jackson'ji mountain. The Cumberland mountains are in the south- western part of the state. The Peaks of Otter., summits of the Blue Ridg-e, are accounted the most elevated mountains in Virg-inia. JSIinerals. Excellent coal is found in abundance on James river, 20 miles above Richmond. Iron mines occur in great abimdance W. of the Blue Ridge ; limestone^ lead., and chalk, arc found. Mineral Springs. There are several mineral spring-s of some celebrit}. Berkley Sp?^ings, near the Potomac, 35 miles N. by W. of Winchester, and Sweet Springs about 70 W. of Lcxing-ton, are much resorted to. The Warm and the Hot Springs, are near Bath. The water of the latter is hot enough, at some seasons, to boil an Curiosities. The J^atural Bridge, over Cedar Creek, in Rock- bridg-e county, 14 miles SW. of Lexing-ton, is one of the greatest natural curiosities in the world. The rock, which forms the bridge, is 60 feet wide in the middle, and extends over a chasm, which is about 250 feet deep, 45 wide at the bottom, and 90 at the top. This beautiful and magnificent arch is viewed with emotions of delight and astonishment. Falling Spring., about 50 miles W. by N of Lexington, has a cataract of 200 feet perpendicular. Near the Great Kenawlia there is a small cavKy in the earth, from which issues a stream of air, which, on applying a torch, takes fire, and sometimes burns several days. There are several caves, of which the most extraordinary is Wier^s Cave, which is on the north side of tlie Blue Ridge, and is between 2,000 and 3,000 feet in length. It comprises various apartments, containing the most beautiful stalactites and incrusta- tions, which display the most sparkling brilliancy, when surveyed by the light of a torch. Within about 100 yards of this, is another singular cavern, but much inferior, called Madison's Cave. Near Panther Gap is Blowing Cave, from which a strong current of air continually issues. Near the Ohio, 12 miles below Wheeling, is a vast mound, 300 feet in diameter at the base, and 90 high, containing thousands of hu- man skeletons. The passage of the Potomac, through the Blue Ridge, at Harper^s Ferry, " is perhaps," says Mr. Jefferson, " one of the most stupen- dous scenes in nature." Population of the principal towns. Richmond 12,000 Lynchburg 5,500 Portsmouth 1,700 Norfolk 8,500 Fredericksburg 3,300 Williamsburg 1,400 Petersburg 6,700 Winchester 2,900 Shepherdstown 1,400 Chiff towns. Richmond is the largest town, and the seat of gov- ernment. It has a beautiful and picturesque situation at the falls of James river, about 150 miles from its mouth. It contains a capitol, or state house, and various other public buildings, and has an exten- sive trade. VIRGINIA. 59 j^orfolky on Elizabeth river, 8 miles above its entrance into Hamp- ton road, has a g-ood harbour, and more foreign commeroe than any other town in tlic state. Petersburg, on the Appomattox, 24 miles S. by E. of Richmond, has considerable trade in tobacco and flour. Lynchburg, on James river, near the head of boat navig-ation, 120 miles W. of Richmond, is a thriving- town, and has a flourishing trade. Fredericksburg, on the Rappahannock, near the head of navig-a- tion, is a place of considerable trade. Williamsburg, 55 miles E. by S. of Richmond, was formerly the seat of government. Winchester, 70 miles WNW. of Washing-ton city, is a pleasant and flourishing inland town. It has a healthy situation, with sever- al mineral springs in its vicinity, and is a place of considerable re- sort in the hot season. Yorktown, on York river, 29 miles NW. of Norfolk, has a good harbour, and is famous for the surrender of the British army under Lord Cornwallis in 1781. Among the other most considerable towns, are Charlottesville, Staunton, Lexington, Fincastle, and Union, in the central part of the state ; Wheeling on the Ohio, Sheperdstown on the Potomac ; PortS' mouth near Norfolk ; and Danville near the border of North Caro- lina. Mount Vernon, the celebrated scat of general Washington, is pleasantly situated on the Potomac, 9 miles below Alexandria. Monticello, the seat of Mr. Jefferson, is 2 miles from Charlottes- ville. Education. The University of Virginia is established at Chai lottesville. The buildings are on a large scale, and were erected at great expense. There are besides 3 colleges, William and Mary College at Williamsburg ; Washington College at Lexington ; and Hampden Sidney College in Prince Edward county, 85 miles SW. of Richmond. Academies have been established m various places. The state has a fund of upwards of 1,100,000 dollars, the interest of which is ap- propriated to the support of schools and literary purposes. History. The first English settlement in the United States, was made in 1607, at Jamestown in Vir'^i,tM, on James river, 32 miles above its mouth. Capt. ^,z\ii\ Smith, who has been styled the father of the colony, was one of the first settlers. Four of the presidents of the United States, have been Virginians. NORTH CAROLINA NORTH CAROLINA. Counties. Chief towns. Counties. Chief towns Anson Wade sbo rough Jones Trenton Ashe Ashe Lenoir Kingston Beaufort Washington Lincoln Lincolnton Bertie Windsor Martin Williamston Bladen Elizabethtown Mecklinburg Charlotte Brunswick Brunswick Montgomery Henderson Buncombe Ashville Moore Alfordstown Burke Morgantown Nash C. K^ Cabarras Concord New Hanover Wilmington Camden Jonesburg Northampton C. H. Carteret Beaufort Onslow Swansborough Caswell Leasburg Orange Hillsborough Chatham Pittsborough Pasquotank Nixonton Chowan Edenton Pitt Greenville Columbus Whitesville Perquimans Hartford Craven Newbem Person Roxborough Cumberland Fayetteyille Randolph C. H. Currituck Indiantown Richmond Rockingham Duplin Sarecto Robeson Lumberton Edgecombe Tarborough Rockingham Danbury Fianklin Louisburg Rowan Salisbury Gates C. H. Rutherford Rutherfordton Granville Williamsboro' Sampson C. H. Greene Snow Hill Stokes C. H. Guilford Martiuville Surry Salem Halifax Halifax Tyrrel Columbia Haywood C. H. Wake Rai.eigh Hertford Winton Warren Warrenton Hyde Germantown Washington Plymouth Iredell Statesville Wayne Waynesborough Johnson Smithfield Wilkes Wilkesborough Rivers. The principal rivers are the Roanoke.^ Chowan^ J^'ettse^ Pamlico, or Tar, Cape Fear, Yadkin, and Catawba. Sounds. Albemarle, Pamlico, and Core sount/s, all communicate with each other. The inlets are Currituck, Roanoke, Grant, and Ocra£oke ; the last only is navigable. Capes, Cape Haileras is the most dangerous cape on the American coast. The shoals are extensive, and the weather fre- quently tempestuous. Cape Lookout and Cape Fear, are also for- midable to seamen. Harbours. North Carolina has no good harbours, and the mouths of the rivers are obstructed by sand bars. The best harbours are those of Wilmington, J^'ewbem, and Edenton. Swamps. Great Dismal swamp lies partly in this state, and part- ly in Virginia. It is 30 miles long, and 10 broad, and is a marshy tract, covered with trees, and brushwood, in many parts, so thick as to be impenetrable. Little Dismal twamp is between Albemarle and Pamlico sounds. NORTH CAROLINA. 61 Mineral Springs. There are several valuable mineral springg, but the most celebrated are the Warm Springs, on French Broad river, near the borders of Tennessee. Curiosities. Ararat or Pilot mountain.^ is regarded as a great curi osity. It rises in the form of a pyramid, nearly a mile high. On the area at the top, which contains only about an acre, a stupendous rock rises to the height of 300 feet, and terminates with a flat sur face at the top, which affords an extensive and delightful prospect In the vicinity of Salisbury, there is a remarkable stone icall, the top of which approaches within one foot of the surface of the ground. It is laid in cement, plastered on both sides, 22 inches thick, and 12 or 13 feet high. The length of what has been discovered, is 300 feet. Chief towns. There are no large towns in this state. Raleigh is the seat of government. It is pleasantly situated in the central part of the state, and contains a handsome brick state house, in which i3 an elegant marble statue of Washington. Population 2,700. JS''ewhern, situated on the Neuse, is the largest town in the state It is well built, and has considerable commerce, and 3,700 inhabi tants. Fayetteville, on Cape Fear river, near the head of steamboat navi gation, 60 miles S. of Raleigh, is a flourishing town, and has a brisk trade, in tobacco, cotton, and flour. Population 3,600. Wilmington, on Cape Fear river, 36 miles from its mouth, and 90 SE. of Fayetteville, contains 2,600 inhabitants. The exporto of this town are much greater than those of any other in the state. Edenton, on a bay of Albemarle sound, contains 1 ,600 inhabitants Washington, on Pamlico river, 1,000. The other principal towns are Salem 100 miles W. of Raleigh , Salisbury 33 miles SW. of Salem ; Hillsborough 30 miles NW. of Raleigh ; Warrenton 56 miles NNE. of Raleigh. Education. There is a respectable and flourishing institution, styl- ed the University of JVorth Carolina, at Chapel Hill, 28 miles WNW. of Raleigh. There is an excellent Moravian seminary for females, at Salem, and academies are established in various places. History. In 1650, a settlement was made near Albemarle sound by some planters from Virginia. North and South Carolina were originally included under one government, but were separated in 1729. 62 SOUTH CAROLINA. SOUTH CAROLINA. Chief totons, Lancaster Laurens Granby Gilesborough Marlborough Newbury Orangeburgh Pendleton Columbia Spartanburgh Statesville Union Williamsburgh York Counties. Chief towns. Counties. Abbeville Abbeville Lancaster Barnwell Barnwell Laurens Beaufort Beaufort Lexington Charleston Charleston - Marion Chester Chester Marlborough Chesterfield Chesterfield Newbury Colleton Dorchester Orangeburgh Darlington Darlington Pendleton Edgefield Edgefield Richland Fairfield Winnsborough Spartanburgh Georgetown Georgetown Sumter Greenville Greenville Union Horry Conwayborough Williamsburgh Kershaw Camden York Rivers. The Savannah separates this state from Georgia. The Santee is the largest river in South Carolina. It is formed by the Congaree and Wateree. Steamboats go up to Columbia on the Congaree, and boats to Camden on the Wateree. The Pedee is navigable for boatsabout 200 miles. Some of the other rivers are the Waccamaw^ Cooper^ Ashleyy Edisto, and Cambahee. Canal. A canal 22 miles long connects Cooper river with the Santee. Islands. Among the islands on the coast are Sullivan^Sy James^y John's^ EdistOy St. Helena^ Port Royal. Mountains. The Alleghany mountains extend through the west- ern part of the state. The principal summit in S. Carolina is Tahh mountain^ which has been estimated at about 4,000 feet in height. On one side of it is a tremendous precipice, nearly perpendicular, styled the Lover^s Leap, which is regarded as an interesting cu- riosity. Chief tovms. Columbia \s ihe seat of government. It is pleas- antly situated on the Congaree; 120 miles NNW. of Charleston. It is a flourishing town, regularly laid out, and handsomely built, and contains a state house and a number of other elegant public edifices, ropulation 3,000. Charleston is much the largest town, and the principal emporium, not only of South Carolina, but also of a considerable part of North Carolina. It is situated on a tongue of land formed by the conflu- ence of Cooper and Ashley rivers, 7 miles from the ocean. It is regularly laid out, well built, and contains various public buildings, and is a place of much wealth and commerce. The houses are mostly of brick, many of them elegant, and furnished with piazzas. Population 24,800. Georgtioxniy on Winyaw bay, 12 miles from the sea, 60 NNE. of Charleston, has considerable trade. Population 2,000. GEORGIA. 63 Camden is situated at the head of boat navigation on the Watcree, 25 miles NE. of Columbia ; Beavfort, on an island, 72 miles SW. of Charleston. Education. South Carolina College^ at Columbia, a well endowed and respectable institution, is liberally patronised by the state. Academies have been established in various places. The state has appropriated 30,000 dollars annually for the support of free schools. History. This state, tog'cther with North Carolina and Georgia, was first g-ranted to the Earl of Clarendon and others, in 1663 It was formed into a separate government in 1729 GEORGIA. Counties. Chief towns. Counties. Chief toions. Baldwin MiLi.EDGEViLLE Burke Waynesborough Bryan C. H. Camden St. Mary's Bullock Statesburgh Chatham Savannah Clarke Watkinsville MMntosh Darien Columbia Applington Montgomery Vernon Effingham Springfield Morgan Madison Elbert Elberton Oglethorpe Lexington Emanuel C.H. Pulaski Hartford Franklin Carnesville Putnam Eatonton Glynn Brunswick Richmond Augusta Greene Greensborough Scriven Jacksonborough Hancock Sparta Tattnall C. H. Jackson Jefferson Telfair Telfairton Jasper Monticello Twiggs Marion Jefferson Louisville Warren Warrenton Jones Clinton Washington Sandersville Laurens Dublin Wayne C. H. Liberty Riceborough Wilkes Washington Lincoln Lincolton Wilkinson Irwinton. Madison Danielsville Rivers. The largest rivers are the Savannah^ Ogeechee^ Alatama- ha, Satilla, Oakmulgee, Oconee, St. Mary^s, Flint, Chatahoochee, Tal- lapoosa, and Coosa. Islands. The principal islands are Tybee, Wassaw, Ossahaw, St. Catherine'^s, Sapello, St. Simon'^s, Jekyl, and Cumberland. Mineral waters. There are several valuable mineral springs, but the most celebrated are Indian Springs, 16 miles from Monticello. These springs are much resorted to in summer. Curiosities. Tuccoa Falls, towards the north-west corner of the state, form a very beautiful cataract of 133 feet in perpendicular height. In the Cherokee country, in the north-west corner of Georgia, is a remarkable cave called J^icojack Cave, out of which a stream of water issues. It forms a walled and vaulted passage, through which a canoe has ascended to the distance of 3 miles. Chief towns. Jililiedgeville is the seat of government. It is a 64 ALABAMA. flourishing- town, pleasantly situated on the Oconee, 300 miles hj the river from the sea, 160 WNW. of Savannah, and contains an elegant state house, a penitentiary, and an arsenal, all of brick. Population 2,100. Savannah, on the river Savannah, 17 miles from its mouth, is the emporium of the state, and a place of extensive commerce. It is built on a sandy plain, elevated about 40 feet above low tide. The streets are regularly laid out, and planted with trees, called the pride of China. Population 7,500. Augusta, on the Savannah, 340 miles above the city of Savannah, by the river, and 123 by land, is a flourishing town. Immense quantities of cotton, also tobacco, and other produce, are collected here and conveyed down the river to Savannali. Population about 4,000. Darien is a flourishing commercial town near the mouth of the Alalamaha. Among the other towns are Petersburg on the Savannah, 53 miles above Augusta; Washington 50 WNW. of Augusta ; Louisville, 110 NW. of Savannah ; Sparta, 25 NE. of Milledgeville ; Monticdlo, 35 NW. of Milledgeville ; Greensborough, 38 N. of Milledgeville ; SL J\Iary''s, in the south-east corner of the state. Education. There is a respectable college at Athens, 94 miles WNW. of Augusta, styled Franklin College, and provision is made for an academy in each county Indians. The Creek Indians inhabit the western and southwest- ern parts of the state ; and the northwestern part is included in the Cherokee country. History. The first settlement by the English in Georgia, was made at Savannah, in 1733, by 160 persons, under the superinten- dence of James Oglethorpe. ALABAMA. Counties. Chief toums. Counties. Chief toicns. Autauo^ Washington Limestone Athens Baldwin Blakely Madison Huntsville Bibb Centreville Marengo White Bluff Blount Blountsville Marion Butler Montgomery Montgomery Clark Woods town Morgan Somerville Conecuh Sparta Mobile Mobile Covington Monroe Claiborne Dallas Cahawba Perry Decatur Pickens Tranklin Russelville Pike Green Erie St. Clair Ashville Henry Shelby ShelbyA'ille Jackson Tuscaloosa Tuscaloosa Jefferson Elyton Washington St. Stephens Lauderdale Ilorence Wilcox Canton Lawrence Moulton ALABAMA 65 Rivers. The two most important rivers are the Alabama and Tombeckbe, which unite 45 miles above Mobile bay, to form Mobile river. The Alabama and Tornbeckbe afibrd a schooner navigation upwards of 100 miles from the gulf of Mexico, and a boat navigation far into the interior. The Tennessee intersects the northern part of the state. The other principal rivers are-,thc Black Warrior, Coosa, Tallapoosa, Chatahoochee, Cahawba, and Conecuh. Face of the country. The southern part is low and level ; the northern is elevated and diversified ; in some parts mountainous. The Alleghany mountains terminate in the northeast part. Soil and produce. A large portion of the soil is very fertile, and adapted to the various purposes of agriculture, but the staple pro- duction is cotton. Minerals. Great quantities of excellent coal are found in several places ; also iron ore. Petrifactions are very common in the north ern parts. Chief towns. Cahawba, the seat of government, is situated on the Alabama at the junction of the river Cahawba, 150 N. by E. of Mobile. It was laid out in 1819, and in 1821, contained 1,200 in- habitants. Mobile and Blakely are the principal ports. Mobile is situated at the head of Mobile bay, 33 miles north of its entrance into the gulf of Mexico. Population 2,500. Blakely is situated on the east channel of the Mobile, 12 miles ENE. of Mobile. Huntsville in the northern part of the state, 10 miles north of the river Tennessee, and about 220 N. of Cahawba, is a flourishing town, situated in a very fertile district. Population 1,500. Tuscaloosa is a thriving town, at the head of navigation, on the Black Warrior or Tuscaloosa river, 97 miles N. of Cahawba. Some of tiie other principal towns are St. Stephen's at the head of schooner navigation, on the Tombeckbe ; Claiborne at the head of schooner navigation, on the Alabama ; Florence on the Tennessee, at the lower end of the Muscle shoals. Indians. The Cherokees occupy the northeast corner of the state ; the Creeks the eastern part ; the Choctaws and Chickasaws the western. History. Alabama was erected into a territorial government in 1817 ; and into a state in 1820. Its increase in population has been Tery rapid : in 1810 it contained less than 10,000 inhabitants; in 1820 more than 140,000. 6* €0 MISSISSIPPI, MISSISSIPPI. Countits. Chief ioicns. Counties. Adams Natchez Lawrence Amite Liberty- Marion Claiborne Port Gibson Monroe Covington C. H. Perry Franklin C. H. Pike Green C. H. Warren Hancock C. H. Wayne Jackson Jacksonville Wilkinson Jefferson Greenville Chief totCTU, Monticello Columbia Jacksonville C. H. Holmesville \\ arren Winchester Woodville Rivers. The Mississippi forms the western boundary. The other principal rivers are the Jrearl, Pascagoula, Yazoo, YcUo Busha, and Black river. Face of the country. The southern half is level and much of it sandy, interspersed with cypress swamps and marshes; towards the northv the country is agreeably diversified, but there are no moun- tains. Soil. A considerable portion of the southern part is unproduc- tive ; the rest has generally a very fertile soil. — Cotton is the staple production. Chief towns. J^''atchez, on the Mississippi, 320 miles by the river and 156 hy land, above New Orleans, is much the largest town. It is situated on a bluff or bank, elevated about 150 feet above the river, and has a flourishing trade. Pcpulaticn 2,200. The country around is fertile, producing abundant crops of cotton. All the other towns are small. Jackson^ the seat of government, is a new town on Pearl river, towards the head. Some of the other most considerable places are Washington^ 6 miles N. by E. of Natchez ; Woodville, 37 miles S. of Natchez ; Fort Gibson, 35 N. by E. of Natchez ; Monticello on Pearl river, 90 E. of Natchez ; Shields- borough on the bay of St. Louis, 40 NE. of New Orleans. — Elliot, on the Yalo Busha, 130 miles above Natchez, is a missionary station among the Choctaws. Education. Two colleges have been incorporated in this state ; Tefftrson College at Washington, and one at Shieldsborough. Indians. The Chickasaws inhabit the northern parts, and the Choctaws the central and eastern parts, embracing some very fine tracts of country, abounding in beautiful prairies. These tribes have made considerable advancement in agriculture and other arts of civilized life. History. Settlements were commenced about Natchez in 1779 In 1800, the territory was erected into a separate government, and in 1817, it was admitted into the Union as an independent state. LOUISIANA. C7 LOUISIANA. Louisiana is formed into 3 divisions ; the 1st includes the parishes east of the Mississippi ; the 2d the parishes bordering- on the west side of the Mississippi, and on the Lafourche ; the 3d the western parishes. First Division. Plaquemine St. Bernard E. Baton Ruug^e St. Helena Point Coupee St. Jaques Feliciana St. Tammany St. Charles St. John Baptist New Orleans Washington Third Division. Second Div^ision. Avoyelles Natchitoches Ascension Iberville St. Martin's Opelousas Assumption Interior Lafourche St. Mary"'s Ouachitta Concordia Catahoola Rapide Rivers. The Mississippi is the great river of Louisiana ; the 3 other principal rivers are Red river, Washita, or Ouachitta, and Sa- line river. Red river rises in Mexico in the Rocky mountains, and joins the Mississippi, 240 miles above New Orleans. It is navig-able 8 months in a year for larg-e steam boats to Alexandria, and for small boats to Natchitoches. Among the other rivers are Pear/, Tensaw^ Lafourche, Atchafalaya^ Teche, Vermillion^ Mermcntau, and Calcasiu. Lakes. The principal lakes o.rc Ponchartrain,Maurepas,Borgney JSIermentau, Bistineau, and Sabine. Face of the country. All the southern part of the state is low and level, consisting- of marshes and low prairie land. This exten- sive tract is intersected by numerous bays, lakes, and rivers. Around the mouths of the Mississippi, the country is one continu- ed swamp, destitute of trees, and covered with a species of coarse reeds. Nothing- can be more dreary than a prospect from a ship's mast while sailing- up this immense waste. The northwest part is moderately uneven. More than one fifth of the whole surface is liable to be inundated by the overflowing- of the rivers. Soil. The lands, which are cultivated, lie upon the rivers, and are extremely rich. Productions. Cotton, sugar, and rice, are the most important pro- ductions. Chief towns. JVew Orleans, the capital, is the only larg-e town. It is built on the E. bank of the Mississippi, 100 miles by the river, from its mouth. It is admirably situated for commerce, on one of the larg-est rivers in the world, whose numerous branches, extend- ing- many hundred miles in different directions, waft to this port the products of various climes. Since it has belong-ed to the United States, It has become one of the greatest emporiums of commerce in America. New Orleans is built on ground lower than the surface of the river, and is protected from inundation by an embankment, called 68 WESTERN STATES. the Levee, which extends 160 miles in length. The city is subject to great ravages from the yellow fever. Baton Rouge is situated on the east bank of the Mississippi, 150 miles by the river abr ve New Orleans. It is built on the first emi- nence that is seen in ascending the Mississippi, and is elevated 25 or 30 feet above high water mark. Population 1,100. Alexandria is situated on Red river, 346 miles by water WNAV. of New Orleans, 180 in a right line. It has considerable trade, and employs several steam boats. Population 500. J^^atchitoches, on Red river, 80 miles NW. of Alexandria, is a town of some note. The other principal towns are St. FrancisvUIe, on the Mississippi, <0 miles above Baton Rouge; Donaldsonville on the Mississippi be- low Baton Rouge ; Madisonville on the north side of lake Ponchar- Ir'iin ; and St. Martinsville on the Teche. Education. There is a Catholic college in New Orleans, and Academies have been established in several places, bui education kas heretofore been much neglected. History. This country was explored by La Salle, a Frenchman, »n 1682, and named Louisiana, in honour of Louis XIV. A French settlement was begun at Iberville, in 1699. It was ceded to Spain, in 1762, and restored to France, in 1795. In 1803, it was purchased of France by the United States for $15,000,000. •The state of Louisiaim was admitted into the Union in 1812. It comprises but a small part of the country purchased of France. The other parts are the state of Missouri, the territory of Arkan- sas^ the vast unsettled territory of Missouri, and the Western terri- tory. WESTERN STATES. The Western States are Tennessee, Kentucky, Ohio, Indiana, Iltt noisy and Missouri. « Rivers. These states are watered by the great river Mississippi and its numerous branches. The principal tributary rivers on the eastern side are the Ohio, Tennessee, Cumberland, and Illinois. The Ohio is a most beautiful river, formed by the confluence of the Monongahela and Alleghany, at Pittsburg. After a course of about 950 miles, it flows into the' Mississippi. Its current is gentle, and no where broken by falls, except at Louisville. At some seasons, vessels of 200 or 300 tons descend the river from Pittsburg. The Tennessee is upwards of 1,000 miles long, and is navigable for boats throughout nearly its whole extent. The Cumberland is navigable for small vessels to Nashville, 200 miles, and for boats of 15 tons, 500 miles, at some seasons. The Ihinois has a gentle, unbroken current, and affords a boat navigation from the Mississippi almost to lake Michigan. Face of the country. The eastern parts of Tennessee and Ken- WESTERN STATES. CO tucky are mountainous ; the rest of the country is, for the most part, but moderately uneven. The soil is g-eneraiiy very fertile. Prairies. One of the most remarkable features of the western country, consists in its prairies, which comprise the g-reatest part of the extensive region between the great lakes, the Ohio, and the Mis- sissippi, on the east, and the Rocky mountains on the west. These prairies are tracts of land entirely destitute of trees, and covered with rank grass, in some parts, more than 6 feet high. Some of them are not larger than a common field, while others extend farther than the eye can reach. Their surface is generally level, and the soil of a great part of them very rich. Climate. The climate is generally temperate and healthy. It is milder than in the ?ame parallels of latitude east of the Alleghany mountains. Productions. The productions are various. Some of the most important are wheat, Indian corn, rye, barley, and hemp. Various kinds of fruit are cultivated. Cattle are numerous. In the south- ern parts cotton and tobacco are important productions. Commerce. The commerce of the Western States centres chiefly at New Orleans The northern and eastern parts have consider- able trade with New York, Philadelphia, and Baltimore. Towns. The principal towns are Cincinnati^ St. Louis, Lexington^ Louisville, and JS'ashville. jyjanvfactures. Manufactures have of late been introduced to a considerable extent, particularly in Ohio and Kentuck3\ The most important manufacturing towns, west of Pittsburg, are Cincinnati and Lexington. Religion. There are various denominations, but the most numer- ous are Presbyterians, Methodists, and Baptists. Settlement. But a few years since, this part of the Union was a wilderness, inhabited only by Indians and wild beasts. It has been very rapidly settled, chiefly by emigrants from the Atlantic states. The population of these 5 states, in 1790, was only 110,000; in 1820, 1.750,000. Antiquities. Throughout the western parts of America are to be seen monuments of the ancient inhabitants. They extend from the great lakes to the gulf of Mexico, and from the Alleghany moun- tains to the Pacific ocean. They consist of mounds of earth, forti- fications, and walls, of various forms and dimensions. No hewn stone is to be seen. They are found on the valleys of large streams, on elevated plains, and sometimes on hills. They indicate great labour, and were evi- dently the work of a people far more civilized than the present In dians, but far less so than Europeans. Trees several hundred years old, are seen, in many instances, growing- out of them. Their ori gin and history are entirely unknown. 70 TENNESSEE. TENNESSEE. IHvision. The Cumberland mountains divide this state into 2 parts, East and West Tennessee. ^' East Tennessee. Counties. Chief towns. Counties, Chief toicns. Anderson Clinton Jefferson Dandridge Bledsoe Pikeville Knox KnoxviUe Blount Maryville Marion Marion Campbell Jacksonborough M\Minn Calhoun Carter Elizabethtown Monroe Tellico Plains Claiborne Tazewell Morgan Cocke Newport Rhea Washington Granger Rutledge Roane Kingston Greene Greenville Sevier Sevierville Hamilton Sullivan Blountsville Hawkins Rogersville Washington Jonesborough West Tennessee. Counties, Chief tovms. Counties. aUef towns. Bedford Shelbyville Overton Monroe Davidson Nashville Perry Dickson Charlotte Robertson Springfield Franklin Winchester Rutherford MURFREESBORO Giles Pulaski Shelby Hardin Sumner Gallatin Hickman Vernon Smith Carthage Humphries Reynoldsburg Stuart Dover Jackson Williamsburg Wayne Lawrence Lawrenceburg Wilson Lebanon Lincoln Fayette ville Williamson Franklin Montgomery Clarke sville White Sparta Maury Columbia Warren M\Minnville Rivers. The ^Mississippi forms the western boundary of this state. The two other great rivers are the Tennessee and Cumberland. Some of the smaller ones are the Holston, Clinch^ French Broad, JSTota- hacky, Hiwassee^ and Duck. J\Iountains. The Cumberland mountains run from SW. to NE. through the middle of the state, and the Alleghanies extend along the eastern parts. Face of the country. The western part is level or undulating ; the middle hilly ; and the eastern part, called East Tennessee, abounds in mountains, many of them lofty, and presenting a grand and pic- turesque scenery. Soil. The western part has generally a bl^ack, rich soil ; in the KENTUCKY 71 middle thexe is much excellent land ; the mountains in the eastern part arl^lean, but there are many fertile valleys. Curiosities. The WTiirl^ or Suck, in the Tennessee, where it breaks throug-h the Cumberland mountains, is a great curiosity. It is near the :;.outhcrn border of the state. The river is here com- pressed to about 70 yards. Just as it enters the mountain, there projects from the northern shore, a large rock, against which the water is thrown with great violence, and rebounds around the point of the rock, and produces the whirl. — There are several remarkable caves. ' Chief towns. Mur/reesborough^ihe late seat ofgovernment, is pleas- antly situated, 32 miles SE. of Nashville, and is a thriving town, containing about 1,200 inhabitants. JSTashville is the capital town, and the largest in the state. It is situated on the Cumberland, in a fertile and populous country, and contains upwards of 5,000 inhabitants. The other most con- siderable towns, in West Tennessee, are Franklin, Fayetteville, Shel' byville, Columbia, Clarkesville, Carthage, and Gallatin. Knoxville, the largest town in East Tennessee, is pleasantly situ- ated on the Holston. Population about 2,000. The other principal towns, in East Tennessee, are Jonesborough, Greenville^ and Rogers- ville. Education. Greenville College, 75 miles E. of Knoxville, is the most respectable seminary in the state. Colleges have also been incorporated at Knoxville, J^ashville, and in Washington county. Indians. The Chickasaws possess the western part of the state, lying between the Mississippi and the Tennessee. The Cherokees own a large tract near the southeast part, on both sides of the Hi- wassee river. They are considerably advanced in civilization. Brainerd, 140 miles WSW. of Knoxville, is a missionary station. History. Some settlements in Tennessee were formed about 1775. It constituted a part of North Carolina till 1790 ; and in 1796, it was erected into a state. KENTUCKY. Counties. Adair Allen Barren Bath Boone Bracken Bracken bridg Bourbon Butler Bullet Clarke Casey Campbell Christian Cumberland Chief toions. Columbia Scottsville Glasgow Owingsville Burlington Augusta Hardensburg Paris Morgan town Shepherdsville Winchester Liberty Newport Hopkins ville Burkesville Counties. Clay Caldwell Davies Estill Fayette Franklin Fleming Floyd Gallatin Grant Greenup Green Grayson Garrard Harlan Chief tovms. Manchester Eddyville Owensborough Ervine Lexington Frankfort Flemingsburg Prestonville Port William Greenupsburg Greensburgh Litchfield Lancaster 72 KENT,UCKY. Harden Elizabethtown Nicholas Carlisle Hopkins Madisonville Nelson Bairdstovtlf"*^ Jessamine Nicholasville Ohio Hartford Jefferson Louis- ille Owen Knox Barboursville Pulaski Summerset Livingston Smithland Pendleton Falmouth Lewis Clarksburg Rockcastle Mount Vemoa Lincoln Stanford Scott Georgetown Logan Russellville Shelby Shelbyville Mason Washington Simpson Mercer Danville Todd Madison Richmond Trigg Monroe Union Morganfield Muhlenburgh Greenville Wayne Monticello Montgomery Mount Sterling Washington Springfield Hart Warren Bowling Green Henry Newcastle Whitley Harrison Cynthiana Woodford Versailles Henderson Henderson Rivers. The Ohio bounds the state on the north, the Jlississippi on the west, and the Big^ Sandy on the east. The Tennessee and Cumberland flow through the western part. The other principal rivers are the Kentucky^ Green, Barren, and Licking. Face of the country. The eastern counties are mountainous, those on the Ohio are hilly, the rest of the country is partly level, and partly undulating. Soil. Much of the soil is very excellent ; particularly in the country for 50 miles around Lexington ; also a district in the south- west, between Green and Cumberland rivers. — All the level and undulating parts lie upon an immense bed of limestone, usually about 8 ieet below the surface. In dry seasons the inhabitants, in many parts, suffer inconvenience from the scarcit}^ of water. Salt Springs. Tliere are several valuable salt springs, from which salt is manufactured, for the supply not only of Kentucky, but also of a great part of Ohio and Tennessee. — At Harrodsburgh, 30 miles SW. of Lexington, there is a mineral spring, from which Epsom salt iS obtained. Curiosities. The caves in the SW. part of the state are great curiosities. One stjled JSIammoth cave, or the great cave of Ken- tucky, is situated in Warren count}% in a country broken, but not mountainous, 130 miles SW. of Lexington. It has been explored to the extraordinary distance of 10 miles. It contains numerous avenues and apartments, one of which comprises an area of 8 acres, without a single pillar to support the arch, which is from 60 to 100 feet high. In some parts of the cavern are the most beautiful and splendid columns of brilliant spar, 60 or 70 feet in height. The cavern abounds in nitre, and the air within is pure and salubrious. Cumberland, Kentucky, and Dick's rivers have excavated the earth so as to form abrupt precipices and deep gulfs. The preci- Dices formed by Kentucky river are, in many places, awfully 8ub» OHIO. lime, presenting- perpendicular banks of 300 feet of solid limesl jne, uurmounted with a steep and difficult ascent, four times as hijjh Chief towns. Frankfort^ the seat of government, is situateu in a hilly couutr}', on Kentucky river, 60 miles above its confluence; with the Ohio. Population 1,700. Lexing-ton, the larg-est town, is pleasantly situated on a branch of the Elkhorn, 22 miles ESE. of Frankfort. It is handsomely built, chiefly of brick, and is one of the greatest manufacturing- towns in the western states. The country around is level and extremely fer- tile, and the vicinity is much admired for its rich and beautiful scenery. Population 5,300. Jjoiiisville, situated at the rapids of the Ohio, 52 miles W. of Frankfort, is the second town in size, and has an extensive com- merce, but is unhealthy. Population 4,000. Russellville, 190 miles SW. of Lexington, is situated in a very fer- tile country. Population 1,700. The other most considerable towns are J\Iaysville^ Washington^ Bairdstown, Paris, Danville, George town, JWwport, Winchester, and Ilopkinsville. Education. Transylvania University, at Lexington, is a flourish ing institution, and has a law school, and a medical school connect ed with it. History. The first settlement was made in Kentucky, in 1773, by Col. Daniel Boone. It formed a part of Virginia till 1790; and in 1792, was admitted into the Union as an independent state. OHIO. Counties. Chief towns. Adams West Union Ashtabula Jefferson Athens Athens Belmont St. Clairsville Brown Georgetown Butler Hamilton Champaign Ur.iana Clark Springfield Clermont Batavia Clinton Wilmington Columbiana New Lisbon Coshocton Coshocton Cuyahoga Cleveland Dark Greenville DelaAvare Delaware Fairfield New Lancaster Fayette Washington Franklin < Franklinton ( COLUMBCS Gallia Gallipolis Geauga Chardon Guernsey Cambridge Green Xenia Hamilton Cincinnati Harrison Cadiz 7 Counties. Highland Hocking Huron Jackson Jefferson Knox Lawrence Licking Logan Madison Medina Meigs Miami Monroe Montgomery Morgan Muskingum Perry Pickaway Pike Portage Preble Richland Ross Sandusky Chief toions. Hillsborough Logan Norwalk Jackson Steubenville Mount Vernon Burlington Newark Bellfontaine New London Medina Chester Troy Woodsfield Dayton M' Connellsville Zanesville Somerset Circle ville Piketon Ravenna Eaton Mansfield Chillicothe Sandusky Cwunties. Chief towns. Counties. Scioto Shelby Stark Trumbull Tuscarawas Portsmouth Sidney Canton Warren N. Philadelphia Union Warren Washington Wayne Wood 74 OHIO. Chief toicns. Marysville Lebanon Marietta Wooster Perrysturg Rivers. The Ohto forms the southern boundary. The principal rivers flowing into the Ohio, in this state, are the Muskingum, Hock- hocking, Scioto, and Miami. The largest that flow into lake Erie are the Maumee, Sandusky, and CuyaJioga. Face of the country. The eastern and south-eastern parts are hilly and broken, but there are no high mountains. Along the Ohio, it is also in some parts hilly ; the rest of the state is generally level or moderately uneven ; in some parts marshy. Soil. A large proportion of the soil is very fertile. The country watered by the Scioto and the Great and Little Miamies, is account- ed the best Minerals. Iron ore, coal, limesime, and freestone, are abimdant. There are valuable salt springs, near the Scioto and Muskingum. Chief towns. Columbus, the seat of government, was first laid out in 1812, and contained, in 1820, about 1,600 inhabitants. It is situated on the Scioto, in the central part of the state, 45 miles N. q£ Chillicothe, and contains a handsome state house. Cincinnati is the largest town in the Western States. It is plea- •antly situated on the Ohio, 465 miles below Pittsburg by water, 300 by land. It is a very flourishing town, regularly laid out, hand- somely built of brick, and has a flourishing trade, and extensive manufactures. Population 9,600. Chillicothe, on the Scioto, 90 miles E. by N. of Cincinnati, is the second town in size, and has considerable trade and manufactures. Population 2,400. Steubenville, on the Ohio, 38 miles by land below Pittsburg, and Zanesville, on the Muskingum, 60 miles E. of Columbus, have flour- ishing manufactures, and contain each upwards of 2,000 inhabitants. Circleville, on the Scioto, 24 miles S. of Columbus, is remarkable on account of its site. It is built on two large ancient forts, one a cir- cle, the other a square. The other principal towns are Marietta, Day- ion, J^ew Lancaster, J^ew Lisbon, St. Clairsville, Urbana, Lebanon, GcUlipolis ; and on Lake Erie, Painsville, Cleveland, and Sandusky, Education. The principal literary institutions are the Ohio Uni- versity at Athens, and a College at Cincinnati. Antiquities. Ohio contains many of those remarkable forts and mounds, which are found throughout the western country. Some of the most considerable of these memorials of the ancient inhabitants, are at Marietta, Worthington, Circleville, Granville, and on PairU Ireek, 18 miles SW. of Chillicothe. History. Ohio has h.ad a very rapid growth. The first regular BCttlement was made at Marietta in 1788, but it did not increase rapidly till 1795. It was erected into a state in 1802, and in 1820, contained a population of 581,000. INDIANA. INDIANA. Counties, Chief towns. Counties. Chief towns. Clark Charlestown Owen Spencer Crawford Mount Sterling Orange Paoli Davies Washington Perry Rome Dearborn Lawrenceburg Pike Petersburg^ Decatur Parke Delaware Posey Springfield Dubois Portersville Putnam Fayette Connersville Randolph Winchester Franklin Brookville Ripley Versailles Gibson Princeton Scott Lexington Green Spencer Rockport Harrison Corydon Sullivan Carlisle Henry- Shelby Jackson Brownstown Switzerland Vevay Jefferson Madison Vanderburg Evansville Jennings Vernon Union Knox Vincennes Vigo Terre Haute Lawrence Palestine Wabash Marion Indiajvopolis Warwick Brookville Martin Hindoostan Washington Salem Monroe V/ayne Centreville Morgan Bloomington 75 Rivers. The Ohio forms the southern boundary. The other ^argc river is the Wabash^ which is navigable for boats 400 miles. Other rivers are White river, Whitewater, Tippecanoe, Illinois, and St. Joseph^s. Face of the country. Near the Ohio the country is hilly, further north generally level, and abounding in extensive prairies ; some of which are dry, others wet and marshy. The soil and productions are similar to those of Illinois and Ohio. Curiosity. In the southern part, is the Indiana cave, which is very extensive, comprising several apartments, variously decorated. It is remarkable for the great abundance of Epsom salts which it af- fords. Towns. The towns in Indiana are small, and all of them, except Vincennes, have been recently settled. Indianopolis, the seat of government, is about 1 10 miles N. of Louisville, Kentucky. It was first laid out in 1821. Vincennes, on the Wabash, about 100 miles from the Ohio, is the oldest town, and a place of considerable trade. Madison, on the Ohio, 65 miles SW. of Cincinnati, is one of the largest and most flourishing towns. Vevay, on the Ohio, 22 miles E. of Madison, was settled by Swiss. Here are vineyards which yield annually from 5, to 8,000 gallons of wine. Some of the other principal towns are Corydon, the late seat of 16 ILLINOIS. g-ovcrnment , Harmony, on the Wabash, the seat of a sect called Harmonists ; and Princeton, -80 miles S. of Vincennes. History. Vincennes was settled, in 1730, by the French from Lower Canada; but few settlements, however, were made in titt> country till since 1800. In 1816, it was erected into a state. Counties. Chief towns. .1 vyikj. Counties. aiief towns. Alexander America Lawrence Lawrenceville Bend Greenville Madison Edwards ville Clark Aurora Monroe Harrisonville Crawfor-" Palestine Montgomery Hamilton Edwards Albion Pike Coles Grove Fayette Vandalia Pope Golconda Franklin Frankfort Randolph Kaskaskia Gallatin Shawneetown Bt. Clair Bellville Green Carrolton Sangamon Springfield Hamilton M'Leanborough Union J ones borough Jackson Brownsville "Washington Covington Jefferson Mount Vernon "Wayne Fairfield Johnson Vienna White Carmi Rivers. The Mississippi^ Ohio, and Wabash^ form about two thirds of the whole boundary of the state. The Illinois is a fine river, lying chiefly within the state, and flows into the Mississippi, 21 miles above the junction of the Missouri. It has a very g^entle current, and affords boat navigation to within a few miles of lake Michigan. A canal of a few miles in length, would open a water communication between the Mississippi and the great lakes. The other principal rivers are the Kaskaskia, Big Muddy, Little Wabash, Sangamo, and Rock Hver. Face of the country. Illinois contains no mountains. The face of the country is generally level, or moderately uneven. More than one half of the state consists of prairies. Soil and productions. The soil is very fertile. Indian corn is one of the staple productions, and sometimes yields upwards of 100 bushels to an acre. The soil is well adapted to other kinds of grain, hemp, flax, tobacco, &c. Minerals. Coal is found in great abundance ; also lead and iron. Salt springs occur in almost every county, and arc of great value The most important salt works are in the neighbourhood of Shaw- neetown. JSTatural curiosities. On the banks of the Ohio and Illinois arc sleep, high, and picturesque cliffs, in wliich are found caverns of dif- ferent dimensions. The most remarkable of these is Cave in Rock, which is situated on the Ohio, 30 miles below the mouth of the Wa- bash, and was formerly a rendezvous of robbers. In one of the head branches of the Illinois, there is a singular^*- MISSOURI. 77 stl or petrified tree, lying in a horizontal position. It is 2§ feet in diameter, and the part of the trunk now visible, is 51 feet long-. Chief towns. Vandalia^ the seat of government, is pleasantly situ- ated on the Kaskaskia, 65 miles NE. of St. Louis. It was hand- somely laid out in 1819, and is a flourishing place. Some of the other most considerable towns are Kaskaskia, on the river Kaskaskia, 6 miles east of the Mississippi ; Cahokia and Alton, on the Mississippi ; Edwardsville, 20^ miles NE. of St. Louis ; SJiaw- neetoim, on the Ohio; Brownsville, on the Big Muddy, SE. of Kas- kaskia ; and Albion, a few miles from the Wabash. Education. A portion of land in every township is appropriated to the support of schools ; and provision has also been made for a college. History. Kaskaskia and Cahokia were settled by the French about 1756. Almost all the settlements, made by the citizens of the United States, have been formed since 1800. In 1818, Illinois was erected into a state. MISSOURI. Counties. Chief tovms. Counties. Chief towns. Boone Columbia Montgomery Pinckney Callaway Elizabeth New Madrid Winchester Cape Girardeau Jackson Perry Perryville Chariton Chariton Pike Louisiana Clay Ralls New London Cole i Jefferson { Howard's Bluff Ray Bluffton Saline Jefferson Cooper Boonville Scott Franklin Newport St. Charles St. Charles Gasconade Gasconade St. Francois Howard Franklin St. Genevieve St. Genevieve Jefferson Herculaneum St. Louis St. Louis Lillard Mount Vernon Washington Potosi Lincoln Alexandria Wayne Greenville Madison Fredericktown Rivers. The Mississippi forms the eastern boundary ; the Mis' souri flows through the state ; and the Osage is a large navigable riv- er, flowing into the Missouri. The other principal rivers are the Charletan, Grande, Salt, Merrimack, and St. Francis. Face of the country. The face of the country is greatly diversi- fied with plains, prairies, forests, and barren and rocky hills. The lands bordering on the rivers are low, and subject to inundation. In the south-east part are the Ozark mountains, some peaks of which are about 3,000 feet high. Soil and productions. The land on the rivers is generally very rich. At a distance from them much of it is poor. The productions are similar to those of Illinois. Mines. The famous lead mines of Missouri, lie about 40 mfles to the west of the Mississippi. They are among the richest and most extensive in the world. The Mine District contains upwards of 3,000 7* 7S FLOHtDA square miles. The soil is poor, and the surface rolling-, like a body of water in gentle ag-itation. There are 45 mines, which employ 1,100 persons, and yielu annually 3, or 4,000,000 pounds of lead. Rich iron ure, iti vast quantities, is found in the state. Chief towns. Jefferson, a new town, on the Missouri, a few miles above the mouth of the Osa^e, was laid out in 1822, and made the seat of government. St. Louis, on the Mississippi, 18 miles below the junction of the Missouri, is much the larg-cst town. It is a flourishing- place, admi- rably situated for trade, near the junction of the three great rivers, the Mississippi, Missouri, and the Illinois. Population 4,600. The other principal towns are St. Charles, on the Missouri, 18 miles NW. of St. Louis; Franklin, on the Missouri, 175 miles W. of St. Louis ; St. Genevieve and Herculaneum, on the Mississippi, the principal depots of the lead mines ; and Potosi and St. Michael the chief towns in the mining district. Education. A portion of the land in every township is appropri- ated to the support of schools, and provision has also been made for endowing a college. FLORIDA. * Florida was divided, in 1 763, into East and West Florida, but is now formed into one government. Rivers. The principal river is the St. John's, which is large, and navigable about 200 miles. Some of the other rivers are the ^Ip- palachicola, St. JSIark\s, Suuaney, Conecuh, and Perdido. — The Oke- fonoco swa7np lies partly in Florida and partly in Georgia. Pace of the country, &.c. Florida in its general aspect and climate resembles tholow country of the southern states. It is mostly level or moderately uneven, and a considerable proportion of the soil is fertile. It is remarkable for the majestic appearance of its forest trees, and the brilliant colours of its flowenng shrubs. The live oak, much valued for its timber, grows here to a large size. The magnolias are uncommonly striking objects. They rise with an erect trunk to the height of 100 feet, having a top in the form of a cone, silver- ed ovei- with milk white flowers, 8 or 9 inches in diameter. But a very small part of the country has been cultivated. It is adapted to cotton, rice, sugar, indigo, oranges, olives, Jigs, and other fruits Chief towns. Pensacola, on Pensacola bay, 50 miles E. of Mobile, 's the principal town in West Florida. It has a pleasant s tuation, r.nd is celebrated for its excellent harbour. Populatio-i about 2,000. St. Augustine, on the Atlantic, is the chief town in East Florida, and contains about 500 houses, built of stone formed by the concre tion of shells. Tallahassee, a new town, is now the capital. Indians. The Seminole Indians are the principal tribe, and pos- sess some of the finest districts. History. Florida was conquered by Spain as early as 1539. In ■^821, it w-^ ^cded bv Snain to the United States. NORTH WESl' TERRITORY. 79 MICHIGAN TERRITORY. Counties. Chief iotons. Oakland Crawford Monroe Bloorafield Monroe Countiis Chief towns. Wayne Detroit Macomb ' Mount Clemens Michilimackmack Michilimackinack Brown Rivers. No part of the United States is better watered than the peninsula of Michig-an, being- surrounded on all sides by lakes and rivers, except the south end. The rivers within the territory are numerous but small. Some of the principal ones arc the Raisin, Huron^ St. Joseph's, and Grand rivers. They abound in white Jish, and the fisheries are very valuable. Face of the country. There are no mountains. The country is g-enerally level, or moderately uneven ; in the central parts some- what elevated, but level and marshy ; descending- in all directions towards the waters. Soil. A great part of the country has an extremely fertile soil ; but that part bordering on lake Michigan, is generally sandy and barren. Chief towns. Detroit^ the chief town, is delightfully situated on Detroit river, between lakes St. Clair and Erie, and has considera- ble trade, particularly in furs and peltry. Population 1,400. Michilimackinack^ pronounced JIackinaic, is a village and military post, on an island in the straits of Michilimackinack, 300 miles NNW. of Detroit, and contains upwards of 100 houses. NORTH-WEST TERRITORY. Rivers. The J\fississippi hounds this country on the west. The other chief rivers are the Ouisconsin, Fox^ Menomonie, Chippewayy Coppermine^ Rocky ^ Montreal^ St. Louis^ and St. Croix. Face of the country. The northern part bordering on lake Supe- rior is wild, rough, sometimes mountainous, and generally barren ; but the most of the country is but moderately uneven, and a g-reat part of it consists of prairies. Soil. There are excellent alluvial tracts on many of the rivers, and much of the upland has a good soil. JJinerals. The mineral productions are important, particularly those of copper^ lead^ and iron. Settlements. Very few settlements have yet been made in this country. The principal ones are Prairie du Chien, and another at the head of Green bay. Indians. Menomonies., Winnehagoes, Fox Indians^ and some other tribes inhabit this country. MISSOURI TERRITORY. ARK.^J^SAS TERRITORY. Counties. Chief towns. Counties. Chieftovms. Arkansas Arkansas Lawrence Davidsonville Clark Miller Crawford Phillips Helena Hempstead Pulaski Arkopolis Independence BatesTille Rivers. The Arkansas rises from the Rocky mountains, and flows through the whole extent of this country. It is navigable for boats, at some seasons, nearly 2,000 miles. The Mississippi and Red river form a part of the boundary. The other principal rivers are White, St. Francis, and Washita. Face of the country, &c. For the space of about 150 miles west of the Mississippi, the country is very level ; afterwards it becomes hilly, rocky, and broken. The Ozark mountains extend in a SW. direction ; beyond them the country is elevated, and much of it sandy and barren. Prairies are common, some of them of great ex- tent. Much of the soil, in the eastern part, particularly that on the rivers, is fertile. Hot Springs. The hot springs, about 150 miles NW. of Arkansas, are about 70 in number, and much visited by invalids, and are use- ful in various complaints. The water is limpid and colourless, and so hot, at some seasons, as to boil eggs in a few minutes. The steam rising from the springs is condensed into a white vapour, which is often visible at a great distance. There are several Salt Springs ; and about 1,300 miles up the Arkansas, is a tract of several miles in extent, called the salt prairie, which is covered to the depth of 4 or 6 inches with pure white salt. Towns. The towns are all small. Arkopolis, formerly called Little Rock, is the seat of government. It is pleasantly situated on the Arkansas, 300 miles by the river above the Mississippi. Dwight is a missionary station, among the Cherokees, near the Arkansas, about 400 miles by the stream, above its mouth. Indians. The principal tribes of Indians are the Osages, Cher^ kees, Quapas, and Choctaws. MISSOURI TERRITORY- Rivers. The Missouri is the principal river. The three largest branches of the Missouri are the Yellow Stone, the Platte, and the Kamas. Face of the country. The Missouri Territory comprises a vast country lying between the Mississippi and the Rocky mountains. The eastern parts are level, moderately uneven, or hilly ; towards the west the countrj- becomes elevated and mountainous. ^ WESTERN TERRITORY. 8i Soil. The soil in the eastern and southeastern parts is g-enerally fertile, and also on the margin of tlie rivers, in the central and west- ern parts, except on the border of the rivers, the country is, for the most part, destitute of timber and of veg'etation. It is a vast, ele- vated, barren waste, resembling- the steppes of Central Asia. Mountains. The Rocky mountains, tiie most elevated rang-e within the territory of the United 8tatos, extend throug-h the western part. They rise abruptly from the plains on the eastern side, towering into peaks, some of which are 11,000 or 12,000 feet in height, and always covered with snow. Inhabitants. The United States have military posts at Council Bluffs, and at St. Peter s River. The country is inhabited by various tribes oi Indians, whose num- bers are estimated at nearly 150,000. Buffaloes are numerous, and are sometimes seen in herds, supposed to amount to 10,000. Curiosities. The Great Falls of the Missouri are 2,570 miles by the river above the junction with the Mississippi. They consist of a succession of cataracts and rapids, and present scenes of great beauty and grandeur. The largest cataract is JH feet perpendicular, and the whole descent of the river is upwards of 350 feet. The place where the river makes its escape from the mountains, called tlie Gates of the Rocky Mountains, is a scene of singular grandeur. For a distance of more than 5 miles, the rocks rise perpen- dicularly from the water's edge nearly 1,200 feet. The river is com- pressed to the width of 150 yards, and for 3 miles there is but one spot on which a man can stand between the water and the per- pendicular ascent of the mountainous bank. On the Missouri, about 100 miles below the Great Falls, there are natural stone walls, rising in some places to the height of nearly 300 feet. They are almost perpendicular, exhibiting a great variety of forms, sometimes resembling different kinds of ruins, and often so regular as to seem the work of art. Near the foot of the Rocky mountains are seen lofty eminences, rising with perpendicular sides, and level, table-like summits. One of these singular hills is called Castle Rock, and has columns, porti- coes, and arches ; and when seen at a distance, it exhibits an as- tonishingly regular and artificial appearance. WESTERN TERRITORY. This extensive country lies between the Rocky mountains and the Pacific Ocean, and is but little known. The eastern part is ele- vated, mountainous, and barren ; but on the rivers, the soil is fertile. This country is watered by the Columbia and its branches, the principal of which are Lewis'*s river, Clark''s river, and the Multno- mah. The country bordering on the Cobimbia has a fertile soil, covered with heavy timber, consisting chiefly of various species of fir. Here are often seen fir trees 200 or 250 feet in height. The climate is severe in the mountainous parts, but milder near the 82 MEXICO OR NEW SPAIN. shores of the Pacific than in similar latitudes on the Atlantic ; there is, however, much rain in the winter. Astoria^ a settlement on the Columbia, 18 miles from its mouth, was established on account of the fur trade. MEXICO, OR NEW SPAIN. Pyramid of Cholula. IHvinons. This country is divided into 15 intendancies or prov- inces. Provinces. Chief cities. Provinces. Chief citiu. Old California Loretto Guanaxuato Guanaxuato New California Monterey Valladolid Mechoacan New Mexico Santa Fe Mexico Mexico New Biscay Durango Puebla Puebla Sonera Arispe Vera Cruz Vera Cruz St. Luis Potosi St. Luis Potosi Oaxaca Oaxaca Zacatecas Zacatecas Yucatan Merida Guadalaxara Guadalaxara Rivers. Mexico suffers in many parts for the want of water and navigable rivers. The larg-est rivers are the del J^srte^ which flows into the gulf of Mexico, and the Colorado and Gila^ which flow into the Pacific ocean. Face of the country. A remarkable peculiarity of the country is its great elevation. The lands on both coasts are low. Thence fbere is a gradual ascent till the country attains the elevation of 6,000 or 8,000 feet above the level of the ocean, when it spreads out into extensive plains, called table land. This elevated land is esti- MEXICO. 83 mated to comprise three fifths of the whole country. On these plains, mountains occasionally rise, whose tops are covered with perpetual snow. Mountains. The Cordilleras of Mexico are, next to Mount St. Elias, the highest mountains in North America. Popocatepetl, the most elevated summit, is a volcanic mountain, always covered with snow, rising- to the height of 17,716 feet. Orizaba, another volcano, is almost as high. . Climate. The climate on the sea coafet is hot, and in general un- healthy. On the table land, at the elevation of 4, or 5,000 feet, the air is very mild and salubrious ; at the elevation of upwards of 7,000 feet, it becomes cold. Soil and productions. Much of the soil is very fertile. The productions consist of maize, wheat, sugar, indigo, tobacco, agave, fruits of diiFerent kinds, bananas, mojnioc, vanilla, cocoa, cochineal, logwood, and mahogany. Mines. Mexico is celebrated for its silver mines, which are said to yield ten times as much silver, as is obtained from all the mines in Europe. The 3 principal mines are Guanaxtiato, Caiorce, and Zacatecas. The whole annual produce of the gold and silver mines, has averaged for many years, about 20,000,000 dollars. Curiosities. The Pyramid of Cholula, situated on the east side of the city of Cholula, 70 miles E. of Mexico, is the most celebrated of the i-eligious monuments of the ancient Mexicans. It is composed of 4 stories or terraces, and is constructed of unburnt bricks with layers of clay. It is 1,423 feet broad at the base, and 177 feet high. Jorullo, a celebrated volcano, rose, in 1759, from the bosom of the plain. Its height above the level of the plain, is 1,695 feet. Many other smaller volcanoes burst forth at the same time. The mines of Mexico are curiosities. One of them is 8 miles in length, and its lowest pit is 1,640 feet deep. Population of the chief cities. Mexico 137,000 Zacatecas 33,000 Vera Cruz 16,000 Puebla 70,000 Oaxaca 24,000 Cholula 16,000 Guanaxuato 60,000 Guadalaxara 20,000 Xalapa 13,000 Queretaro 35,000 Mechoacan 18,000 Durango 12,000 Mexico, the capital, is the most populous city in America. It is situated in a beautiful valley, elevated more than 7,000 feet above the ocean, near the lake Tezcuco, and the houses are mostly found ed on piles. The scenery around it is majestic, the valley is in a high state of cultivation, and finely contrasted with the naked moun- tains by which it is inclosed. Few cities in the world will bear a comparison with this for the width and regularity of its streets, and the splendour of its edifices. It contains upwards of 100 churches, and various other public buildings, which are richly dec- orated ; and it has the richest mint in the world. Puebla, 70 miles ESE. of Mexico, is situated on a plain, elevated upwards of 7,000 feet above the level of the sea. The streets are wide and straight, and the houses mostly of stone, elegant and lofty. C4 GUATEMALA. GuanaxuaiOy 140 miles NW. of Mexico, is famous for its silver mines, which are the richest in the world. Zucatecas, 240 miles jN IS W. of Mexico, is situated in a very moun- tainous country, and has very rich silver mines. Vera Crvzy on the g-ulf of Mexico, has a very inconvenient har- bour, and is extremely unhealthy ; but it is a place of g-reat trade, being- the port throug-h which almost all the commerce between Europe and Mexico is carried on. Acapulco^ 240 miles S. of Mexico, is a small and miserable town, but celebrated for its excellent harbour and its trade, being- the principal port in Mexico on the Pacific ocean. Xalapa is remarkable for giving name to a purgative root, called jalap or xalap. Inhabitants. Less than one qiiarter of the inhabitants are whites^ more than one third consists of subdued Indians^ and nearly as many of mixed races. Religion. The religion is Roman Catholic. The higher clergy- are rich. The archbishop of Mexico formerly had an annual income of upwards of 100,000 dollars. Education. There is a university in the city of Mexico, composed of 150 doctors in all the faculties. There are also colleges in seve- ral places. History. Mexico was subdued by the Spaniards under Cortez, in 1521, and it has since been a province of Spain, governed bj a vice- roy. In 1821, it declared itself independent. GUATIMALA. Guatimala is divided into the six following provinces. Provinces. Chief tovms. Provinces. Chief towru. Chiapa Chiapa Honduras Valladolid Vera Paz Vera Paz Nicaragua Leon Guatimala Guatimala Costa Rica Carthage Rivers and Lakes. The rivers are numerous, but small. The lakes arc those of J^icaragua and Leon. Fact, of the country. The country is mountainous, and there sje as many as 20 volcanoes, some of them terrific. Eruptions J/ad earthquakes are common. Soil and productions. The soil is generally very fertile, anj- the productions are similar to those of Mexico. In some parts .hree crops of maize are produced in a year. The bay of Hondi/as is celebrated for log-wood and mahogany. Climate. The climate is, in some parts, sultrj-, ho% and unlrealthy : in others agreeable and salubrious. It is better in the western parts than in the eastern. Gualimala, the capital of the country, is situated near tne Pacific ocean, and has a good harbour. It is a magnifir.ent place, adorned with churches and monasteries, and contains nniverei'.y, and about 20,000 inhabitants. WEST INDIES. 86 WEST INDIES. The "West India Islands are divided into a number of groups, and belong- mostly to several European nations, chiefly to Great Britain^ Spain, and France. The principal islands are exhibted in the fol- lowing table. M , Bahama ) Belonging to Sq. m.. Fop. Chief towns. Providence \ Britain 5,500 15,000 Nassau li |Abaco,&c. ) 1 St. Domingo or Hayti i Independent 28,000 650,000 Cape Henry ^^ Cuba Spain 50,000 620,000 Havannah ■s Jamaica Britain 6,400 360,000 Kingston 1 Porto Rico Spain 4,000 225,000 St. Juan Leeward Islands ' Guadaloupe France 675 115,000 Basse Terre Antigua Britain 93 36,000 St. John's Santa Cruz Denmark 100 31,000 Santa Cruz St. Christopher Britain 70 28,000 Basse Terre Dominica do. 29 26,000 Roseau St. Eustatia Netherlands 22 20,000 The Bay Mariegalante France 90 12,000 Basse Terre Montserrat Britain 78 11,000 Plymouth Tortola do. 90 11,000 Road Harbour «^ Nevis do. 20 10,000 Charlestown St. Bartholomew Sweden 60 8,000 Gustavia "5 Virgin Gorda Britain 80 8,000 S ' St. Martin Netherlands 90 6,100 1 St. Thomas Denmark 40 5,000 5^ Anguilla Britain 30 800 Windward Islands. Martinique France. 370 95,000 St. Pierre Barbadoes Britain 166 93,000 Bridgetown Grenada do. 110 31,000 St. George Trinidad do. 1,700 25,000 Port of Spain St. Vincent do. 130 23,000 Kingston St. Lucia do. 225 16,000 Carenage Tobago do. 140 16,000 Scarborough Margarita Colombia 350 14,000 Ascension Curacjoa Netherlands 600 8,500 Williamstadt Questions, To what three European nations do the West India islands chiefly belong ? To whom do the Bahamas belong ? St. Do- mingo ? Cuba ? Jamaica ? Porto Rico ? Guadaloupe, and Mar- tinique ? 8 86 WEST, INDIES. Into what groups or classes are the islands divided ? Which foHjr are called the Great Antilles ? Which has the greatest population ? Which has the greatest number of square miles ? Into what two divisions are the Caribbean islands divided ? Which are the four Leeward islands that contain the most inhabi- tants ? Which four Windward islands contain the greatest population ? Principal Islands. The most considerable islands are the 4 Great Antilles, Cuha^ St. Domingo^ Jamaica^ and Porto Rico. St. Domingo, or Hispaniola, now called by the blacks Hayti, was formerly divided between France and Spain ; but the blacks have driven out the white inhabitants, and established an independent government. Climate. The climate is generally hot and unhealthy ; but the heat is much tempered by sea and land breezes. Seasons. The seasons are divided into wet and dry. The wet or rainy seasons are two ; one in the spring, but the principal one is in autumn, when the quantity of rain is very great. Snow and ice are unknown. Hurricanes. From the beginning of August to the latter end of September, these islands are subject to dreadful hurricanes, which rage with great fury, and often do extensive injury. — Earthquakes and violent thunder and lightning are also common. Soil. The soil of most of the islands is very fertile. Productions. The most important production is the sugar cane, which affords great quantities of sugar, also rM7n, and molasses. Other productions are coffee, cotton, ginger, indigo, pimento, cocoa, tobacco, tc. ; also excellent fruits, as oranges, lemons, limes, pomegranates, pine apples, melons, &c. The mountains abound in valuable trees, ag cedars, lignumvitce, and mahogany. Inhabitants. More than three fouHhs of the whole population of ihe West Indies, are blacks, and chiefly slaves. More than half of ihe population of the two Spanish islands, Cuba and Porto Rico, are whites ; but in the other islands, taken together, as many as seven eighths are blacks. The white inhabitants are mostly planters, many of them wealthy, having large plantations cultivated by slaves. Chief towns. Havannah, or Havana, the capital of Cuba, is situat- ed on the north coast. It has one of the best harbours in the world, and is a place of great trade and opulence. Population 70,000. St. Jago, in Cuba, and St. Juan, in Porto Rico, are large towns. Kingston, in Jamaica, is the principal town in the British West Indies. It has an excellent harbour, and a great commerce. Popu- lation 33,000. St. Pierre, in Martinique, is the most considerable town in the French Islands, and has an extensive commerce. Population about 30,000. Cape Henry, St. Domingo, and Port au Prince, are the principal towns in St Domingo. SOUTH AMERICA. 8^ SOUTH AMERICA. ( niojpaxi. Divisions. South America includes Colombia (formerly JVcic Grenada and Venezuela^) Peru, Chili, Buenos Ay res, Guiana^Bra- zil and Patagonia. Political condition. J^few Grenada, Venezuela, Peru, Chili, and Buenos Ayres, were formerly provinces of Spain, but they have de- clared themselves independent. Brazil, which includes Amazonia, is claimed by Portugal. A part of Guiana, is included in Colombia, and a part in Brazil ; the remainder is divided between the Dutch, English, and French, Patagonia is inhabited by independent Indians. Inhabitants. The inhabitants are composed of various races, as whites, civilized Indians, JsTegroes, Mestizoes, Mulattoes, Samboes, and independent Indians. The civilized, or subdued Indians, are numerous ; and many of them slaves. The Mestizoes are descendants of the whites and Indians, and the Samboes of tlie Indians and negroes. In all Spanish Ameri- ca the whites are divided into two classes, the first those born m old Spain, the second those born in America. The former are called Chapetones ; the latter Creoles. The independent Indians inhabit Patag-onia and the interior parts of the continent. Religion. The religion of all South America, with the exception of the independent Indians, and that part of Guiana which belongs to the English and Dutch, is Roman Catholic. 88 SOUTH ^AMER1CA. Mountains. The Andes are the most elevated mountains on this continent. They extend through South America, towards the west- ern side, from north to south. Chimhorazo is the highest summit, and Cotopaxi the most remarkable volcano. Islands, The principal islands are the Falkland islands. Terra del Fuego, the Gallipagoes, Chiloe, and Juan Fernandez. Lakes. The 3 largest lakes are Maracaybo, Parima, and Titicaca. Rivers. The 3 great rivers are the Anwuon, La Plata, and Ori- noco. The Amazon is the largest river in the world. It is 4,000 miles long, 180 wide at its mouth, and the tide flows up more than 500 miles. It is navigable throughout most of its course for vessels of 400 tons. It drains, a vast extent of country, and receives the wa- ters of upwards of 200 rivers, several of which are as large as the Danube. The La Plata is about 2,000 miles long, and 30 miles wide, at Bue- nos Ayres, 200 miles above its entrance into the ocean. The Orinoco is about 1,500 miles long, and navigable upwards of 700 miles. It flows into the ocean by about 50 mouths. It is a re- markable fact that this river and the Amazons are connected by their tributary streams. The cataracts of the Orinoco are represented as among the most tremendous that have ever been observed. Among the other large rivers are the Parana, Paraguay, Madei- ra, Tocantins, St. Francisco, and Magdalena. Some of these are as large as the Danube. dimaie. The climate in the south is cold ; in other parts, on the low plains, it is hot, and in many places unhealthy. The high moun- tains are covered with perpetual snow. On the elevated plains the climate is healthy, mild, and delightful. Here the heat of summer and cold of winter, are unknown. Many parts of South America are extremely subject to earth- quakes, and for the sake of greater security, in these parts, the houses are commonly built with only one story. Productions. South America is distinguished for its mineral, ani- mal, and vegetable productions. It yields almost all the varieties of metals and minerals, but is par- ticularly distinguished for its mines of gold and silver, which are exceedingly valuable. It also affords platina, the heaviest of metals, and diamonds, the most precious of gems. Jesuits' bark, a valuable medicine, is peculiar to South America. Some of the remarkable animals are the jaguar, or American tiger, wl ich is very ferocious ; the llama, or Peruvian camel, and vicuna, or Peruvian sheep. The Uanui resembles the camel, though much smaller ; it is a most useful beast of burden. The Andes are a great nursery of birds. Among these the con- dor is the most remarkable, and is the largest bird that has the pow- er of supporting itself in the air. It soars to the height of upwards of 20,000 feet Its wings, when extended, measure from 12 to 16 feet ; and the greater quills are 2 feet 9 inches long. It preys upon calves, sheep, and goats, and has been known to carry off children 10 years of age. COLOMBIA. 89 The American ostrich has a stature equal to that of a man, and will outstrip the fleetest horse in running-. Its feathers are very beautiful and highly valued. COLOMBIA. J^ames. The republic of Colombia comprises all the northwest em part of South America, and is composed of the countries for merly known by the names of J^ew Grenada and Venezuela or Ca raccas. It was also once styled Terra Firma. Quito, a large country, forms the south-western part of Colombia. Rivers. The principal rivers are the Orinoco with its branches, and the Magdalena. The Magdalena flows northerly between two ridges of the An- des, and runs into the Caribbean gea. It is about 1,000 miles in length, and navigable for boats ab'jut 600. Lakes. The principal lakes are those of Maracaybo and Valen da. Face of the country. The western parts abound in the most sub- lime mountain scenery. Stupendous ranges traverse the country, between which are elevated and fertile valleys. In the south-west part are the most elevated summits of the Andes. On the Orinoco and its branches are immense plains, which, in the rainy season, are liable to be inundated. Mountains. Some of tlie most remarkable summits are Chimbo- razo, Cotopaxi, Antisana, and Pichinca. Climate. In the low plains the climate is very hot, and in some parts unhealthy. The elevated plains enjoy a mild, spring tempera- ture, varying but little throughout the year. Soil and productions. The soil of the plains and valleys is fertile, producing cotton, tobacco, com, coffee, and various tropical fruits. The plains on the Orinoco afford rich pasture for great numbers of cattle. The mountains are rich in gold and silver, and have also mines of platina, copper, lead, and emeralds. J^aturcd curiosities. Chimhorazo, the most elevated summit of the Andes, is situated about 100 miles S. by W. of Quito. It rises to the height of 21,440 feet, or a little upwards of 4 miles, above the level of the sea, and being covered with perpetual snow, pre- sents a most magnificent spectacle, when seen from the shores of the Pacific ocean. Humboldt ascended this mountain to the height of 19,300 feet, which is a greater elevation than was ever before at- tained by man. Cotopaxi, the most remarkable volcano of the Andes, and the highest in the world, is 35 miles SSE. of Quito. The summit is in the rorm of a perfect cone, and being always covered with snow, shines at the setting of the sun with the most dazzling splendour. Its flames have been known to rise nearly 3,000 feet above the cra- ter, and its roarings have been heard at the distance of 600 miles. The cataract of Tequendama, on the river Bogota, 15 miles SW. of Santa Fe, is one of the most extraordinary in the world. The 8* 90 COLOMBIA. j river just aboye the falls, is compressed from 140 to 35 feet in width, ■ and rushes down a perpendicular rock at two bounds, to the astonish- \ ing depth of 600 feet, into an unfathomable g-ulf. The river again ' issues out of this gulf under the name of the Meta, and continues '■ its course, with an immense descent, till it joins the Magdalena i This cataract forms an assemblage of sublime and beautiful objects, ! and is one of the wildest and most picturesque scenes in the Andes. | The natural "bridges of Icononzo are on tlie route from Santa Fe i to Popayan. The crevice appears to have been formed by some : great convulsion, which has rent asunder the mountain. A small ' river flows through this crevice, and over it are two very singular I natural arches, or bridges, one of which is upwards of 300 feet above . the surface of the water. At some distance from the city of Cumana, is the remarkable cav- ' em of Guacharo, several leagues in length. It gives rise to a river, ' and is inhabited by thousands of nocturnal birds. • The Andes abound in natural wonders, as stupendous precipices^ -j impetuous torrents, romantic cataracts, 3.nd f rightful crevices of great | depth, which are crossed by rope bridges. The traveller upon the mountains rises, in some places, to an ele- ■ vation above the region of the clouds, and hears the thunder roll, I and sees the lightning dart beneath bis feet. Population of the principal towns. { Quito 70,000 Maracaybo 22,000 Barcelona 14,000 Santa Fe 40,000 Carthagena 20,000 Guayaquil 12,000 Caraccas 30,000 Cuen^a 20,000 Merida 11,000 Popayan 25,000 Riobamba 20,000 Panama 10,000 Cumana 24,000 Otabalo 15,000 St. Thomas 10,000 Quito, the largest city of Colombia, is famous for its great eleva- i tion. It is built on the skirt of the volcanic mountain Pichinca, at I the height of upwards of 9,500 feet above the level of the sea, and ; about one third higher than the most elevated summit of the White j mountains of New Hampshire. ^ Though situated but a few miles to the south of the equator, yet owing to its great elevation, the climate is verj^ mild throughout the . year, but it is subject to dreadful tempests and earthquakes. — The ] houses are of only one storj^ and are built of unburnt bricks and ; clay. j Santa Fi, or Santa Fe de Bogota, was the seat of government of ] New Grenada, and is handsomely built. It is situated in a fertile j plain, elevated nearly 8,700 feet above the level of the ocean. Caraccas is situated 7 miles from La Guayra, its port, on an ele- ^ ration of 2,900 feet. In 1812, 12,000 of the inhabitants were de- ; stroyed by an earthquake. . j The principal seaports are Carthagena, Panama, Guayaquil, SL I Martha, Porto Bello, La Guayra, and Cumana. | Government. In 1819, New Grenada and Venezuela were united | under one government, styled the Rep vblic of Colombia,. The con- stitution resembles that of the United States. ; PERU. 91 GUIANA. Spanish Guiana forms a part of Colombia ; Portuguese Chiiana^ a part of Brazil ; the rest of the country belongs to the English, Dutch, and French. The face of the country is, generally, very level ; the climate hot and unhealthy ; the soil very fertile ; the productions, sugar, coffee, cotton, cocoa, maize, and indigo. English Guiana. English Guiana comprises three colonies, Demerara, Essequibo, and Berbice. Stohroek, the chief town, con- tains about 8,000 inhabitants. Dutch Guiana is also called Surinam, from the principal river by which it is watered. Paramaribo, the capital, is delightfully situated on the Surinam, 18 miles from the sea. The streets are straight, and beautifully ornamented with orange, lemon, and othei trees, which appear in perennial bloom. Population 20,000. French Guiana is also called Cayenne, The chief town is Cay- snne, situated on an island. PERU. Divisions. Peru is divided into 7 intendancies, viz., Liijja, Trui- illo, Tarma, Guanca Velica, Guamanga, Arequipa, and Cusco. The capitals of each are of the same name. Rivers. Several of the head branches of the Amazons, as the Ucayale, Apurimac, Tunguragua, and Gallagua, rise in Peru. Face of the country, &c. This country is divided into High and Low Peru. Low Peru lies between the shore of the Pacific ocean and a range of mountains. It consists chiefly of sandy plains and deserts, and has little or no rain. High Peru lies chiefly between two ranges of the Andes, and con- sists of barren mountains, interspersed with fertile valleys. The country suffers for the want of roads, bridges, and canals ; and the only way of transporting goods is on the backs of mules and llamas. Productions. Peru is famous for its rich mines of gold and silver, and has also mines of quicksilver, copper, lead, &c. Among its pro- ductions are cotton, sugar, pimento, and Jesuifs or Peruvian bark. Chief towns. Lima,, the capital, is situated in a spacious and de- lightful valley, 7 miles from Callao, its port. The streets are straight and broad ; the houses of only one story, but handsome ; and the churches are decorated in a splendid style. The inhabitants are remarkable for their splendid equipage and expensive dress. Popu- lation 53,000. Cusco, 550 milesESE. of Lima, was anciently the capital of the Pe- ruvian empire, and the seat of the Incas. It contained a magnificent temple of the sun, and other edifices, and has still many monuments of its ancient grandeur. Population 30,000. Arequipa and Guum/inga are nearly as large as Cusco. — Some of the principal ports are Callao, Arica, Aranta, Truxillo^ and Pisco. 92 BRAZIL. J Guanca Velica is more than 12,000 feet high, and is famous for its mines of quicksilver. History. Peru was conquered by the Spaniards under Pizarro and Arnalgro, about the year 1532. It was then g-overned by the Inca, Manco Capac, and the inhabitants had made considerable pro- gress in civilization. BRAZIL. i Captanias. Chief toims. Captanias. Chief tovma. Rio Janeiro Rio Janeiro Rio Grande Portalagre j Bahia St. Salvador Maranham St. Luis ) Pernambuco Pernambuco Para Para \ Minas Geraes Villa Rica Matto Grosso Cuyaba St. Paul St. Paul Goyas Villa Boa ' Rivers. Brazil is watered by a number of large rivers. The principal ones are the Amazons^ J\Tadeira, Topayas^ Xingu, TocarU tins, St. Francisco, Paraguay, and Parana. i Face of the country. Brazil is naturally a fine country. Its sur- face is agreeabl}^ diversified with hills, mountains, valleys, and plains^ and in many parts it is highly picturesque. It is clothed with a, luxuriant vegetation, and covered, in many parts, with an almost impenetrable forest. i Clima^. The climate in the north is hot, in the southern parts^ temperate and healthy. 1 Soil and productions. A great part of the country has a verjn ertile soil, producing cotton, sugar, coffee, grain, and tropical fruits,^ Mines. Brazil is celebrated for its mines of gold and diamonds. \ Population of the chief towns. rao Janeiro 100,000 Cuyaba 30,000 Para 15,00(J St. Salvador 100,000 St. Luis 20,000 St. Paul 15,00q| Pernambuco 32,000 Villa Rica 20,000 Tejuco 6,00dF Rio Janeiro, the capital, has a very excellent harbour, and a grea^ trade. The streets are very dirty, the churches are loaded withj ornaments, and the inhabitants are famous for parade in religious, ceremonies. i St. Salvador, or BaJiia^ the second city in importance, has som^. splendid churches, and other fine houses, but the streets are exces*j sively dirty, and the houses of the lower classes extremely mean. Pernambuco has a large trade in cotton. j Cuyaba, Villa Rica, and Villa Boa, situated in the interior, are. celebrated for their gold mines. \ Tejuco, the capital of the Diamond District, is 400 miles N. of RiOj Janeiro. These are the principal diamond mines in America, andjj belong to the government. The country around is mountainouti and extremely barren. ] i Amazonia. The western part of Brazil is known by the name o^ Amazonia, which comprises the central part of South Ameri^ It has scarcely any inhabitants, except Indians. t- ^^ j BUENOS AYRES. 93 BUENOS AYRES. Proirincts. Chief tovms. Provinces. Chief totcns. Buenos Ayres Buenos Atres Tucuman St. Miguel Banda Oriental Monte Video Salta Salta Entre Rios Santa Fe Jujuy St. Salvador Cordora Cordova [PuntaChicas Tupiza Punta St. Luis St. Luis de la Potosi Potosi St. Juan Mendoza Misque Pomabamba Rioja Rioja Charcas Charcas Catamarca Catamarca Cochabamba Oropesa St. Ja^o del Es- St. Jago del Es- La Paz La Paz tero tero Paraguay Assumption Rivers. The principal rivers are the La Plata, Parana, Ura^ guay, Paraguay, Pilcomayo, Salado, J^egro, and Madeira. Lake. Titicaca, the largest lake, is about 240 miles in circum- ference. Climate. The climate is various, but generally healthy. On the plains the heat in summer is excessive. Face of the country. The southern portion of the country is com- posed chiefly of vast plains, called Pampas, which stretch south into Patagonia, extending in their greatest length about 1,500 miles, and about 500 in breadth. They are bare of trees, and covered with high grass, which affords pasture to innumerable herds of cattle and wild horses. The northern and westetn parts of the country are moun- tainous. Soil. Much of the soil of the Pampas is very rich. The province of Paraguay and many other parts have an exceedingly fertile soil. Productions. A great portion of the wealth of the country con- siista ill ijie immense herds of cattle, horses, and mules, which graze on its plains. Hides, tallow, and "jcggI, are abundant ; also wheats Indian corn, barley, tobacco, sugar, wine, st.nd fruits. Paraguay tea, or matte, is a celebrated production of Paraguay, and is much used in South America. Mines. Buenos Ayres has rich mines of silver, gold, copper, and lead. Population of the chief towns. Buenos Ayres 50,000 La Paz 20,000 La Plata 14,000 Potosi 40,000 Mendoza 20,000 Assumption 12,000 Charcas 30,000 St. Juan 19,000 St. Jago 12,000 Oropesa 25^00 Monte Video 15,000 Cordova 10,000 Buenos Ayres, the capital, is situated on the La Plata, 66 leagues from its mouth. The streets are broad and straight, the edifices and . houses are generally built of brick, covered over with plaster. The ^; city is celebrated for the pleasantness and salubrity of its climate. Potosi is situated in the northwest part of the country, on th« 04 CHILI. 1 skirt of a mountain which rises to the height of 16,250 feet ; and thej city itself has an elevation of nearly 11,000 feet above the ocean.; It is famous for its silver mines, the richest in South America. The! population once amounted to 160,000, but it is now much reduced. ; Monte Video is an important place, having- the best harbour on \ the La Plata. Assumption is a noted place, more than 1,000 miles' higher up the La Plata. La Paz has a large trade in Paraguayl tea ,• Salta in mules and grain. j History. This country, called La Plata, or Buenos Ayres, was formerly a viceroyalty of Spain ; but in 1816, the inhabitants made| a declaration of independence, and assumed the name of the United] Provinces of South America. CHILI. ; J Divisions. Chili is divided into two intendancies. St. Jago and' Conception, which are subdivided into 13 provinces. j Face of the country, &c. The Andes extend throughout along| the eastern side, presenting many very elevated summits, 14 of which' are volcanoes. The general aspect of Chili is that of a plain rising' gradually from the ocean to the Andes. The soil is generally fer-1 tile, and is watered by numerous small rivers, which have rapid cur-^ rents. i Climate. The climate is remarkably salubrious, and the weather; serene. In the northern provinces it rarely rains, in some part8<^ never, but dews are abundant : in the south, rains are very frequent.; Snow is never seen on the coast 1 Productions. Chili is rich in mines of gold, silver, copper, tin,\ and iron. It produces an abundance of grain, sugar, cotton, wine,\ oil, and fruits, and has luxuriant pastures, which feed numerous • herds of cattle. Chief towns. St. Jago, the capital, is situated on an extensive and: beautiful plain, about 90 miles from Valparaiso, its nearest port. ■ The houses are neatly built of unburnt brick, and are of only one^ story, as is the fact with regard to all the towns in Chili. Popula-j tion 40,000. I Conception, the second city in rank, is situated near a beautiful ; bay. which affords a commodious harbour. Population 15,000. i Valparaiso is the port of St. Jago, and the most frequented in ! Chili. It has a capacious harbour, but an inconvenient situation, at.; the foot of a mountain. Population 7,000. '^ Valdivia has a very safe and capacious harbour, and contains abou^ 13,000 inhabitants. " ' . % The other most important towns are Chilian, Coquimbo, Copiapo,l St. Fernando, and Petorca. \ Indians. The Araucanians, a celebrated tribe of independent In- ! dians, possess a large tract of country, in the southern part of Chili. Islands. The principal islands are the Archipelago of Chiloe and) Juan Fernandez. Alexander Selkirk, a Scotch sailor, lived on the! desert island of Juan Fernandez 4 years. This circumstance gave^ rise to the celebrated romance of Robinson Crusoe. EUROPE. 93 PATAGONIA. Patagonia is a large country, comprising the southern part of South America, and is but little known. The climate is cold. The country in the northeast consists of immense plains ; in the west it is mountainous. It is inhabited by native tribes, who are represented as very fero- cious, and some of them of great stature. The island of Terra del Fuego is separated from the southern extremity of South America by the straits of Magellan. The as- pect of the country is dreary, abounding in mountains, which are covered with perpetual snow. EUROPE. Divisions by countries. Europe includes the following countries ; Lapland, J^orway, Sweden, and Russia, in the north ; Great Britaitiy France, Netherlands, Denmark, Prussia, Poland, Germany, Switzer- land, and Austria, with Hungary, in the middle ; Portugal, Spaiut Italy, and Turkey, in the south. Political divisions and government. Europe contains 3 sovereign- ties styled empires, 14 kingdoms, 3 republics, and 38 small states, styled grand duchies, duchies, principalities, &;c. They are here ar ranged according to the number of inhabitants. 1. Russia, 2. Austria, 3. Turkey. KINGDOMS. 1. France, 2. Great Britain, 3. Spain, 4. Prussia, 5. Naples, 6. Netherlands, 7. Sardinia, 8. Sweden, 9. Bavaria, 10. Portugal, 11. Denmark, 12. Wurtemberg, 13. Hanover, 14. Saxony. REPUBLICS. 1. Switzerland, 2. Ionian Islands, 3. St. Marino. Limited monarchy is the prevailing government in Europe. The 4 most important of the European states are Russia, Great Britain, France, znd Austria. Religion. Christianity is the religion of all Europe, except Tur- key. The Greek Church is the religion of Russia and of the Chris- tian inhabitants of Turkey. The Protestant religion prevails in the north of Europe, and the Roman Catholic in the south. The Turks are Mahometans. Jews are found in almost all parts, but chieflr in Poland, ^ ^ 96 LAPLAND. ) Character. Europe greatly excels the other parts of the globe in ' civilization, literature, and science. The countries most distinguish- j ed in these respects, are Great Britain, France, and Germany. ; Climate Europe is situated almost wholly in the temperate zone, ' ind enjoys a favourable climate. Seas. The principal seas are the Mediterranean, Archipelago,] Marmora, Black, Azof, J^orth, Baltic, and TFhite. The Mediterra-^ nean is 2,000 miles long, and is the largest and most celebrated ! sea in the world. The eastern part of it is styled the Levant. ' Bays and Gulfs. These are the bay of Biscay, the gulfs of Ven- ice, Bothnia, Finland, and Rig-a. \ Lakes. Some of the principal lakes are Ladoga, Onega, Wenner, ' Wetter^ Constance, and Geneva. i Rivers. The 5 largest rivers are the Wolga, Danube, DniepeVyi Don, and Rhine. ; The Wolga, the largest river, is about 2,500 miles long. It has '' its whole course in Russia, and flows into the Caspian sea by sever- 1 al mouths. It is connected with the Neva by a canal, and thus forms j a communication between the Caspian and Baltic seas ; and also with 1 the Dwina, forming communication with the Frozen ocean. The Dnieper and Don are also rivers of Russia. The Dnieper j flows into the black sea, and the Don into the sea of Azof. ; The Danube, the second river in size, is about 1,800 miles long 5 It rises in Baden, and flows through Austria, Hungary, and Turkey 1 and runs into the Black sea. ; The Rhine rises in the mountains of Switzerland, separates France i from Germany, and flows into the North sea in the Netherlands. It is navigable from the falls at SchafFhausen in Switzerland. These J falls, though far from being the highest, are the most celebrated ^ cataract in Europe. ' Islands. The largest islands are Sicily, Sardinia, Corsica, and: Candia, in the Mediterranean ; Great Britain, Ireland, and Iceland^' in the Atlantic ; Spitzbergen and JN'ova Zembla, in the Arctic ocean. < Mountains. The 6 principal ranges of mountains are the Alps,^ which separate Switzerland and Germany from Italy ; the Pyrenees\ between France and Spain ; the Apennines, which extend through^ Italy; the Carpathian mountains on tlie north and east of Hunga-i ry ; the Dofrefeld mountains between Norway and Sweden; and the^ Ural moimtains in Russia, between Europe and Asia. Mont Blanc, a summit of the Alps, in Savoy, on the borders of; Switzerland, is the highest mountain in Europe. « Volcanoes. The 3 most celebrated vrlcanoes are Etna in Sicily,., Vesuvius in Naples, and Hecla in Iceland. LAPLAND. Divisions Lapland, the most northerly country in Europe, is di- ; vided into tliree parts Korth Lapland, belonging to Norway ; South | Lapland, belonging to Sweden ; and East Lapland, belonging Xa ; Russia. S NORWAY. 97 Descnptton The country is generally rough and mountainous ; the soil mostly barren, and the climate intensely cold. There are no towns larger than a small village, and the country is very thinly in- habited. Inhabitants. The Laplanders are only about 4 feet high, and of swarthy complexion. They are illiterate, enjoy few of the com- forts of life, yet are remarkably attached to their country. They are clothed chiefly with skins and fur. Their principal wealth consists in the rein^deer, which supplies them with food and clothing. In winter they perform journeys with sledges drawn by rein-deer, at the rate of 10 miles an hour NORWAY. Dioceses. Chief towns. Dioceses. Chief towns. Aggerhuus Christiania Bergen Bergen Christiansand Christiansand Drontheim Drontheim Jforrland and Finniark, or JsTorwegian Lapland^ comprise the northern part of Norway, and are cold, dreary, and very thinly in- habited. Rivers. The rivers are numerous, but partake frequently of the nature of torrents, and have numerous cataracts. The largest rivers are the Glornme, Louven, and J^yd. Face of the country. Norway is, next to Switzerland, the most mountainous country in Europe, and abounds in sublime and pic- turesque scenery. ^Mountains. The Dofrajield mountains are a long range, extend- ing between Norway and Sweden. Some of the summits are real glaciers, covered with perpetual snow and ice. Climate. The summers are short and hot ; the winters long, and excessively cold. Soil. A great proportion of the soil is barren, particularly in the northern parts. In the south, it is better ; though but little of it is well adapted to raising grain, but it affords good pasture. Productions. The wealth of Norway consists chiefly in its timber and cattle, its fisheries, and its mines of iron, copper, and silver. Curiosity. The Maelstroom is a dreadful vortex or whirlpool, on the coast of Norway, near the island of Moskoe. It is so violent as to draw in and overwhelm ships, also whales and other animals, that come near it. Population of the chief towns. Bergen 18,000 Drontheim 9,000 Christiansand 5,000 Christiania 11,000 Kongsberg 9,000 Frederickshall 4,000 Christiania is the seat of government, and contains a univertity. It has an excellent harbour, with a flourishing commerce. Bergen and Drontheim have considerable trade. The latter is remarkable for its picturesque views. 9 08 SWEDEN. Kongsbtrg is famous for its mines of silver, and Rorcuu for those of copper. Education is in a backward state. The Norwegfian language is a dialect of the Gothic, Inhabitants. The Norwegians are accustomed to a plain style of living-, and have few luxuries. In the remote parts, they are ac- customed, in seasons of scarcity, to mix the inside of the hark of trees with oat meal for their bread. History. Norway was once an independent kingdom, but was annexed to Denmark in 1397. In 1814, it was ceded to Sweden. SWEDEN. Divisions. Sweden comprises three general divisions, which are subdivided into provinces. Chief towns. Chief towns. Norrland Gefle „ .,, , ( Gottenburg Sweden Proper Stockholm ixotmand Jcarlscrona Fa^e of the country. Sweden is inclosed by mountains on the west and north, but is generally a very level country. Lakes. The most striking feature in the appearance of the coun- try, consists in the number and extent of its lakes. Some of the largest ones are lakes Wenner, Wetter, and Malar. Rivers. The rivers are numerous, but mostly small. Some of the principal are the Gotha, Dahl, and Motala. On the Gotha are the celebrated falls of Trolhceta, a little below the place where the river issues from lake Wcnner. They consist of four principal cataracts, the whole descent being about 100 feet. Climate. The winters are long, dry, and cold ; the summers short and hot. The transition from one to the other, is so sudden that spring and autumn are scarcely known. Soil. Sweden is one of the least populous and least fertile coun- tries in Europe. The greatest part of the country is a forest, and incapable of cultivation. The southern parts are the most fertile and populous. Productions. A great part of the wealth of Sweden is derived from its mines of iron and copper, and its forests. The principal exports are iron, copper, alum, timber, and tar. The Swedish iron is esteemed the best in Europe. The most celebrated iron mine is that of Dannemora, 60 miles NNW. of Stockholm. Islands. The Swedish islands in the Baltic are Oeland, Gothland^ and Faro. Population of the chief towns. Stockholm 73,000 Nordkioping 9,300 Calmar 4,500 Gottenburg 22,000 Malmo 6,700 Upsal 4,500 Carlscrona 12,000 Gefle 6,600 Fahlun 4,200 Stockholnii the capital, is built on seyeral islands, at the junction DENMARK. 99 of lake Malar with the Baltic. The ground on which it is situated, is uneven, and the views of the city are uncommonly picturesque. The royal palace is one of the finest in Europe. Gottenhurg^ on the Cattegat, in the southwest part of Sweden, has an extensive trade, particularij'^ in iron. Carlscrona is noted for being- the chief station of the Swedish navy ; Upsal for its university ; and Fahlun for its copper mines. J^ordkioping, Malmo, Gejle^ and Calmar^ are commercial towns. Education. Much attention is paid to education, and the Swedes have cultivated the sciences with great success. There are two universities, those of Upsal and Lund. The former is one of the most distinguished in Europe. Religion. The Swedes are almost all Lutherans. There is one archbishop, that of Upsal, and 1 1 bishops. Inhabitants. The Swedes, on account of their vivacity and ad- dress, have been styled the French of the north. They have gene- rally a fair complexion, a ruddy countenance, and light flaxen hair. They are honest and hospitable, accustomed to a plain diet and few indulgences. History. The Swedes embraced Christianity in the 11th century, and the Reformation in the 16th. In 1808, Sweden lost Finland^ which was ceded to Russia ; and in 1814, acquired J^orway, DENMARK. Denmark is composed chiefly of a peninsula, and several islands in the Baltic. The following are the principal divisions. Chief towns. Chief towns. Zealand CoPErfHAGEjy Sleswick Sleswick Funen Odensee Holstein Kiel Jutland Aalborg Lauenburg Lauenburg Islands. The principal islands in the Baltic belonging to Den mark, are Zealand, Funen, Laaland, Falster, and Langeland. — Ice land and the Faroe Islands also belong to Denmark. Face of the country. The continental part is very level It is watered by no large rivers, but has numerous small lakes. Climate. The climate is healthy, and uniformly temperate ; though the atmosphere, during the greater part of the year, is thick and cloudy. Soil and Productions. The soil is generally sandy, but a large proportion is fertile, and produces oats, barley, beans, pease, potatoes, and madder, and much of it is excellent for grazing. Commerce. Denmark is remarkably well situated for trade, and its commerce is very considerable. The exports consist of grain, horses, cattle, beef pork, butter, and cheese. Canal. The Canal of Kiel is 22 miles long. It extends from the Baltic to the Eyder, and thus forms a communication between tbe Baltic and North sea. It is about 100 feet wide at the surface, 54 at the bottom, and 10 deep. 100 ICELAND Population of the chief towns. 1 Copenhagen 100,000 Kiel 7,000 Elsinore 7,000 ■ Altona 23,000 Flensborg 7,000 A^rhuus 6,000 j Rendsburg 8,000 Odensee 7,000 Slsswick 6,000 j Copenhagen, the metropolis of the Danish monarchy, is situated on ] the east coast of the island of Zealand, and presents a magnificent | view when approached from the sea. It is one of the best built '' cities in the north of Europe, and is not only the residence of the < court, but is the seat of all the g-reat public establishments of the j kingdom. It has a good harbour, and an extensive commerce. '. Altona, situated in Holstein on the Elbe, 2 miles west of Hamburg, i has considerable commerce and manufactures. ] Elsinore, 20 miles N. of Copenhagen, is a well known seaport, at \ which all foreign ships that trade to the Baltic, pay toll. ■ Education. Considerable attention is paid to education. There \ are 2 universities, one at Copenhagen, and the other at Kiel. The > former is on a large scale, having ample funds, and one of the best • botanic gardens in Europe. Inhabitants. The Danes have a florid complexion, and hair of ' a flaxen or reddish colour. They are much addicted to excess. The ; peasantry are poor, and held in a state of bondage. * -; ICELAND. 1 Iceland is a large island, about 280 miles in length, belonging to Denmark. It lies partly in the frigid zone, and the climate is ex- ^ tremely severe. The surface is in the highest degree rugged and mountainous. A \ range of mountains extends from east to west, with 10 or 12 sum- mits covered with perpetual snow and ice. Sncefiel is nearly 7,000 '\ feet high ; Hecla, the most celebrated volcano, about 5,000 feet. The soil is mostly barren, and produces no grain, and but few of ] the necessaries of life. No woods are seen, except a few birch trees, . seldom more than 6 feet high. There are tolerable pastures, and I some potatoes are raised. The island is thinly inhabited, and has no \ considerable towns. Reikiavik, the capital, contains only about ' 500 inhabitants. Jj The inhabitants are Lutherans, of simple manners, \noral and re- -' ligious. They enjoy few of the comforts of life, and subsist almost t wholly on animal food, chiefly fish. -■ Curiosities. No part of Europe more abounds in natural wonders ^ than Iceland. Mount Hecla is one of the most celebrated volcanoes "; on the globe, and has had numerous and dreadful eruptions. Matter ' is said to have been thrown to the distance of 150 miles. ■ The Geysers, or hot springs of Iceland, are reckoned among the greatest wonders of the world. They throw into the air jets of boil- j ing water, sometimes to the height of 200 feet, accompanied %vith a ; noise like that of a cannon, and a trembling of the adjacent ground. | Stones of considerable size are also thrown up much higher than the ' water RUSSIA. 101 Sulphur mountain exhibits the phenomenon of a number of rMrfwraZ cauldrons of black boiling mud, which are in constant action, emit ting a loud noise, and sending forth immense columns of vapour. RUSSIA. Extent. Russia includes most of the north of Europe, and all the north of Asia, and is the most extensive empire on the globe. Divisions. Russia is divided into 54 governments, 47 of which aro included chiefly in Europe. The Asiatic part is far the most exten give, but the European portion is much the most populous. RUSSIA IN EUROPE. In the JSTorth and J^orth-West. Governments. Chief cities. Governments. Chief cities. Archangel Archangel Petersburg St. Petkrsburo Vologda Vologda Esthonia Revel Olonetz Petrozavodsk Livonia Riga Finland Helsingfors Courland Mittau Novgorod Novgorod Wilna W^ilna Pskov Pskov In the centre. Moscow Moscow Voronez Voronez Vladimir Vladimir Kursk Kursk Jaroslav Jaroslav Orel Orel Kostroma Kostroma Tula Tula Nizntiei-Novgorod [ Nisnei-Novgorod I Kaluga Kaluga Riazan Riazan Smolensk Smolensk Tambov Tambov Tver Tver In the West. In the East. Vitepsk Vitepsk Saratov SaratoT Mohilev Mohilev Penza Penza Minsk Minsk Simbirsk Simbirsk Grodno Grodno Kazan Kazan Bialystock Bialystock Viatka Viatka Volhynia Zytomiers Perm Perm In the South. Podolia Kaminiec Slobodsk-Ukraine Charkov Bessarabia &c. Bender Ekaterinoslav Ekaterinoslar Kiev Kiev Cherson Cherson Tchernigov Tchernigov Taurida Simpheropol Poltava Poltava Don Cosacs Tcherkask lOS RUSSIA. ' Rivers. Russia is watered by some of the largest rivers of Eu- rope. The principal ones are the Volga^ I>nieper, I>rii€ster, Don^ Onega, Z)u:irm, Petchora, JS'eva, and JMemen. Lakes. The largest lakes are Ladoga, On€ga,Tchudskoe,aind flmen. Face of the country. Russia is, in general, a very level country, and has plains of vast extent. J\Ioxintains. The only large mountains, are those of Crimea in the south, and the Uralian mountains, which form the boundary be- tween Europe and Asia, and are about 1,400 miles in length. Soil. The soil in the southern provinces is generally very fen>le, but in advancing to the north, it becomes less so. Productions. Rye, barley, and oats, are the principal kinds of grain cultivated in the northern provinces ; wheat in the southern. Agriculture is in a backward state. Russia has valuable mines of silver, copper, and especially iron. Climate. The climate in this vast empire is various ; in the south- cm parts it is temperate and agreeable ; in the northern, extremely severe. Inland navigation. Russia has great facilities for inland naviga- tion, by means of rivers and canals. An inland navigation is open- ed from the Baltic to the Black and Caspian seas ; and also from the Black and Caspian seas to the Frozen ocean. Commerce. Russia has an extensive commerce, which is carried on through the Baltic, Black, Caspian, and White seas. PopulaUon of tkt chief cities. St. Petersburg 285,000 Wilaa 25,000 Moscow 250,000 Kiev 20,000 Cronstadt 40,000 Tver 20,000 Odessa 40,000 Jaroslav 19,000 Riga 36,000 Kaluga 17,000 Tula 30,000 Cherson 15,000 SL Petersburg, the metropolis of the Russian empire, is situated on the Neva, near its entrance into the gulf of Finland. It was founded, in 1703, by Peter the Great, and it has now become a very large commercial city. In the width and regularity of its streets, and the general magnificence of its buildings, it surpasses every other city in Europe. J^Ioscow, the ancient capital, is situated on the Moskwa, and is 24 miles in circumference. The part of the city called the Krem- lin, contains an assemblage of magnificent public edifices. One of the towers formerly had the largest bell in the world. The weig^ht of it was upwards of 200 tons. The city exhibits a singular con- trast of splendid edifices, and miserable hovels. Moscow was set on fire, in 1812, by the direction of the Russian government, in order to prevent the French from deriving any im- portant advantage from possessing it. This is the most extraordi- nary transaction of the kind recorded in history. Nearly three fourths of the city were burnt, but it has since been rebuilt. PRUSSIA. 103 Cronstadt, situated on an island, 20 miles west of St. Petersburg-, IS the principal station for the Russian navy. Odessa, on the Black sea, is a new and flourishing* city, and has an extensive commerce, particularly in wheat. Riga, situated near the mouth of the Dwina, is next to 'St. Pe tersburg- and Odessa in commerce. Archangel, a commercial port on the White sea, is remarkable for being- the most northerly considerable town in Europe. Tula is famous for its hardware ; Kiev for having anciently been the capital of the Russian monarchy ; Wilna is a place of note in Russian Poland ; and Aho in Finland. Smolensk is famous for its siege and bombardment by the French ; and Borodino, a village between Smolensk and Moscow, for a tre- mendous battle between the French and Russians. Religion. The established religion is the Greek Church, and about three fourths of the inhabitants are of this religion. The rest are Catholics, Lutherans, Mahometans, Jews, and Pagans ; all religions are tolerated. Universities. There are 8 universities, at St. Petersburg, Jifoscow, Dorpat, Abo, Wilna, Charkov, Kiev, and Kazan. Education. Russia has some learned men, but literature is in a backward state. — Education has been heretofore almost entirely neg- lected ; but an increasing attention is now paid to it. Bible Societies are now extensively instituted throughout Russia, for the benevolent purpose of distributing the Scriptures, in the va- rious languages of the inhabitants. Inhabitants. The Russians are one of the most illiterate nations in Europe. The great mass of the people are in a state of miserable servitude, and are bought and sold with the land which they culti- vate. History. At the beginning of the 18th century, Russia was gen- erally in a state of barbarism. Since that time it has advanced much in civilization, and increased greatly in territory and power. It has had 3 great sovereigns, Peter the Great, Catharine II., and Alexander, the present emperor. PRUSSIA. Divisions. The Prussian dominions consist chiefly of two parts, entirely separated from each other, one lying in the east, the other in the west of Germany. The provinces of East and West Prussia and Posen, comprise Prussia Proper and a part of Poland. All the other provinces are included within the limits of the late German empire. The whole kingdom is divided into 10 provinces, and subdivided into 28 governments. The eastern part forms the main body of the kingdom, and comprises the first seven provinces in the following^ table. The towns in the table are all capitals of governments of tUe same name. 104 PRUSSIA. Provinces. East Prussia West Prussia Brandenburg Pomerania Silesia Capitals. < Konigsberw \ Gumhinnen k Dantzic \ Marieawerder I Berlix < Potsdam ( Frankfort ( Stettin < Stralsund ( Cosslin I Breslau 1 Liegnitz j Reichenbach ( Oppeki Provinces. Posen Saxony Westphalia Juliers-Cleves- Lower Rhine Capitals, i Posen ( Bromberg C Magdeburg < Merseburg ( Erfurt ( Munster < Minden ( Arensberg ' Cologne . Dusseldorf Cleves Aix la Chapellc Coblentz Treves Rivers. Prussia is a favoured country with regard to navigable rivers. Some of these are the Elbe, Oder, Vistula, Memel, Pregel, Spree, Havel, Rhine, and Jyioselle. Lakes. Small lakes are numerous ; Spirding-See and Maur-See are among the largest. Curish Hajf, Frish Haff, and Grass Haff, are inland sheets of water, or gulfs. Islands. The principal islands are Rugen and Usedom. Face of the country. Prussia is mostly a very level country, abounding in lakes and streams, and has many marshy tracts. Silesia is agreeably diversified, and has considerable mountains, called the Sudetic Mountains. Soil. The soil in some parts is good, but in general by no meant fertile, being often sandy and covered with heath. Productions. Prussia produces grain, Jlax, hemp, &c. ; and abounds in cattle. Minerals. The most distinguished mineral production is ambers found on the shores of the Baltic. Climate. The climate is cold and piercing in the winter, warm and pleasant in the summer ; but the autumn is generally wet. Population of the chief tovms. Berlin 188,000 Aix la Chapelk ! 32,000 Breslau 76,000 Potsdam 23,000 Konigsberg 59,000 Stettin 22,000 Dantzic 49,000 Elberfeld 22,000 Cologne 49,000 Dusseldorf 20,000 Magdeburg 35,000 Posen 20,000 Halle 20,000 Munster 17,000 Erfurt 17,000 Elbing ^ Stralsund 17,000 16,000 Coblentz 15,000 Berlin, the capital of the Prussian dominions, is situated on the Spree. It is the second city in Germany in population, and one of most beautiful in Europe. The streets are generally broad and straight, and the houses large, built of white free stone, or brick covered with stucco. The city contains many magnificent edifices, POLAND. 105 and numerous literary institutions, and is the seat of luxury and a splendid court. The country around is level and sandy. Breslau^ the capital of Silesia, situated on the Oder, carries on a great trade, and is celebrated for its fairs. Dantzic, situated on the Vistula, 5 miles from its mouth, is an opulent commercial city, disting-uished for its exports of g-rain. Konigsherg^ on the Pregel, was formerly the capital of Prussia. It is a large and handsome city, well situated for commerce. Cologne^ an old and rather decayed town, on the Rhine, is noted for commerce, and has long held a conspicuous rank in Catholic Germany. The chief commercial ports are Konigsberg, Danizic, Stettitiy Stralsund, EWing, and Jdemei. Magdeburg, on the Elbe, is noted for its commerce, and the strength of its fortifications ; Aix la Chape.lle for its warm baths ; Potsdam for its splendid edifices ; Halle for its university and salt works ; Tlioy^n as the birthplace of Copernicus ; Eisleben of Luther. Eylau and Friedland, small towns, are famous for great battles between the French, Russians, and Prussians. Posen is the chief town of Prussian Poland. Gnesna was the seat of an archbishop who was primate of all Poland. Religion. Nearly two thirds of the inhabitants are Protestants^ and one third Catholics. Universities, &c. The universities of the Prussian states are those of Konigsberg, Breslau, Berlin, Halle, Bonn, and Greifswalde. In some parts, particularly in the provinces of Brandenburg" and Saxony, much attention is paid to education. Language. The prevailing language is the German. History. Prussia was first erected into a kingdom in 1701. It has since gained various additions to its territory, and now ranks among the most powerful states of Europe. POLAND. Poland was formerly one of the largest king-doms in Europe, con- taining- about 15 millions of inhabitants, but since 1772, it has been divided between Russia, Austria, and Prussia. Russia has acquired nearly one half of the population, Austria one quarter, and Prussia one eighth. The remainder of the country, comprising less than 3 millions of inhabitants, is formed into a king-- dom, and is governed by a viceroy appointed by the emperor of Russia. Rivers. The principal rivers are the Vistula, JSTiemen, Dwina, Dnieper, and Dniester. The Vistula, the great river of Poland, rises at the foot of the Carpathian mountains, passes by Cracow, Warsaw, and Thorn, and flows into the Baltic, at Dantzic. It is navigable throughout most of its course. 106 POEiAND Face of the country. Poland is generally a very level country, in Bome parts marshy. Soil and produce. A larg-e part of the soil is very fertile, but bad ly cultivated. The most important production is grain, of which larg-e quantities are exported. Salt mines. At Wielicza, in Austrian Poland, 7 miles SE. of Cra- covr, are the most celebrated salt mines in the world. The princi- pal mine is 8,000 feet long, 2,000 broad, and 800 deep. Many of the persons employed here, were born in the mines, and never go out. Inhabitants. The Poles were originally a tribe of Sclavonians, and are one of the most illiterate nations in Europe. They are mostly Catholics. The peasantry are in a state of miserable servi- tude. Jew*. There are more Jews in the Polish territories than in all the rest of Europe. Almost all the trade of the country is in their hands. Towns. Warsaw, the capital, and the only large town in the kingdom of Poland, is favourably situated on the Vistula. It con- tains a university, and has an extensive inland trade. It exhibits a singular contrast of splendid mansions and miserable hovels. Pultusk, a small town, is famous for a great battle between the French and Russians ; and Rakow for having once been the chief settlement of the Polish Unitarians. Cracow, on the Vistula, in the softthwest part of Poland, is a free city. It is very ancient, and looks like a great capital in ruins. Population 26,000. Some of the other principal Polish towns are Dantzic and Posen, belonging to Prussia ; Lemherg and Brody, to Austria ; and Wilna to Russia. ENGLAND. 107 BRITISH DOMINIONS. B^::^^M =— mm K^it^ v, .iff^w,^^ |llf|lE [— -^ ^3 w^^s,^^^^ T@]c ^rfi i f nj 1 II % ^^•■'■'^ ip^-; m 1 i 11 |.3l ii- i II 1 Jj^^^HiiH [^■■■i liii iiiiii ■ ■ St. PauVs Church. The United King-dom of Great Britain and Ireland possesses Crib' raltar, and the islands of Malta and Heligoland, in Europe, and ha« extensive dominions in Asia, Africa, and America. Great Britain is. divided into England, Wales, and Scotland, ENGLAND AND WALES. England contains 40 counties ; Wales 12. Six northern counties. Counties. Chief towns. Counties. Northumberland Newcastle , Yorkshire Cumberland Carlisle Westmoreland Durham Durham Lancashire Chief towns* York Appleby Lancaster Four bordering on Wales. Cheshire Shropshire Chester Shrewsbury Herefordshire Monmouthshire Hereford Monmouth 108 ENGLAND. Counties. Nottinghamshire Derbyshire Staffordshire Leicestershire Rutlandshire Northampton- shire Twelve Midland. Chief totcns. Counties, Nottin§;haLm Derby Stafford Leicester Okeham Northampton Warwickshire Worcestershire Gloucestershire Oxfordshire Buckinghamshire Aylesbury Bedfordshire Bedford Chief lovytu. Warwick Worcester Gloucester Oxford Eight Eastern, Lincolnshire Lincoln Suffolk Huntingdonshire Huntingdon Essex Cambridgeshire Cambridge Hertfordshire Norfolk Norwich Middlesex Surry Kent Berkshire Wiltshire Somersetshire Devonshire Flintshire Denbighshire C aernarvonshire Radnorshire Cardiganshire Pembrokeshire Three South-Eastern. Guildford Sussex Canterbury Four Southern. Reading Hampshire Salisbury Dorsetshire Three South-Western. Bath Cornwall Exeter Ipswich Chelmsford Hertford LoNDoir Chichester Winchester Dorchester Launceston Six in JsTorth Wales. Flint Denbigh Caernarvon Anglesea Merionethshire Montgomeryshire Sir in South Wales. Radnor Caermarthenshire Cardigan Brecknockshire Pembroke Glamorganshire Beaumaris Dolgelly Montgomery Caermarthen Brecon Caerdiff Rivers. The 3 principal rivers are the Thames, Severn, and : Trent. Some of the smaller ones are the Medway, Ouse, Tyne, i Tees, Mersey, Dee, Avon, and Derwent. \ Islands. The principal islands are the Isle of Wight, Isle of\ Man, Guernsey, Jersey, Anglesea, and the Scilly isles. J Face of the country. The face of the country is beautifully diver- ' sified wiUi hiils and verdant plains. Wales is mountainous, and the , northern counties of England somewhat so. Snowdon, in Wales, is the most elevated mountain. Climate. The climate is healthy, though moist, and liable to fre- quent and sudden changes. The extremes of heat and cold are muck ' less than in most other countries, in the same parallel of latitude. Soil. The soil is various, but a great proportion of it is good, and it is under excellent cultivation ENGLAND. 109 Productions, The 4 principal productions of agriculture, are grain, wool, horned cattle^ and horses. Minerals. The mineral productions are very valuable, particu- larly coal, copper, tin, iron, and lead. Mineral waters. The most celebrated mineral waters are those of Bath, Cheltenham, Bristol, Tunhridge, Buxton, Scarborough, Ep- som, and Harrowgate. These are famous watering- places. Curiosities. The Peak of Derbyshire is famous for its Seven Won- ders, which consist of singular caverns and subterraneous curiosi- ties. Stonehenge is a remarkable ancient monument, situated in the middle of Salisbury Plain. It consists of a great collection of stones of immense size, which seem to have once formed an entire build- ing. Canals. The inland navigation of England is rendered very com- plete by means of navigable rivers and canals. The canals are nu- merous, and have been executed at great expense. The two longest are each 130 miles in length. Population of the principal towns. London 1,225,000 Norwich 50,000 Leicester 23,000 Manchester 134,000 Portsmouth 46,000 Deptford 20,000 Liverpool 119,000 Sheffield 36,000 Exeter 19,000 Birmingham 107,000 Newcastle 36,000 York 18,000 Bristol 88,0i?0 Nottingham 34,000 Yarmouth 18,000 Leeds 84,000 Bath 31,000 Coventry 18,000 Plymouth 61,000 Hull 27,000 Wigan 18,000 London, the metropolis of England, is the most populous city in Europe ; and with respect to commerce, wealth, arts, literature, and charitable institutions, it surpasses all other cities on the globe. It is situated on the Thames, 60 miles above its mouth, and including the suburbs, is 7 miles long, and 5 broad. The streets are wider than those of most other European cities. The houses are built almost wholly of brick of a pale colour, and disposed with great uniformity. Some of the most interesting public buildings, are the royal pala- ces, Westminster Abbey, and particularly St. PauVs Cathedral, which is esteemed the chief ornament of the city, and next to St. Peter's at Rome, the finest church in the world. It is 510 feet in length, 282 in breadth, and 340 in height, to the top of the cross. Liveiyool, on the Mersey, is next to London in commerce, and has a great trade with the United States, the West Indies, and Ireland. Bristol, on the Avon, and Hull, on the Humber, rank next to Liverpool in commerce. Portsmouth and Plymouth, in the south of England, on the Eng- lish channel, are famous for their harbours, and for being the prin- cipal stations of the navy. Newcastle, on the Tyne, and Sunderland, on the Wear, are famous for trade in coals. The other principal ports are Whitby, Whitehaven, Yarmouth, and Falmouth. Manchester is the grand centre of the cotton manufactures. 10 HO ENGI^ND. i Birmingham is the most noted seat of hardware manufactures in ' the world. < Leeds, Wakejield, Huddersfield, JN'orwich, and Exeter, are famous \ for woollens; Sheffield for cutlery ; Kidderminster for carpets; J^ot- \ tingham and Leicester for stockings ; Coventry for ribands ; Glou- '■ ce*- try, and its current is much broken by cataracts and rapids. Other rivers are the Minho^ Duero, Guadiana, Guadalquivir, Xucar, and Ebro. Islands. The islands are Majorca^ Ivica, and Minorca. Face of the country. Spain is a mountainous country, and a large proportion of it has an elevated surface ; but it is finely variegated with rivers, streams, and plains. Mountains. The Pyrenees separate Spain from France. Some of the other mountains are Sierra Morena, Sierra Mevada^ and Mont-serrat. Montserrat, 20 miles NW. of Barcelona, is nearly 4,000 feet high. It is remarkable for its singular form, its hermitages and monastery, and for an image of the Virgin Mary, much visited by pilgrims. Climate. The climate is remarkably pleasant, and the air is much refreshed by sea breezes. In the southern provinces the heat is great, and the climate, at some seasons, unhealthy. Soil. The soil, where well watered, is generally fertile. In the central parts, much of it is dry and unproductive. The country is thinly peopled, and badly cultivated. Productions. The productions are trzne, sugar cane^maize, wheats barley^ millet^ rice^ hemp^ silk, oil, and fruits. The wool of Spain, from the Merino sheep, is the finest in Europe. Minerals. There are mines of ii^on, copper, lead, &c. Population of the cliief cities. Madrid 180,000 Saragossa 55,000 Carthagena 29,000 Barcelona 111,000 Malaga 52,000 Ecija 28,000 Seville 90,000 Granada 52,000 Jaen 27,000 Valencia 80,000 Isla de Leon 45.000 Valladolid 25,000 Cadiz 70,000 Murcia 34,000 Toledo 25,000 Madrid, the capital of Spain,*is situated on the small river Man- zanares. It is the most elevated capital in Europe, being upwards of 2,000 feet above the level of the sea. The streets are straight and clean, the houses of brick, and the royal palace magnificent. The surrounding country is barren, and exhibits few marks of improve- ment. Cadiz, situated on a sandy peninsula, called the island of Leon, Las an excellent harbour, and is the first commercial city in Spain, and the centre of the trade of the West Indies and America. SPAIN. 13S Barcelona and Malaga rank next to Cadiz in commerce. Barce- lona is very favourably situated on the Mediterranean, in the north- east part of Spain, and exports wine, brandy, and manufactures. Malaga, situated in the southern part of the country-, is celebrated for its wines and fruits. The other most considerable ports are Alicant, Carthagena, Bilboa^ and Ferrol. Seville, on the Guadalquivir, was anciently the residence of the Gothic king-s, and formerly a place of g-reat wealth, commerce, and manufactures, and is said to have contained 600,000 inhabi- tants. Saragossa, on the Ebro, is remarkable for two memorable sieges ; Granada for being- styled the paradise of Spain, and for its impor- tance in the time of the Moors ; Toledo for being- the first archbish- opric, and for sword- blades ; Cordova for leather; Valencia for silk; Segovia for wool ; Almaden for mercury ; Xeres for wine, called Sherry; Salamanca for its imiversity ; FaUadolid for being once a royal residence ; Tarragona for its ancient greatness. Palaces. The royal palaces in Spain are those of Madrid, Escu- rial, Aranjuez, St. Ildefonso, and Pardo. The Escurial palace, about 20 miles N. of Madrid, is the pride of Spain. It is built in the sing-ular form of a gridiron, and is said to have cost more than any other palace in Europe. Religion. The Spaniards are big-oted Catholics. Education. Education is in a backward state. There are 11 universities. That of Salamanca is the most famous. Bull-Fights. Bull-fighting is a national amusement, to wliich the Spaniards are passionately addicted. In the principal towns there are amphitheatres appropriated to these barbarous exhibitions, which are attended by great multitudes of both sexes. Gibraltar is a celebrated promontory, more than 1,400 feet high, at the southern extremity of Spain, belonging to Great Britain. It has a remarkable fortress, so defended by nature and art, as to be accounted the strongest in the world. History. Spain was subdued by the Romans under Augustus, and early in the 8th century invaded by the Moors, who possessed them- selves of a large part of the country ; but were completely expelled early in the 17th century. In the 16th century, Spain was esteemed the most formidable pow- er in Europe, but has since been comparatively weak. She has been remarkable for the despotic character of her government, and her extensive and rich possessions in America. IS* PORTUGAL. PORTUGAL. JHvisiotis. Portugafis divided into 6 provinces. Provinces. Capitals. Provinces. Capitals. Entre-Duero-e- ) Braga Estremadura Lisbojt Minho ^ Oporto Alentejo Evora Tras OS Montes Braganza Algarva Lagos Beira Coimbra Rivers. The principal rivers are the Tagus, J\Iinho, Mondego, and Duero. Face of the country. The face of the country is, for the naost part, agreeably diversified ; some parts are mountainous, others level. Climate. The climate is pleasant and healthy. Soil. The soil is light, yet fertile, but badly cultivated. Productions. Portugal abounds in wines, honey, olives, orangesy Jigs, and other fruits ; but there is a deficiency of grain. Population of the chief t&wns. Lisbon 240,000 Braga 18,000 St. Ubes 12,000 Oporto 70,000 Elvas 16,000 Coimbra 12,000 Lisbon, the capital, is finely situated on the north side of the mouth of the Tagus. It has a capacious and excellent harbour, and is one of the most commercial cities in Europe. The appearance at a distance is extremely fine, but the interior of the city ill corresponds with its external beauty. In 1755, a great part of Lisbon was laid in ruins by the most remarkable earthquake of modern times. Oporto, situated near the mouth of the Duero, is next to Lisbon in population and commerce, and is famous for its strong wines, called Port. Religion. The Portuguese are among the most superstitious and intolerant Catholics in Europe. Education. Education is in a very backward state. The univer- sity of Coimbra is the only one in the kingdom. «^ ITALY. ITALY. 137 Tke Coliseum. Italy is a long- peninsula in the south of Europe, in the form of a boot. Divisions. In the northeast, Austrian Italy^ or the Lomhardo- Venetian kingdom : In the northwest, the Sardinian territories, viz. Savoy, Piedmont, and Genoa : . In the middle, Parma, Modena, Tuscany, Lucca.^^^ dominions of the Pope, and St. Marino : ^^• In the south, Maples, or the kingdom of the Two Sicilies, com- prising- J^aples and the island of Sicily. The 2 other principal Italian islands are Sardinia and Corsica. Some of the smaller ones are Malta, the Lipari islands, and Elba. Sicily is the larg-est island in the Mediterranean, and celebrated for its fertility, producing- grain, wine, silk, fruits, &c. Malta, remarkable for the strength of its fortifications, belongs to Great Britain ; Corsica to France. Rivers. The Po, the principal river of Italy, is one of the largest in Europe, and is about 500 miles in length. The current is so rapid as to render the navigation difficult. The three other princi- pal rivers are the Tiber, Adige, and Arno. The Tiber is celebrated, not for its size, but on account of its watering the city of Rome. Lakes. The principal lakes are Maggiore, Garda, and Como, in the north ; Perugia, Bolsena, and Celano, in the middle. Maggiore and Garda are celebrated for their beauty. Face of the country. The face of the country is finely diversified, but for the most part mountainous. Nothing can exceed the beauty a»A diversity of the natural scenery. The mountains are exceed- ingly picturesque, presenting every variety of form , and the valleys 12* J3S ITALY. are uncommonly delightful. Austrian Italy consists chiefly of a fertile and beautiful plain. Mountains. The Alps lie on the north, and the Apennines extend through the peninsula. Volcanoes. The volcanoes are Mount Etna, in Sicily ; VesvKXUs^ 7 miles E. of Naples, and Stromholi, on one of the Lipari islands. Etna and Vesuvius are two of the most celebrated volcanoes on the globe, and have been subject to tremendous eruptions from the remotest antiquity. Etna is about 11,000 feet high, and its lava is frequently thrown 30 miles. Large stones have sometimes been thrown upwards to the height of 7,000 feet Vesuvius is less than 4,000 feet high, and its lava is sometimes thrown 7 miles. It has had many tremendous eruptions. Stromboli emits flames that are visible in the night 100 miles, and it has been styled the Light-house of the Mediterranean. Climate. The climate is esteemed the finest in Europe, but dif- fers in difierent parts. Soil. A large part of the soil is very fertile. Cultivation is very backward in the southern and middle parts ; but good in the north. Productions. The most important productions are grain, wine, vHve oil. silk, cattle, cheese, delicious fruits, ^nd Jine marble. Curiosities. Italy abounds in objects of interest, both of nature and art Savoy presents the most sublime mountain scenery. A few miles from Terni, the river Velino has three fine cataracts, ene of which is about 300 feet perpendicular, and the aggregate height of the three is about 750 feet. At Tivoli, the river Teverone, anciently called Anio, falls over the brink of a rock, nearly 100 feet, in one mass. The water has hollowed out grottoes of the most picturesque appearance. Italy contains the most splendid specimens of architecture, sculp- ture, and painting, at Rome, Milan, Genoa, Florence, Naples, Bolog- na, Venice, Verona, Benevento, &c. Remains of ancient monu- ments, as amphitheatres, triumphal arches, ruins of temples, bridges, &c,, are to be seen in various places. Pompeii and Herculaneum, two cities near Naples, were over- whelmed by an ^eruption of Mount Vesuvius, A. D. 79, and remain- ed buried under the lava more than 16 centuries. Whole streets have lately been opened, and various works of art have been found in a surprising state of preservation. Pesti, ancient Pcestum, is noted for its magnificent ruins. Universities. There are 18 universities ; some of the principal ones are Padua, Pavia, Pisa, Parma, Bologna, and Turin. Educa- tion is much better attended to in the north than in the south of Italy. The 15th century was the brilliant period of Italian literature. Fine Arts. The Italians excel chiefly in the fine arts, as paini- ing, sculpture, architecture, and music. Language. The Italian language is derived from the Latin, and is harmonious and highly polished. Inhabitants. The Italians are efi"eminate and superstitious. The common people in Naples are the most bigoted ; those in the uortk are more enlig-htcned. Kaples 330,000 Messina 80,000 Palermo 140,000 Florence 75,000 Rome 131,000 Bologna 64,000 Milan 130,000 Leghorn 51,000 Venice 110,000 Verona 48,000 Turin 89,000 Catania 45,000 ITALY. 139 Population of the principal Italian cities. -- Padua 42,000 Brescia 31,000 Alexandria 30,000 Parma 30,000 Vicenza 30,000 Cagliari 25,000 Cities in Austrian Italy. The largest are Milan, Venice, Vera na, Brescia, and Padua. See Austria. Cities in the king of Sardinia's territories. Turin, the capital of Piedmont and of the Sardinian monarchy, is finely situated on the Po. It is a regular and handsome city, and the country around is fertile and delightful. Genoa, on a gulf of the same name, was once the capital of a celebrated republic. It is built on the declivity of a hill, and is a place of great strength. It contains many splendid edifices, and no city in Europe, except Naples, presents on approaching it, a more magnificent view. The other principal towns are Alexandria, Mondovi, and Asti in Piedmont ; JVice, capital of the county of Nice ; Chamberry, capi- tal of Savoy ; Cagliari and Sassari in the island of Sardinia. Cities in Tuscany. Florence, the capital of Tuscany, is situated in a delightful vale on the Arno. It is one of the finest cities in Europe, and is famous for its cathedral and other edifices. It is dis- tinguished for the fine arts, and has the most celebrated academy of painting in the world. The other principal towns in Tuscany, are Leghorn, the most com- mercial town in Italy ; Pisa, once large and commercial, now noted for its university and leaning tower; and Sienna famous for its cathe- dral and marble. Parma, Modena, and Lucca, capitals of duchies of the same name, are considerable towns. Carrara is noted for its fine marble. Cities in the States of the Church. Rome, the capital of the States of the Church, is situated on the Tiber, 15 miles from its mouth. It is a city of great renown, once the mistress of the world, and in modern times the residence of the Pope. Though greatly reduced, yet it still retains many of its ancient features, and has a great number of remarkable monuments and splendid edifices. St. Peter''s church is the largest and most beautiful church in the world, and the most superb edifice of modern times. It is 720 feet long, 510 broad, and 500 high, to the top of the cross. It was finish- ed in 1620, having^ been upwards of 100 years in building. The principal palaces are^he Vatican and Lateran. Some of the most celebrated ancient monuments, are the Coliseum, the Pantheon, and Trajan'' s Pillar. But the most imposing of all is the Coliseum, or Amphitheatre of Vespasian, constructed for the combats of gladiators and wild beasts, and other spectacles. It oc- cupied a space of 5^ acres, and was calculated to accommodate 100,000 spectators. About one half of its external surface still re- mains, and it is beheld with astonishment. The other principal towns in the Pope's dominions, are Bologna, 141) TURKEY IN EUROPE. celebrated for its university, tower, and painting-s ; Benevento for its antiquities ; Loretto for its Holy House ; Tivoli for its fine situation at the falls of the Teverone ; Ancona and Civita Vecchia, the prin- cipal seaports. Cities in Kaples. J<'aples, the capital, is the largest city in Italy. It has a most delightful situation, on one of the finest bays in the world. Its approach from the sea is esteemed more beautiful than that of any other city in Europe. Palermo^ the capital of Sicily, is a large and beautiful city, finely situated, and presenting a delightful view at a distance. Messina and Catania are large and handsome cities. Messina has an extensive commerce, and Catania is remarkable for earthquakes. Syracuse and Girgenti, places of ancient greatness, now exhibit in terestingf remains of former splendour. IONIAN REPUBLIC. The Ionian Republic, or Republic of the Seven Islands, comprises the 7 following small islands, lying- near the west coast of Greece, viz. Corfu^ Cephalonia^ Zante, St. Maura, Cerigo, Ithaca, and Paru, They are under the protection of Great Britain. The islands have an uneven surface, with rugged coasts ; and a mild climate. The inhabitants are mostly Greeks, and of the Greek church. The town of Corfu is the capital. TURKEY IN EUROPE. JDivisions. The Turkish civil divisions of this country consist of two beglerbeg'-ships, Romania, and JBo^nta, which are subdivided into 34 sangiacats. The more common divisions are Moldavia^ Walachia, Bulgaria, Romania, Servia, and Bosnia, in the north ; Macedonia, Albania, Thessaly, Livadia, Morea, with Candia, and other Greek islands, in the south. The southern parts comprise the country of Greece. Rivers. The principal river is the Danube. Some of the smaller ones are the Pruth, Marizza, and Drino. Face of the country. The northern part is mostly level ; but the southern part is greatly diversified, abounding in bold and lofty mountains. Mountains. The principal ranges of mountains are Hcemus and Rhodope. In the south are the mountains of Greece. Climate The climate is generally mild and delicious, the air pure, and the seasons regular. ♦ Soil and agriculture. The soil is generally fertile, yielding great quantities of wheat, mxiize, rice, cotton, silk, wine, and fruits, and it afibrds also rich pasture ; but the country is miserably cultivated. Population of some of the principal towns. Constantinople 500,000 Sophia 50,000 Serrae 30,000 Adrianople 100.000 Joannina 35,000 Belgrade 20,000 Baloniki 70,000 Philippopoli 30,000 Larissa 20,000 Bucharest 60,000 Brahilow 30,000 Silistria 20,000 TURKEY IN EUROPE. 141 Constantinople, the metropolis of the Turkish empire, is delight fiiUy situated on the west side of the Bosphorus, between the Black sea and the sea of Marmora. It is surrounded by walls, and has one of the finest harbours in the world. It contains many splendid pal- aces, other edifices, and upwards of 200 mosques, the most remark- able of which is that of Si. Sophia. The Seraglio includes a vast assemblag-e of palaces, inhabited by the sultan, his court, and the officers of g-overnment. That part of it occupied by the women, is called the Harem, and in it are confin- ed upwards of 500 unfortunate females. The streets of the city are generally narrow, gloomy, and badly paved ; and most of the private houses are meanly built of earth and wood, and none exceed two stories. Adrianople, pleasantly situated on the Marizza, is a favourite re- treat for the sultans, and remarkable for its mosque ; Saloniki, cap- ital of Macedonia, is famous for its commerce ; Bucharest, capital of Walachia, and Joannina, capital of Albania, are places of note. Sophia is noted for its warm baths ; Belgrade for its fortress ; Gallipoli as the residence of the Capudan Pacha. Government. The government is despotic. The emperor is styled Sultan, or Grand Seignor. The court of the sultan is called the Ottoman Porte, or the Sublime Porte. Next to the sultan in power is the Grand Vizier, who presides at the council, which is styled the JDivan. Religion. The Turks are Mahometans of the sect of Omar. The Mufti, who is at the head of the religious establishment, is the second subject in the empire. About one third of the inhabitants of Turkey are Mahometans. The other two thirds are mostly chris- tians of the Greek church, at the head of which is the patriarch of Constantinople. Education. The state of education among the Turks is very low. Language. The Turkish language is a mixture of several dia- lects, but is greatly inferior to the Persian and Arabic in strength and elegance. Caravansaries. A striking mark of Turkish hospitality is seen in the caravansaries, or public inns, which are to be met with in almost every village. In these, travellers may remain 3 days gratis. Inhabitants. The Turks differ widely from other European na- tions in religion, dress, and manners. They are dressed in loose robes, and wear turbans instead of hats. They are ignorant, haughty, in- tolerant, and indolent. History. This country was, in ancient times, the seat of learning and the ar^s, and highly renowned in histoiy, but is now debased by despotism and superstition. The Turks are a Tartar nation from Asia. They took possession of Constantinople, and put an end to the eastern empire, in 1453. 141 GREECE. GREECE. The Parthenon. AXvisions. The modern divisions of Greece are Macedonia^ AU hernia^ Thessaly^ Livadia, and the Morea. Islands. The principal Greek islands in Europe, are Candia^ J^egropontf Stalimene, S-^^a, Tino^ Andro, Santorin, JVaxia, JlilOf J^yconi, and Hydra. JRivers. The rivers are all small. Some of the largest are the Peneo, Basiliy Pimazza, and Aspropofamo. Face of the country. The general aspect of Greece is rugged and mountainous, yet abounding in beautiful scenery. Mountains. The mountains are Pindus^ Olympus^ Athos, Par- nassus^ Pelion^ Ossa, (Eta, and Helicon. Athos is famous in modem times for its monasteries. Soil and productions. The climate is excellent, and much of the soil fertile, but miserably cultivated. The productions are com, vyine, oil^ tobacco^ silk^ cotton, wool, rice, honey, SLnd fruits. State of the country. Instead of the cultivated plains, the flourish- ing cities, and the magnificent edifices of ancient Greece, little else is seen than a series of villages, composed of wretched cottages, or dwellings of only one story, and without chimneys, scattered over a thinly peopled, and ill cultivated country. Chief towns. The principal towns are Saloniki, Joannina, Serrae^ Larissa, Athens, J\''egropont, Livadia, Salona, Tripolizza, Calamata, and tMisitra. The chief seaports are Saloniki, Aria, Prevesa, Athens, Patras, Volo, Lepanto, J^apoli de Romania, Malvasia, Coron, Modon, and Hydra. Athens, now called Athiniah or Seiines, once a splendid city, and ASIA. 143 one of the most celebrated in the world, is now greatly reduced, and contains only about 10,000 inhabitants. Here are still to be seen many monuments of ancient splendour, among which is the citadel including- the Parthenon or Temple of Minerva, the grand display of Athenian magnificence, and one of the most interesting remains of antiquity in the world. J^apoli de Romania is noted for its strong" citadel ; Malvasia for Malmsey wine ; Hydra for commerce ; Lepanto for a famous battle, in which Cervantes had his hand shot oflf; Ambelachia, in Thessaly, for red twist. Antiquities. Almost every part of Greece presents remains of ancient magnificence and refinement, as ruins of temples, theatres, aqueducts, columns, arches, walls, &c. The most interesting monuments are found at Athens. Some of the other places which exhibit ruins, are Corinth, Sparta, Thebes, Argos, Eleusis, Mycence, and J^emcea. Inhabitants. The modern Greeks are a handsome people ; active, lively, and courteous ; generally possessed of little information, yet having much native genius. They are accused of avarice, treachery, and insincerity, vices which have been generated by a long course of political oppression. Their chief employment is commerce. Language. The modern Greek is styled the Romaic. It is found- ed on the basis of the ancient language. ASIA. Divisions. The principal countries of Asia are Russia in Asia, or Siberia, in the north ; Georgia, Tartary, Chinese Tartary, Thibet, Corea, and Japan, in the central part ; Turkey in Asia, Arabia, Persia, Hindoostan, Burmah, China, Siam, and some smaller countries, in the south. Islands. The Asiatic islands are very numerous and important. Some of the principal are Borneo, Sumatra, Java, Celebes, the Ma- nillas, Moluccas, and Japan islands ; Ceylon, Cyprus, Rhodes, and Samos. Oceans. Asia is bordered by the Arctic ocean. Pacific ocean, and the Indian ocean. Seas and gulfs. The Black sea, Mediterranean, and Red sea lie on the west; tlie Arabian sea, Persian gulf, and bay of Bengal on the syuth ; the sea of China, Yellow sea, gulf of Corea, sea of Ochotsk^ and sea of Kamtschatka on the east. Straits. The most noted straits are those of Babelmandel,Ormuz, Sunda, Malacca, and Beering^s. Inland seas or lakes. The three largest are the Caspian, Aral, and Baikal 144 ASIA. Rivers. The great rivers of Asia are the Oby^ Enisei^ and Lena, which flow north into the Arctic ocean ; the Amur, Kian-ku, and Hoang-ho, which empty themselves on the eastern side ; and the Cambodia, Irrawaddy, Ganges, Burrampooter, Indus, Euphrates, and Tigris, in the south. Mountains. The two greatest ranges of mountains are the Him' maleh and Altai. The Himmaleh mountains he on the north eft Hindoostan, and are reputed the highest mountains on the globs. The Altai mountains extend along the southern border of Siberia, and are about 5,000 miles in length. — Other ranges of mountains are the Ural between Asia and Europe, Caucasus between the Black and Caspian seas, Taurus in Turkey, and the Gkauts in Hin- doostan. Climaie. In the southern part, the climate is hot ; in the north, cold. The climate of tlie central parts is rendered cold by their great elevation, and the transition from a hot to a cold climate is very sudden. Soil. The soil in the south is generally very fertile, in the north, barren. Productions. Asia is celebrated for its various articles of luxury, with which it supplies other parts of the world. The tea-plant is peculiar to this quarter of the globe. The breadfruit and bamboo, very useful vegetables, are widely diffused. Asia also abounds in metals and precious stones. Commerce. Foreign commerce is almost wholly in the hands of European nations and the United States. The internal trade is ex- tensive, and is conducted mostly by caravans, and chiefly by means of the camel ; except in China, where there are great facilities for inland navigation. Government. Despotism is the prevailing government in Asia. In some parts, particularly among the Arabs, and other wandering tribes, the patriarchal form of government is in use. Religion. The two prevailing religions are Paganism and Mor- hometanism. Mahometanism is the prevailing religion of Arabia, Turkey, and Persia ; and is also widely diffused in Hindoostan, Tar- tary, and many of the islands. Paganism exists in various forms. Some of the principal are Shamanism, which is found in China and Japan, under the title of the religion of Fo ; and of wMch in Thibet the Grand Lama is the head ; Bramanism, which prevails in Hindoestan and some other countries ; and the worship of Buddhu or Boodh, which exists in the Birman empire and other parts. Christianity, under the form of the Greek and Armenian churches, exists, to a considerable extent, in the Russian and Turkish domin- ions. The Christian religion has also been introduced into the European settlements ; and great exertions have of late been jnade to extend its blessings to the natives, by means of missionaries and the diffusion of the scriptures. Manners and Customs. The manners and customs of the Asiatics differ widely, in many particulars, from those of Europeans. The Orientals are remarkable for a warm imagination, and for a ASIA. 146 highly fig-urative style of writing-. They are much given to the use of hyperbolical language, and indulge much in self commenda- tion and tlattery. Instead of a close dress, they generally wear loose and flowing garments. The southern Asiatics live very much upon rice. When animal food is used, it is commonly boiled or stewed in such a manner as to be easily separated, without the aid of a carving knife. Most of the Oriental nations make no use of chairs, but sit cross- legged upon their heels, on the ground or floor, or on carpets, some- times on pillows or sofas. In eating, they make little or no use of knives and forks. Their food is placed upon the floor, or upon something less elevated than a table, in large vessels, and the guests sit round it upon their heels, or recline upon sofas or couches. They feed themselves chiefly by the use of their fingers, which are sometimes assisted by some simple instrument. Among Mahometans and Pagans, the condition of lyomcn is far less favourable, than among Christian nations. In eastern countries females are very much confined. They are permitted to see little or no company except their own relations, and are not allowed to go abroad without having their faces covered. Polygamy is generally permitted among the Asiatics, and mar- riages among them are seldom founded on the mutual affection of the parties. Women are commonly sold in marriage, and not permitted to exercise any choice of their own. They are treated rather as the slaves, than the companions of their husbands. At funerals among eastern nations, it is common now, as it was axso in ancient times, to employ mourning women, for the purpose of making lamentation, and showing various outward expressions of gnef and sorrow. 13 i 146 TURKEY IN ASIA. TURKEY IN ASIA. m r '1 1 il -> - == zn^^^ The Ruins of Palmyra, Divisions. Turkey in Asia comprehends many countries of great celebrity in ancient history, both sacred and profane; among- which were the countries of Asia JIinoi\ Syria^ Phoeniciu, Judcea, Arme- nia^ Mesopotamia, Assyria, and Chaldcm. Asia Minor, now called Js'atolia, is a large peninsula between the Mediterranean, Archipelago, and Black seas. It forms a large and important part of Asiatic Turkey. It has a finely diversified sur face, and a fertile soil. Syi-ia is a fine country lying east of the Mediterranean. It in eludes the famous cities of Aleppo and Damascus. In the southern part is Palestine, or ancient Judcea. Armenia is a mountainous country in the northeast. Mesopotamia, Assyria, and Chaldcea or Babylonia, were names of countries watered by the Euphrates and Tigris. The principal modern names or divisions of these countries, are Diarbekir, Cur- distan, and Irak Arabi, or Bagdad. Turkey in Asia is now divided into 17 pachalicks. Rivers. The principal rivers are the Euphrates and Tigris in the east ; Kizil-ermak, Meinder, and Sarabat in Natolia ; and Oron- tes and Jordan in Syria. The Euphrates ranks among the great rivers of Asia, and has been celebrated from the earliest ages. It is 1,500 miles long, and navi- gable for ships of 500 tons, to Bassora, 70 miles. The Tigris joins the Euphrates at Coma, about 60 miles above Bassora It is navigable for boats to Bagdad. TURKEY IN ASIA. 14' Lakes. The principal lakes are Lake Van and Asphaltites oj Dead Sea. \ Face of the country. Natolia and Syria are greatly diversified with hills, mountains, and plains. Much of the country on the Eu- phrates and Tig-ris, is level. On the south, bordering on Arabia, are vast sandy deserts. Mountains. The chain of Taurus commences in the south-west- ern part of Natolia, and extends thence to tlie eastern side of Asia. Mount Ida and Olympus are in the NW. part of Natolia. Ararat is in Armenia, and in Syria are Mounts Lebanon, or Libanus, Anti- Libantcs, Hermon, Carmel, and Tabor. Climate. The climate of Asiatic Turkey is generally very excel- lent, equally favourable to health and vegetation. The air of Na- tolia is celebrated for its balmy softness. Soil. The 'soil of a great portion of the country is very fertile, but generally under bad cultivation. Productions. The productions are wheal, barley, cotton, tobacco, olives, wine, and silk. Manufactures. The most noted manufactures are carpets and leaiher. Islands. The principal Asiatic islands in the Archipelago, are Metelin. Scio, Samos, Cos, and Rhodes. Cyprus, in the eastern part of the Mediterranean, which is call- ed the Levant, is about 150 miles long, and 70 broad. It was, in an- cient times, very populous, and celebrated for its fertility and wine, and as the abode of pleasure. Scio, a beautiful island, containing about 100,000 Greeks, was utterly laid waste by the Turks, in 1822. ^Population of the principal cities. Aleppo Damascus Smyrna Erzerum Bagdad Bursa 250,000 200,000 130,000 130,000 80,000 60,000 Tocat Mosul Diarbekir Hamah Aphiom Sinob 60,000 60,000 60,000 60,000 60,000 50,000 Bassora Kiutaja Angora Amasia Guzel-hisar Scutari 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 Turkish cities, by means of their public buildings, and particular ly the domes and minarets of the mosques, often have a splendid ap pearance at a distance, but their interior generally disappoints ex pectation. The streets are usually narrow and dirty, and most ot the houses meanly built. Aleppo, in Syria, situated 70 miles from the sea, is the largest city in Asiatic Turkey, and is accounted the most regular and best built. It is famous for its manufactures of silk and cotton, and carries on a great commerce. In 1822, about two thirds of this city were de stroyed by an earthquake. * The population of several of these cities is variously stated by ge ographers and travellers. 148 RUSSIA IN ASIA Damascus^ in Syria, is situated 50 miles from the sea, and is one of the most ancient cities in the world. It is now one of the finest cities in Turkey, and the centre of the commerce of Syria. It is celebrated for its silks, called Damask, and was formerly for its elas- tic sword blades. Smyrna, the largest city in Natolia, has an excellent harbour, on the east side of the Archipelago, and is the seat of European com- merce, and the chief mart of the Levant trade. Bagdad, on the Tigris, 300 miles NNW. of Bassora, once the re- nowned seat of the Caliphs, and one of the most populous and splen- did cities in the world, is said to have contained 2,000,000 inhabi- tants. It is now greatly reduced from its ancient grandeur, but is still a city of considerable trade. Bursa, finely situated at the foot of mount Olympus, is remark- able for its hot baths ; Angora for its goat's hair and shawls ; Kiu- taja, as the residence of the beglerbeg of Natolia ; Erzerum for its antiquity and singular construction ; Bassora for its commerce ; Diar- bekir for its lofty stone walls ; Mosul for muslins named from the place ; Tocat for trade ; Jerusalem for its ancient renown, and in modem times for pilgrimage. Ancient cities. Within the limits of Asiatic Turkey, were an- ciently many cities of great celebrity ; among which were JN'ineveh, the capital of Assyria ; Babylon, the capital of Babylonia ; Troy, Ephesus, Miletus, and Halicai'na^sus, in the western part of Asia Minor ; Tarsus, the capital of Cilicia ; Tyre, Sidon, and Caesarea, on the coast of Syria ; Antiock, on the Orontes ; and Balbec and Palmyra in the interior. These have all been long since destroyed ; most of them are now nearly or quite desolate ; and some of them exhibit magnificent ruins. Palmyra and Balbec are celebrated for their ancient monuments. The most remarkable ruins found in each, are the remains of magni- ficent temples of the sun. RUSSIA IN ASIA. This is a vast country, including all the north of Asia, and is about twice as large as all Europe. Siberia forms the principal part. The othet portions, which are much the most fertile and populous, lie on the Wolga, and on the Caspian and Black seas. Between these seas are Georgia and Cir cassia. Siberia is one of the most forlorn and desolate regions on the globe. The climate is very cold, the soil mostly barren, and it is very thinly inhabited. Its principal productions consist in mines of gold, silver, copper, lead, and iron ; also in furs and the rein-deer. A large part of it is composed of immense steppes or vast elevated plains. Rivers. The Oby, Lena, and Enisei, in Siberia, are among the largest rivers in Asia. They flow into the Arctic ocean, and are closed most of the year by ice. ARABIA. 149 Lake. Baikal, in the southern part of Siberia, is the largest lake. It is enclosed by rugged mountains, and surrounded by the most sub- lime scenery. Mountains. The Ural mountains are on the western border, be- tween Asia and Europe. On the southern border are the Altaian mountains, which form a part of an immense range, extending from the lake of Aral to the Pacific ocean, about 5,000 miles. The Cau- casian mountains are between the Black and Caspian seas. Peninsula. Kamtschatka, on the east of Siberia, is a large penin- sula, about 600 miles long. It is a cold, dreary region, producing few vegetables, and is very thinly inhabited. Population of the chief towns. Astrachan 70,000 Tobolsk 16,000 Teflis 15,000 Orenburg 24,000 Irkutsk 15,000 Tomsk 12,000 Astrachan, near the mouth of the Wolga, is the largest city in Asiatic Russia. It carries on an extensive commerce by means of the Wolga and the Caspian sea. Tobolsk, the capital of Siberia, is noted for its fur trade, and as a place of banishment for Russian state prisoners and criminals ; Oren- burg, Irkutsk, Tomsk, and Kiachta for trade ; Tejlis for warm baths ; Kolivan and J^ertchinsk for mines of silver ; Ekaterinburg for cop- per. Inhabitants. The principal part of the inhabitants of Siberia consists of native barbarous tribes. Some of the principal ones are the Burats, Yakoutes, Samoides, and Monguls. They are mostly pagans. The Circasians and Georgians, particularly the females, are cel- ebrated for their beauty, and are esteemed the brightest ornaments of an eastern seraglio. They are purchased by Jewish merchants, with a view of selling them again. ARABIA. Divisions. The ancients divided Arabia into 3 parts, viz. Arabia Felix, in the south, the most fertile part; Arabia Petra:a, in the north-west, some parts of which are rocky and mountainous : and Arabia Deserta, in the north and north-east, consisting mostly of barren sandy deserts. The present civil divisions are six ; Hedsjas, Yemen, Hadramaut, Oman, Lachsa, and J^edsjed. Face of the country and soil. The general aspect of j^rabia is a vast, dry, and barren desert, interspersed with spots of fertile ground ; and intersected with some mountains of moderate elevation. Wa- ter is generally scarce, and there are no large rivers or lakes. Mountains. Mounts Sinai and Horeb are considered as two sum- mits of the same range, and are situated between the two north branches of the Red sea. Sinai is held in great veneration on ac- count of its being the place where the Ten Commandments were given to the Israelites. It is composed of red granite, in which the Greeks have cut steps to the top. 13* 150 ARABIA. Climate. In the mountainous parts the climate is temperate, but in unsheltered situations the heat is excessive. Winds. A pestiferous wind, called the Siinoon or Samiel^ fre- quentl}'' surprises the traveller in the desert, and occasions instant suffocation. Whole caravans are sometimes buried by moving clouds of sand agitated by wind. Productions. Some of the most celebrated productions are coffee^ gum-arabic^ myrrh, and frankincense. Animals. The most noted animals are the camel and horse. The chief dependence of the Arab is on the camel, an animal peculiarly fitted for the inhabitants of a desert. It can travel 6 or 8 days without water, and carries about 800 pounds weight upon its back. The Arabian horses have been celebrated in all ages for their swift- ness and beauty. Chief cities. Mecca and Medina are regarded by Mahometans as holy cities, and are celebrated places of pilgrimage. They are situated in a dry and barren country, about a day's journey from the Red sea. Mecca is celebrated as the birthplace of Mahomet, and contains what the Mahometans esteem the three holiest things in the world, viz. the Kaaba, or House of God, the well Zemzem, and the Black Stone. It is supported chiefly by the resort of pilgrims. None but Mahometans are permitted to visit it Population 20,000. Medina, 180 miles N. by W. of Mecca, is the place where Ma- homet was buried. Population 6,000. Sana, in the interior, is reputed the chief city of Arabia. Mocha, near the straits of Babelmandel, is a port of considerable trade, and is famous for its excellent coffee. Mascot is a considerable seaport near the straits of Ormuz. Jid- da is the port of Mecca, and Jamba of Medina. Religion. Arabia was the birthplace of the celebrated impostor Mahomet, and is still the centre of his religion. The Mahometans compute their time from the Hegira, or Flight of Mahomet from Mecca to Medina, which happened A. D. 622. Government. The government is patriarchal. The chiefs are styled sheiks, sheriffes, caliphs, imans, and emirs. The authority- of a sheik over his tribe, is that of a father over his family. Literature. The Arabians were, in the middle ages, eminent for literature and science, but at present education is generally neglect- ed. Few of the inhabitants are able to read and write. Language. The Arabic is a copious and expressive language, abounding in synonymes. It is one of the most extensively diffused languages in the world, and is spoken in a large part of Asia and Africa. Inhabitants. The inhabitants are styled Arabs. They boast of their descent from Ishmael, son of Abraham and Hagar, and have been called Ishmaelites and Hagareneans, also Scenites, Saracens, and Bedouins. They generally dwell in tents, and lead a wandering life. They are a rude, superstitious, and ignorant people. They are of middle stature and brown complexion ; have always a grave a ad melancholy air ; and they seldom laugh or weep. INDEPENDENT TARTARY. 151 INDEPENDENT TARTARY. Divisions. Independent Tartary is a large country, comprising Great and Little Bukharia, Turkestan^ and Charasm. A part of the country is now included in the kingdom of Cabulistan. Rivers. The principal rivers are the Jihon and Szr, both of which flow into lake Aral. Lake. Lake Aral is 250 miles long. Its waters are salt, like those of the Caspian, and it has no communication with the ocean. Mountains. The Altaian mountains lie on the north, and Belur Tagley, a branch of the Himraaleh mountains, on the south. Soil. The surface and soil are various, in some parts fertile, in others, particularly in the north, there are extensive sandy deserts. Towns. Samarcand, an ancient and celebrated city, is situated on the Sogd. It was the capital of a powerful empire, under the great conqueror Tamerlane or Timur Bee ; and is famous as a Ma- hometan seat of learning. * Bukharia, capital of Great Bukharia^ is situated on the Sogd, 100 miles west of Samarcand, and is said to contain 100,000 inhab- itants. It is celebrated for the study of Mahometan theology and law. Other towns are Kashgar, Gaur, Badakshan, Anderab, Termed^ and Yarkan. Inhabitants. The Tartars consist of various tribes ; among the principal are the Usbecks, Kirguses, or Kirghises, and Calmuca. They are Mahometans. PERSIA. Extent. The limits of Persia have been very various at different periods. In its most extensive sense, Persia embraces all the region between Turkey and Hindoostan ; but this includes large districts not subject to the present sovereign. The eastern part of Persia is now included in the kingdom of Cabulistan. Provinces. Chief tovms. Provinces. Chief town*. Adirbeitzan Ghilan Tauris Reshd Irak-Agemi 1 ; Ispahan i Teheran Erivan Erivan Chusistan Shuster Mazanderan Fehrabad Farsistan Schiraz Chorasan Meschid Kerman Kerman Face of the country and soil. Persia abounds m mountains and sandy deserts. It has few rivers, and much of it suffers for want ot water. The interior consists chiefly of an immense, dry, salt plain. One third of the country consists of arid deserts, salt lakes, and 162 PERSIA. marshes covered with jvngle ; another third of naked mountaiDS The plains, when well watered, are of great fertility. Climate. In the southern parts the climate is very hot, and in the northern parts cool. Curiosity. On the western coast of the Caspian sea, near Baku, are fountains of naptha, or pure rock oil. Here is seen a singular phenomenon, called the everlasting Jire, before which the Guebres offer up their supplications. The earth here readily takes fire, on applying to it a live coal. Productions. Persia produces excellent wine, silk, com, rice, to- bacco, fruits, and drugs. Manufactures. The manufactures are considerable, consisting of beautiful carpets, silk, brocade, sJiawls, porcelain, &,c. Commerce. The foreign commerce of Persia is chiefly in the hands of foreigners. The principal exports are carpets, wine, silk, cotton, pearls, and drugs. Cities. The cities of Persia are generally surrounded by a high mud wall. The streets, for the most part, are merely lanes, very narrow and dirty. The houses are low, built with flat roofs, and without windows. Those of the common people are usually formed of mud ; those of the higher orders of brick, but seldom of more than one story. Most of the celebrated towns are now in a state of decay. Ispahan was formerly the capital of Persia, and one of the most splendid cities in the east. The population, more than a century ago, was estimated at upwards of 600,000, but it is now greatly re- duced, and a large part of the city is in ruins. It has, however, still considerable trade and manufactures. Teheran, the present seat of government, is 65 miles S. of the Caspian sea, and 300 N. of Ispahan. Its situation is low, and its ap- pearance mean. The population in the winter, is about 60,000, but much less in the summer. Tauris, 400 miles NNW. of Ispahan, was formerly the capital of the empire, and 150 years ago, was reckoned to contain upwards of 500,000 inhabitants ; but it is now mostly in ruins. Schiraz, 160 miles S. of Ispahan, is situated on a plain, unrivalled in beauty and fertility. The environs are laid out in magnificent gardens, the flowers and fruits of which form a favourite theme of eastern poetry. It is celebrated for its wine, which is esteemed the best in Asia. Population 40,000. Other cities of note are Hamadan, Casbin, Kaui, and Meschid. The principal seaport was formerly Gombroon ; latterly Bushire. Religion. The Persians are Mahometans of the sect of Ali, or Sunnites, and are more tolerant than other Mahometans. Language. The Persian language is celebrated for its strength, beauty, and melody. Inhabitants. The Persians are the most polite, and most learned nation in the east. They are greatly addicted to flattery and dis- simulation ; and are treacherous and avaricious. Antiquities. There are now found in Persia many monuments of ancient magnificence, and splendid ruins of a number of cities. CABULISTAN. SS Among- these are Susa, PersepoUs, and Rai^ each of which was once the capital of Persia. The ruins of Persepolis are among the most interesting- remains of early magnificence. Tliey consist of vast walls, columns, and other remains of the great palace of Darius, which is said to have been set on fire by Alexander. CABULISTAN, or AFGHANISTAN. This is a modern kingdom of Asia, comprising the western part of Hindoostan, the eastern part of Persia, and the southern part of Tartary. Divisions. It contains the provinces of Cabul, Candahar, Cash- mere, Balk, Herat, and Segestan, and the country of Beloochistan. Pace of the country. The face of the country is greatly diver- sified with mountains, valleys, and sandy deserts. The summits of the Himmaleh mountains, on the north, are always covered with snow. Soil. In well watered valleys, the soil is very fertile ; but there are extensive barren wastes. The desert of Beloochistan is 300 miles long, and 200 broad. Cities. Cabul, the capital, is situated on the river Cabul, and carries on a great trade. The houses are meanly built Population estimated at 200,000. Cashmere is situated in a delightful country of the same name, styled the paradise of India. It is celebrated for the manufacture ot beautiful shawls, made of the wool or hair of a kind of goat, found only in Thibet. Population upwards of 150,000. Candahar, Herat, and Peshawer are said to contain each a popu- lation of 100,000. Other towns of note are Moultan, Balk, Zareng, and Kelat. Bamian, on the north side of the Hindoo-Kho mountain, 100 miles west of Cabul, is styled the Thebes of the east. It is carved out of a mountain, and said to consist of 12,000 apartments and recesses cut out of the rock. In its vicinity are two colossal statues, 50 cubits high. Inhabitants. The inhabitants consist of Hindoos, Afghans, Par- sees, Belooches, and Tartars. They are chiefly ^Mahometans. Afghani. The Afghans are a fierce, untractable, and warlike people, who pretend to deduce their origin from Afghan, a son of Japhet. 154 HINDOOSTAN HINDOOSTAN. Banian Tree. Divisions. Hindoostan, is often styled India within, or on thu stde of, the Ganges. In its most extensive sense, it comprises 4 large divisions. 1. J^orthem Hindoostan. This comprises Cashmere on the west, and Bootan on the east, with the intermediate provinces. JSTepaul, with its tributary districts, comprehends the most of this division. 2. Hindoostan Proper. This comprises 1 1 snbahs or provinces, viz. Lahore, Moultan including" Sindy, Agimere, Delhi, Agra, Alla- habad, Bahar, Oude, Bengal, JMaluca, and Guzerat. 3. The Deccan. This division includes the provinces of Aurun- gahad, Candeish, Golconda, Berar, J^orthem Circars, Orissa, and a great part of Bejapour. 4. The South of India. This division extends from the river Kistnah to the ocean, and comprises the Carnatic, Mysore, Canara, Malabar, &c. Extent and population. The following is a statement of the esti- mated extent and population of the parts of Hindoostan possessed by Great Britain, of the British Allies, and the Independent States, ac- cording to Hamilton: HINDOOSTAN. la5 Gaog. sq. m. Pop. Under the Bengal Presidency 220,000 29,000,000 do. Madras Presidency 125,000 12,000,000 do. Bombay Presidency 10,000 2,500,000 Acquisitions in Hindoostan Proper and Oris- ) g^ qqq ^q q^q qqq *a, since 1799 S ' ' ' TotoZ of British Hindoostan 415,000 53,500,000 Brituh Allies and Tributaries 169,000 17,500,000 Total under British jurisdiction and in- ) ^04 qqq 71 qqq qqq Jiuence ^ ' ' ' Independent States 495,000 30,000,000' Total of Hindoostan 1,079,000 101,000,000 Rivers. The Ganges, Burrampooter, and Indus, are among the largest rivers in Asia. The other considerable rivers are the Kist- nah, Jumna, J^erbuddah, Godavery, Chunaub, Puddar, Setledge, Tap- tee, and Chumbull. The Ganges, the largest river of Hindoostan, rises in the Himma- leh mountains, and flows into the bay of Beng-al by many mouths. It is upwards of 2,000 miles in length, and esteemed by the Hindoos as very sacred. Face of the country. Northern Hindoostan is mountainous. Hin- doostan Proper is, for the most part, a champaign country, with oc- casional hills of no great elevation. In the Deccan and South of India, the country is flat on the sea coasts on both sides, and moun- tainous in the interior. Mountains. The Himmaleh mountains, which lie on the north side of Northern Hindoostan, are reputed the highest in the world. The Eastern and Western Gauts are the most remarkable mountains in India. The Western Gauts, the highest and longest range, extend from Cape Comorin to Surat, generally about 40 miles from the sea coast. Climate. The climate of the northern parts is temperate, bu1 ' a all the southern parts, heat predominates ; and during a part of the year it is very great. The monsoons prevail south of the tropics. The seasons in Hindoostan Proper are divided into cold, hot, and dry. Soil. A large proportion of the soil is exceedingly fertile. There are two harvests in a year, the former in September and October ; the latter in March and April. Banian Tree. The Banian or Burr tree is one of the most cu- rious and beautiful of nature's productions. The branches strike down roots, and thus form stems or trunks, so that each tree is itself a grove. The most celebrated of these trees is one on an island ia the Nerbuddah. It has more than 3,000 trunks, measuring about 2,000 feet in circumference ; and 7,000 people may repose under its shade. Productions. The article of produce more extensively cultivat- ed than any other, is rice ; cotton in abundance, wheat in some parts ; also sugar, indigo^ tobacco^ opium^ millet, and various kinds of fruii* 156 HINDOOSTAN. Cocoa-nut and bamboo trees are of great importance to the infaabi tants ; and betel is a plant very extensively used for luxury or health Minerals. The metals are not abundant. The diamond mines have been long celebrated, but have now ceased to be very valuable. They are found in Golconda, near Pannah, Sumbulpour, &c. Jtlanufactures. The staple manufacture is that of cotton. The other principal manufactures are those of silk^ wool^ leather^ and salt- petre. Commerce. The commerce is very great, and is carried on chiefly by Great Britain. Exports. The exports consist of cotton, piece goods^ rice, indigo^ saltpetre, opium, silk, sugar, precious stones, &c. Population of some chief cities of Hindoostan which are in the .possession of Great Britain. Calcutta 650,000 Lucknow 300,000 Moorshedabad 150,000 Benares 582,000 Patna 250,000 Delhi 100,000 Surat 500,000 Bombay 200,000 Hyderabad 100,000 Madras 300,000 Dacca 200,000 Poonah 100,000 Cities. The cities of India are, in general, built on one plan, with very narrow, confined, and crooked streets, a great number of tanks and reservoirs for water, with numerous gardens interspersed. The houses are variously built, some of brick, others of mud, and still more of bamboos and mats. Calcutta is the capital of all the British possessions in Hindoos- tan. It is situated on the Hoogly, about 100 miles from the sea, and has an immense commerce. The houses belonging to the English are very elegantly built of brick, but the houses of the natives are mostly mud cottages. Benares, the famous seat of Braminical learning", is regarded by the Hindoos as a holy city. It is a place of g-reat wealth and trade, and is the grand mart for diamonds and other gems brought from Bundelcund. Bombay is situated on an island 10 miles in length, near the west coast, and commands the whole trade of the north-west coast of the country. Madras, in the Carnatic, is the chief commercial city in the south-east part of Hindoostan. Delhi, formerly the capital of Hindoostan and the seat of the Mogul empire, is said once to have contained 2,000,000 inliabitants, but is now greatly reduced from its former grandeur. Agra, on the Jumna, 91 miles SSE. of Delhi, is remarkable for its former greatness, and the Taje Mahal, a most superb mausoleum ; Allahabad, at the confluence of the Gang-es and Jumna, as the most celebrated place of Hindoo ablution ; Dacca, on a branch of the Ganges, for its muslins ; Seringapatam, in the south, for the mauso- leum of Hyder Ally ; Serampore, 12 miles N. of Calcutta, as the head quarters of the Baptist missionaries. Juggemauth, or Jagamaut, situated on the eastern coast, 42 milea S. of Cattack, is a celebrated place of Hindoo worship. The num HINDOOSTAN. 16^ ber of pilgrims that annually visit this temple or pagoda, has been esti- mated to amount to upwards of 1,000,000, most of whom never return. Inhabitants. The Hindoos constitute the great mass of the popu- lation ; the Mahometans are supposed to form one eig-hth of the in- habitants ; besides these there are Parsees^ Jews, and Cht^istians. Hindoos. The most striking- feature in the character of the Hin- doos, is the permanency of their relig-ion and customs. In these there has been scarce any alteration since the state of India was first known. Their food consists of rice, milk, vegetables, and ghee. Castes. The Hindoos are divided into four castes. 1. The Brah- mins; 2. Soldiers ; 3. Those devoted to agriculture and commerce; 4. Labourers. These castes arc all kept entirely distinct, and are not permitted to intermarry. Parsees. The Parsess are descendants of the followers of Zoroas- ter, and are numerous in Guzerat and in Bombay. They are a hardy and enterprising people. Religion. The religion of the Hindoos is a cruel and degrading superstition, which is artfully interwoven with almost every action of daily life. There are more than 30 rivers which are regarded as holy, and a great number of holy places, which are much visited by pilgrims. The most sacred books among the Hindoos, are the Ve- das, the Shastres, and two great poems. The most excruciating self- torture is practised. It is a common custom for widows to bura themselves to death on the funeral pile of their husbands. Pagodas. There is, perhaps, no country in the world where buildings, destined for religious uses, are more common than in Hia- doostan. These houses, styled pagodas or temples, have generally a miserable appearance, but some are large and splendid. Those on the coast of Coromandel, are built in the form of pyramids; those on the coast of Malabar, are generally circular. Language. The most ancient language is the Sanscrit, which is esteemed sacred. Christianity. Christianity was very early established on the Mala- bar coast. Before the arrival of Vasco de Gama there were 200,000 Nestorian Christians. Within a few years numerous missionary sta- tions have been formed in India ; the most important is that of the Baptist missionaries at Serampore. These worthy men, since 1800, have translated the New Testament into more than 20 of the different languages of the natives. Ceylon is a valuable island, belongmg to Great Britain. The soil is very fertile, and the climate healthy, and much more temperate than that of Hindoostan. Ceylon is noted for its cinnamon, which is esteemed the best in -ne world. Other productions are ginger, pepper, sugar, cotton, &c. Here are valuable pearl fisheries. Candi, a country in the interior, is very mountainous. Its chief town is of the same name. Columho, the capital of the island, contains about 50,000 inhabi- tants. Other places of importance are Trinkomaly and Point de Galle 14 168 BURMAH. FARTHER INDIA, or INDIA BEYOND THE GANGES, includes the Birman empire, Malacca, Siam, Laos, Cambodia, CfU- 0mpa, Cochin-China, Tonquin, and Assam. BURMAH, OR BIRMAN EMPIRE. Divisions. This extensive empire includes the ancient kingdoms of Ava, Pegu, Arracan, and Cassay, or Meckley. Rivers. The principal rivers are the Irrawaddy, Arracan, and Pegu. The Irrawaddy is a large river, upwards of 1,000 miles in length. The face of the country, in the northern part, is mountainous, but the southern consists chiefly of extensive valleys and plains. Climate. The climate is generally healthy and agreeable, not subject to great extremes of heat and cold. Soil. In the southern parts, the soil is fertile, and produces abun- dant crops of rice. Productions. The productions are rice, wheat, tobacco, sugar, in- digo, cotton, and various tropical fruits. Minerals. Iron, lead, tin, antimony, arsenic, and sulphur, are abundant. There are also rich mines of gold, silver, and precious stones. Chief towns. Ummerapoora, the modem capital of the Birman empire, is situated on the Irrawaddy, 400 miles above its mouth, on a peninsula between the river and a lake. Its growth has been very rapid. Population 175,000. Rangoon, on a branch of the Irrawaddy, 30 miles from the sea, is the principal port, and contains upwards of 30,000 inhabitants. Ava, Pegu, and Arracan, formerly important cities, are now much reduced. Religion. The Birmans are worshippers of the Buddhu, but the image which represents him is called Godama. Inhabitants. The Birmans are lively and intelligent, fond of poetry and music ; but are impatient and irascible. They resemble the Chinese rather than the Hindoo MALACCA, SIAM, LAOS, &c. 59 MALACCA, SIAM, LAOS, CAMBODIA, CHIAMPA, COCHIN-CHINA, TONqUIN, and ASSAM. Situation. These countries are situated south and east of the Birman empire, and south of China. Malacca, or Malaya, is a long- peninsula, forming the most southern part of Asia. Rivers. The two great rivers, which water these countries, are the Meinam and Cambodia, which are among the largest rivers of Asia. The Cambodia is called also, in parts of its course, Mecon and Japanese river. Face of the country. Tile country on the rivers is level, and at some seasons overflowed, but at a distance from the rivers, it is mountainous. Productions. These countries are not so well cultivated as Hin- doostan. Rice is the most important production, and the principal food of the inhabitants. Other productions are cotton, sugar, ginger, cinnamon, betel, pepper, a variety of fruits, precious stones, and drugs. Towns. There are few large towns. Malacca, the chief town of the country of Malacca, was formerly a place of importance for commerce. — Siam, or Juthia, the capital of Siam, is situated on the Meinam. Kesho, or Cachao, the capital of Tonquin, is a large town, situated on a great river, 80 miles from the sea. Saigon, a populous ttown in Cochin-China, is situated on the large river Donnai, 60 miles from its mouth. Inhabitants. The inhabitants are mostly idolaters, of the religion of Buddhu ; of dark or olive complexion, and generally but little improved by education. The Malays are much addicted to sea-far- ing and piratical habits. The Cochin-Chinese are barbarous and treacherous. Both they and the Tonquinese resemble the Chinese, but are ruder. The Siamese are the most distinguished for litera- ture rdd CHINA CHINA. Porcelain Tower China Proper is divided into 15 provinces. CHINA. Provinces. Chief cities. Provinces. Chief cities. Pe-tche-li Pekin Quang-tong Canton Kiang-nan Nankin Quan-si Quei-ling Kiang-si Nan-tchang Hou-quang Vou-tchang Tche-kiang Hang-tcheou Ho-nan Cai-fong Fo-kieu Fou-tcheou Chan-tong Tci^an Chan-si Tai-yuen Yun-nan Yun-nan Chen-si Sin-gan Koei-tcheou Koei Se-tchuen Tching-tou 161 Rivers. The two great rivers of China, are the Kian-Ku or Yang-tse^ and the Hoang-Ho or Yellow River. The Kian-Ku is the largest river of Asia, and is upwards of 2,500 miles long. It rises in the mountains of Thibet, passes by Nankin, and is of great use for navigation. The Hoang-Ho rises also from the mountains of Thibet, and is nearly as long as the Kian-Ku. Islands. The principal islands belonging to China, are Formosa^ and Hainan. Face of the country. The face of the country is diversified, though much of it is level, intersected by numerous rivers, lakes, and swamps, with occasional mountains. The principal mountainous tracts are in the northern and western provinces. Climate. The northern parts are said to be colder than countries under the same parallel in Europe ; bat in the south the climate is hot ; the air, however, is generally healthy, and the people commonly live to a great age. Soil and 'productions. A great part of China has a fertile soil The prevailing crop in the southern provinces, is rice. Tea, harley^ millet, wheat, buck-wheat, maize, pease, and beans, are common. Tea is the most celebrated v^egetable product of China. It is the leaf of a shrub, which grows both in mountainous and level dis- tricts, but flourishes best in a light rocky soil. The shrubs grow to the height of from 8 to 12 feet, and yield crops of leaves three years after being sown, but require to be renewed every 5 or 6 years. Exports. The most important exports are tea, silk, nankins, por^ celain, sugar, cinnamon, and camphor. Agriculture. The land is under very excellent cultivation, and agriculture is held m high estimation. The emperor, yearly, at the vernal equinox, performs the ceremony of holding the plough ; an example in which he is followed by all the great officers throughout the empire. Canals. The inland navigation, by means of rivers and canals, which every where abound, is unparalleled. The Imperial Canal is the greatest work of the kind in the world. It extends from Pekin to the Kian-ku, nearly 600 miles in length. It is said to have em- ployed 30,000 men upwards of 40 years in its construction. The Chinese Wall. The great wall, which bounds China on the north, is the most enormous fabric in the world. It is 1,500 miles long, passing over a vast chain of mountains ; 30 feet high on the plain, 15 or 20 when carried over rocks and elevated grounds. It 14* 162 CHINA. IS so thiciS that six horsemen can easily ride abreast upon it. It k said to have been completed 214 years before the Christian era. Population. China .s the most populous empire on the g-lobe The population is variously stated at from 145, to 333 millions. Cities. This empire contains a great number of larg-e and popu- lous cities. Some of the largest and the most celebrated are Pefctn, J^ankin, and Canton. The population of Pekin has been estimated at 3,000,000, that of Nankin at 2,000,000, and that of Canton at 1,500,000 ; but these estimates are probably much too high. Pekin, the capital of the empire, is 14 miles in circumference. It is surrounded by a wall about 30 ieet high, having 9 gates. The streets are straight and wide, and constantly thronged with* people. The houses are of only one story. The emperor's palace compre- hends a vast assemblage of buildings, courts, and gardens. jSTankin was formerly the residence of the emperor, and is said to have been one of the most splendid and flourishing cities in the world, but it is now in a state of decay. It is, however, the first city in China, with regard to manufactures, which consist principally of silks, crapes, and nankeens. Nankin is famous for its Porcelain Tower, which may be regarded as a fine specimen of oriental pago- das. It is of octagonal form, about 200 feet high, and 40 in diam- eter. It is composed of 9 stories, and ascended by 884 steps. Canton is the only port to which European and American vessels are admitted. The principal article of export is tea. As many as 300,000 of the inhabitants live in barks, regularly ranged in the form of streets, upon the water. Sin-gan is said to be inferior only to Pekin in beauty and extent. Hang-tcheou, is called by the Chinese the Terrestrial Paradise, and is said to contain 1 ,000,000 inhabitants. Government. The government is patriarchal and despotic, watch ful and jealous, though not violent. The emperor is styled, " Holy Son of heaven, sole Governor of the earth, and great Father of his people." Religion. The prevailing religion of China is a species of Sha- manism, or the religion of Fo. But no religion is established or supported. Temples and pagodas, however, are every where com mon, and daily open for the visits of devotees. Language. The Chinese language is very peculiar. The art of writing is a modification of the hieroglyphical mode. The number of the characters made use of, is stated at 35,000, or 40,000, one third 3f which is more than suflBcient for the common purposes of life. Education. Education to a certain degree, is much attended to, and men of letters are greatly respected. Nobility and qualifica tion for office, depend solely on literary distinction. Inhabitants. The Chinese are represented as remarkably vain, timid, artful, jealous, and vindictive. Drunkenness is very uncom- mon. Manners and customs. The Chinese are allowed to have several wives. Women are in a state of the most abject degradation. They are uniformly sold in marriage, and are not permitted to ex ercise any choice of their own. THIBET. 63 According' to the ideas of the Chinese, the chief beauty of the fe- males consists in the smallness of their feet, which are swathed from earliest infancy, in ord'er to prevent their growing to the natural size ; and on account of the diminutive size of their feet, females can walk with only feeble tottering steps. — Dress is regulated by law. White is worn for mourning. Parents who are unable to support their female children, are allowed to throw them into the river. COREA, CHINESE TARTARY, and THIBET, ARE COUNTRIES TRIBUTARY TO ChINA. CoREA is a peninsula lying NE. of China, but is little known The southern part is fertile and populous ; the northern mountain ous, and thinly inhabited. The religion is that of Buddhu or Fo King-kitao is the chief town. CHINESE TARTARY. This extensive and thinly inhabited coyntry lies in the central part of Asia, north of China and Thibet. Rivers. The great river Amur, or Saghalien, is the chief river. Face of the country. The most remarkable feature of the coun- try is its great elevation. It consists chiefly of a vast elevated plain, supported like a table by the Altai mountains on the north, and the Himmaleh range on the south-west. It is generally barren, des- titute of plants and water. The desert of Cohi, or Shamo, extends from east to west neai-ly 2,000 miles, and is generally covered with black sand. Climate. The elevation of the country renders the climate cold* Inhabitants. The inhabitants consist of various tribes of Moiigolsy Manshurs, or Mantchoos, Kalkas, Eluths, &c. A great part of them lead a wandering and pastoral life. They are mostly devoted to Shor- munism or the religion of tlie lamas. THIBET, OR TIBET. Features of the country. Thibet is remarkable for its great and general elevation. It is the region in which rise the great rivers of Asia. In the southern part are the Himmaleh rnountains, which are always covered with snow. The aspect is in the highest degree rugged and forbidding, the greatest part of the country being cov- ered with stupendous mountains, rocky hills, or extensive arid plains. The climate is cold, and soil of a great part is unproductive. But the country abounds in a variety of animals, some of the most re- markable of which are the musk deer, the yak, or bushy-tailed bull, and the fine goat, which produces the material for the manufacture of Cashmere shawls. Chief towns. Lassa, the capital, 500 miles N. by E. of Calcutta, is celebrated chiefly as the residence of the Grand Lama, who is held in great veneration throughout Thibet and Tartary. 164 ASIATIC ISLANDS. Religion. The relip-ion of Thibet is the worship of the Grand Lama^ who is esteemed as the viceg-erent of God, and regarded as hoth king- and priest. Inhabitants. The Thibetians are rude and ignorant, and like the Savoyards, are troubled with the goitre or glandular swelling in the throat. ' JAPAN. The empire of Japan is composed of a cluster of islands, of which JSTiphon, the largest, is 700 miles long. The other most consider- able ones are Ximo and Xicoco. The face of the country is agreeably diversified by mountains, hills, and valleys, and is well watered by rivers and lakes. Climate. The climate is variable throughout the year. The heat in summer would be very severe, were it not moderated by sea breezes. Soil, &c. The soil, which is not naturally the most fertile, is imder excellent cultivation, and rendered very productive. Rice is the most important article of produce. The country is rich in mine- rals. Animals. Neither sheep nor goats are found in Japan, and there are but iew horses, swine, or cattle. Chief cities. Jeddo, the capital, is situated in a bay on the south- east side of the island of Niphon. It contains the emperor's palace, and is a large, populous, rich, and commercial city. The popula- tion is estimated at upwards of 1,000,000. tMeaco, the second city and ecclesiastical capital of the empire, is situated on the island of Niphon, 160 miles SW. of Jeddo, and con- tains upwards of 500,000 inhabitants. It is the grand storehouse of all the manufactures of Japan, but is said to be somewhat decayed. J^angasaki, on the island of Ximo, has an excellent harbour, and is the only port visited by foreigners. Population. Japaji is very populous, but the number of inhabi- tants is variously estimated at from 15,000,000 to 50,000,000. Literature. In the sciences and literature, the Japanese are among the most advanced of the Asiatic nations. Mamfactures. The Japanese excel in the manufacture of silk, cotton, so[id porcelain, and japanned ware. Their varnish is unrival- led. ASIATIC ISLANDS. The Asiatic islands are very numerous and important. The islands of the Eastern Archipelago are classed in five divisions. 1 The Isles of Sunda, or Sumatra Islands. This division include* Sumatra, Java, Banca, Timor^ and several others. Sumatra is about 900 miles long, and 200 broad. A chain of ASIATIC ISLANDS. 165 mountains extends through the whole length of it. Mount Ophir, the highest summit, is 13,843 feet above the level of the sea. The soil is generally fertile ; but more than half of the island is an impenetrable forest. Though Sumatra lies in the centre of the torrid zone, the climate is not very hot, the thermometer seldom rising above 85°. The most important production is irice; but the principal article of commerce is pepper, which grows on a climbing plant, resembling a vine. Other productions are camphor, gum benzoin, cassia, cotton, and coff'ee. The inhabitants on the coast are Malays ; in the interior different native tribes, who are cannibals, and very barbarous. Bencoolen, an inconsiderable town, is the only settlement of the British on the island. Acheen is the capital of a kingdom of the same name. Java, belonging to the Dutch, is 680 miles long, and nearly 100 broad. The coasts are low and marshy, and the climate very un- healthy. The interior is mountainous and the air more salubrious. Java produces rice in such abundance that it has been called the granary of the east. Other important productions are sugar, coffee, pepper, and cotton. Edible bird's nests, which are esteemed a great luxury in China, are a singular production of Java and several other Asiatic islands, and maritime parts. Mahometanism, is the prevail- ing religion. Batavia^ in the north-west part of Java, is the capital of all the Dutch East India possessions. On account of its immense trade and the splendour of its buildings, it has been styled the Queen of the East. It is extremely unhealthy ; and within a few years it has greatly declined. Population less than_50,000. Banc A belongs to the Dutch, and is celebrated for its rich tin mines, which are said to be inexhaustible. 2. Borneo. Borneo, an island, next to New Holland, the largesl in the world, is about 800 miles long, and 700 broad. The climate is generally temperate. The coasts are marshy and unhealthy, but the interior is mountainous. The country is but lit- tle known ; and there is no European settlement. Considerable commerce is carried on between Borneo and various parts of the East. Here are found the beautiful birds of Paradise, and the swallow that constructs an edible nest ; but the mo^t remark- able animal found in Borneo, is the orang-outang, which bears a strong resemblance to the human species. 3. The Manillas, or Philippine Islands. These islands are in the possession of the Spaniards. Lu^ON, the principal island, is about 400 miles long, and 100 broad. 166 AUSTRALASIA ■ It has a rich soil and very valuable productions, consisting of cotton I •f the finest quality, rice, sugar, cocoa, gold, copper, and iron. \ Manilla, the chief town, is the capital of the Spanish East India j possessions. Population 38,000. An important commerce has long- ■ been carried on between Manilla and Acapulco in Mexico. I Mindanao, a fertile island, is next to Lu^on in size. 1 The Loo-cHoo, or Leeoo-keeoo Islands, lying between the Ma- i nillas, and the Japan islands, are inhabited by an uncommonly inter- \ esting and amiable people. i 4. Celebes. ! I Celebes is about 500 miles in length, b*it of very irregular form. ■ It is mountainous, and presents beautiful scenery, but has been but : little explored. ; The Dutch have several settlements on this island, the principal ; CI which is at JMacassar, which is the capital of a kingdom, and a considerable town. 5. The Moluccas, or Spice Islands. ; Crilolo, the largest of the Moluccas, is about 230 miles in length, ■ and produces sago and bread fruit in great abundance. Ceram^ the second in size, produces great quantities of sago. j Amboyna and Ternate are the most important of the Moluccas. ' Their chief production is cloves. \ Banda island gives name to a cluster of 10 small islands. They j are celebrated solely for the production of the nutmeg. i AUSTRALASIA. 1 Australasia includes JVeio Holland^ Van Diemen's Land, J^eto Chiinea, Mew BHtain, J^ew Ireland, J^ew Caledonia, JSTew Hebrides^ and JVetc Zealand, and all other islands lying between 3° N. and 50° S. Lat, and from 85° to 195° E. Lon. New Holland is about three fourths as large as Europe, and is by some styled a continent. It is 2,600 miles in length, and 2,000 in breadth. This immense region is almost wholly unexplored, and but little known. The coasts are extremely diversified, in some parts high and inaccessible ; in others flat and sandy. The native inhabitants are destitute of all the comforts of civilized life. Their habits are as barbarous as can be imagined, and exhibit human nature in its lowest state of degradation. Their complexion is nearly black; their appearance disgusting; and they wear no clothing. Botany Bay, or Port Jackson, is an important English settlement, POLYNESIA. t67 formed for the transportation of convicts from England. Sydney^ the chief town, is finely situated on the bay of Port Jackson, and contains upwards of 7,000 inhabitants. Van Diemen's Land is a larg-e island, separated from New Hol- land by Bass's straits, which are about 90 miles wide. The country is but little known, but its productions and inhabitants are said to resemble those of New Holland. New Guinea, or Papua, is about 1,200 miles long-, and 300 broad. It is very fertile, producing- the cocoa nut, bread fruit, plantain trees, and other valuable articles. Some of the most beautiful spe- cies of the feathered creation are found here, particularly the birds of paradise. The inhabitants are extremely barbarous. New Britain, New Ireland, and New Caledonia, are but little known. New Britain and New Ireland are said to be populous The latter produces bread fruit and cocoa, and the nutmeg- is found in the former. JVew Caledonia is rough and barren. New Zealand consists of two large islands. The country is de- scribed as very mountainous ; some of the summits are always cov- ered with snow. Of the productions a beautiful species efjlax, re- aembling silk, has excited the most attention. The inhabitants are cannibals, warlike, and ferocious ; but Chris- tian missionaries have been lately introduced among them with fa vourable prospects. POLYNESIA. Polynesia comprehends various collections of islands, widely dis- persed in the Pacific ocean. 1. The Pelew Islands are numerous, but small. They produce ebony, cocoa, bread fruit, sugar cane, and bamboo. The natives aie mild and friendly, stout, and well made. Both sexes are nearly naked, have their teeth dyed black, and are tatlooed. 2. The Ladrones are 12 or 14 in number. The climate is tem- perate and healthy, and the productions are similar to those of the Pelew islands. 3. The Carolines are supposed to be about 30 in numl)er. They are but little known. 4. The Sandwich Islands are 11 in number. The population has been estimated at 400,000. The climate is similar to that of the West Indies, though more temperate. The productions are bread fruity sugar canes, cocoa nuts, tarrowy tweet potatoes, yams, &c. The bread fruit tree grows to the height 168 POLYNESIA. of from 40 to 60 feet. The fruit is about the size of a child's head, and affords a nourishiag- food, which is of the greatest utility to the inhabitants of the islands which produce it. The inhabitants are of olive complexion, well formed, and often handsome. They are ing-enious, and have made considerable pro- gress in the arts of civilized life. Several missionaries have been gent among them from this country, who have been favourably re- ceived. Owhyee, the largest island in Polynesia, is 85 miles long, and 72 broad. It has very high mountains ; some of the sunmiits are always covered with snow. Owhyee is remarkable for the death of cap- tain Cook. 6. The Marq,uesas are 5 in number. The inhabitants are said to surpass all other nations in symmetry of shape, and regularity of features. 6. The Society Islands are 60 or 70 in number. — Otaheitej which is much the lai^est of them, has attracted much attention. The soil is very fertile, and produces bread fruit trees, sugar canes, cocoa nuts, plantains, and bananas. The natives are of a pale mahogany colour, with fine black hair and eyes, and a pleasing open countenance They have renounced idolatry, and embraced Christianity. To the south-east of this cluster is Pitcatrn's island, a small island settled by the mutineers of the English ship Bounty. Their de- scendants are an uncommonly amiable and interesting people. 7. The Friendly Islands and Fejee Islands. Tongataboo, the largest of the Friendly Islands, is about 60 miles in circumference- It is very fertile, and under excellent cultivation. 8. Navigator's Islands are fertile. The natives are stout and very ferocious. The principal island is JHfoouna. The natives of most of the above islands are generally tall, well formed, and of a dark olive or brown complexion. They are gen- erally tattooed, and many of them wear little or no clothing. The barbarous custom of eating human flesh, is more or less common among them. AFRICA. It. AFRICA, The Pyramids. Extent. Africa, one of the four great quarters of the world, the third in extent, and probably in population. It is 1,980 mil > long-, and 4,500, where widest, broad. Dimsions. Africa may be comprised under 6 general divisions. 1. J^orthern Afnca, comprehending" Egypt and the Barbary States 2. Western Africa^ comprising- the countries between Sahara and Benguela. 3. Southern Africa^ extending- from the Cape of Good Hope to the frontier of Benguela and Mozambique. 4. Eastern Africa^ extending from Mozambique to Nubia, inclu- sive. 5. Central Africa, comprising extensive regions but little known 6. African Islands. Africa is the least civilized, and the least known, of the four quar- ters of the globe. The most of the interior remains unexplored ; and our knowledge is, in a great degree, confined to the countries lying on the coast. Deserts. A remarkable feature of this part of the globe consists in its immense, sandy, and barren deserts. Sahara is the greatest desert on the globe. Its utmost extent is from the Atlantic to the Nile, about 3,000 miles ; but the main body of it lies to the west of Fezzan, and is 2,000 miles long, and about 1,000 broad. It appears like an immense ocean of scorching* sand, interspersed with some fer- tile spots, called oases, which serve as resting and watering place* for caravans, that travel over it. 15 no AFRICA. Isthmus. The isthmus of Suez^ between the Mediterranean and Red sea, connects Africa with Asia. It is about 60 miles wide. Seas and straits. The Mediterranean sea and straits of Gibraltar separate Africa from Europe ; and the Red sea and straits of Babel- mundel divide it from Asia. Capes. There are 4 remarkable capes ; Cape Bon in the north, Cape Guardafan in the east, the Cape of Good Hope in the south, and Cape Verd in tht west. Lakes. Africa has few large lakes. The most noted are Maran^i and Dembea. Rivers. There are few great rivers. The largest are the JVtZe, JSTiger, Senegal, Gambia, and Congo. The JS/'ile is the most celebrated river on the globe. It rises in two principal branches, one coming from the mountains of Abyssinia, the other, and largest one, from the Mountains of the Moon, or Don- ga, south-west of Abyssinia. After passing through Nubia and Up- per Egypt, it separates into branches, and flows into the Mediter- ranean by twro principal mouths. Its course is upwards of 2,000 miles long, but it is narrow in proportioij to its length, being only about one third of a mile wide. The JSlger, the great river of Central Africa, has in modern times excited extraordinary interest, by reason of the contradictory ac- counts respecting its course and termination. To ascertain these lias long been a grand geographical problem. It rises in the western part of Africa, near the sources of Ihe Sene- gal and Gambia, and flows for a great distance to the eastwara, passing by Sego and near Tombuctoo. With regard to its subsequent course, some suppose that it flows into a large lake or sea, in the centre of Africa ; others that it turns to the south-west and discharges itself into the gulf of Guinea ; others that it is the same river as the Zaire or Congo ; and others that it unites with the Nile. Mountains. The most noted mountains are the Atlas mountains in the north, the Mountains of the Moon in the central part, and the Peak of Teneriffe on one of the Canary islands. Climate. The greater part of Africa is situated within the torrid Eone, and the climate is ver}'- hot. Soil. The soil, when well watered, is exceedingly luxuriant; but much of it is destitute of water, and entirely barren. Commerce. The articles of commerce most extensively obtained from Africa, are ^oZJ, ivory, and above all, slaves. The article in most demand in the central parts, is salt. The leading object of Europeans, in their commercial connexion with Africa for more than three centuries, has been the prosecution of that iniquitous and cruel traflic, the slave trade. Animals. Africa is distinguished for the multitude of its wild animals. Lions and elephants are numerous. The tiger, panther^ hyccna, rhinoceros, giraffa, antelope, and various kinds of monkeys, are found. The rivers are crowded with crocodiles and hippopotami. Serpents of vanrious descriptions are common. — Of the tame animals, the camel is the most remarkable. InJvabitants, The natives are composed of various tribes, but may EGYPT 171 be divided into two g-eneral classes, Moors and JSTegroes. The Moors are Mahometans, and are intolerant, perfidious, and sang'uin- ar}". The Negroes possess less activity, information, and vigour of mind ; but with the usual habits of barbarous life, they are simple, gentle, hospitable, and affectionate. Religion. The religion of Abyssinia is a corrupt form of Chris- tianity. The Christian religion has also been introduced into some parts by European settlements. ,^he prevailing religion of Egypt, the Barbary states, and the na- aons in the interior as far south as the Niger, is Mahometanism. The remainder of the inhabitants, so far as known, are generally pagans. EGYPT. Cleopatra^s J^eedle, and Pompey''s Pillar. .• Divisions. Egypt is divided into Upper and Lower ; the formei extending from Syene to Cairo ; the latter from Cairo to the Medi terranean, and is styled the Delta. Extent. Egypt is about 500 miles long- from N. to S., and its nomi- nal breadth is from 200 to 300 : but the only valuable part is the tract watered by the Nile and its branches. The cultivated part of Upper Egypt is a narrow belt of land, whose greatest breadth is not more than 27 miles, inclosed between two ridges of mountains. The breadth of the Delta is from 50 to 100 miles. The J^ile. This great river, the only one in Egypt, forms the most remarkable feature of the country. It annually passes its banks and overspreads the country like a sea, carrying with it a mud or slime that is peculiarly fertilizing-. The rise commonly com- mences about the middle of June, and increases till the last of Au gust. 72 EGYPT. Climate. The climate is peculiarly characterized by an aln* st entire absence of rain. The falling of a few drops is a rare occur- rence. The summers are very hot, and the ravages of the plague are frequent. The ophthalmia, a severe disease affecting the eyes, is common in Egypt. The Simoon. For about 50 days, in the spring, Egypt is liable to this terrible wind from the deserts, which is intensely hot and dry, threatening almost tlie extinction of animal life. It seldom con- tinues more than 3 days. Soil. The lands inundated by the Nile are exceedingly fertile, and are cultivated with very little labour. The ground, softened by long moisture, requires only to be slightly stirred, and the seed, be- ing thrown in, sinks by its weight. Productions. Egypt produces the fruits both of the tropics and the temperate zone ; corn and rice grow in equal perfection. Wheat, barley, sugar cane, indigo, cotton, Jlax, and a variety of excellent fruits,, are cultivated. Palm, or date trees, are numerous, and a con- siderable part of the inhabitants subsist chiefly on their fruit. Chief cities. Cairo, the metropolis of modern Egypt, is said to contain a population of 300,000 or 400,000. It has a very extensive commerce, and maintains a communication with the interior of Africa by means of the great caravans, which go to Sennaar, Dar Fur, and Mourzouk. The city contains upwards of 700 mosques, adorned with lofty minarets ; but the houses of the common people are mean buildings, of only one story. The view from the ramparts is described as exceedingly magnificent. One of the greatest curi- osities, is the well in the castle, called Joseph's Well, which is sunk 276 feet in a solid but soft rock, with a winding staircase descending to the bottom. Alexandria, once the seat of learning, commerce, and royal mag- nificence, is now almost in ruins. Among the celebrated remains of its ancient grandeur, are Pompei/s Pillar, Cleopatra's JVeedles, the Cisterns, and the Catacombs. The famous Alexandrian Library, con- taining, according to some, 700,000 manuscript volumes, was burnt here in the year 638. The city is said to have once contained 700,000 inhabitants ; but at present it has less than 20,000. Its com merce is still considerable. Damietta is the great emporium of commerce between Egypt and Syria, and contains about 40,000 inhabitants. Eosetta has considerable commerce, and contains from 10, to 20,000 inhabitants. Suez, a small town, situated in a desert region, at the northern end of the Red sea, is a place of note, and much resorted to. The principal towns in Upper Egypt are Girge, Siut, Asna, and Syene. * Government. Egypt has long been subject to Turkey, and gov- erned by a pacha, who has lately set up an independent govern- ment. Inhabitants. The inhabitants are Copts, Arabs, Turks, and Jews The Copts are the original race, descended from the most ancient inhabitants, and have been estimated at 200,000. The Arabs cod BARBARY STATES. 175 stitute two thirds of the population. The Mamelukes, a race com- posed of Georgian and Circassian slaves, and heretofore possessed of great power, have been driven out of the country. Religion. The Copts profess Christianity, and are of the Euty- chean sect The other inhabitants, except the Jews, are Mahome- tans. Language. The Arabic is the prevailing language. The Coptic is no longer spoken. Antiquities. Egypt abounds with the most stupendous monuments of antiquity, as pyramids, obelisks, temples, and catacombs. The pyramids were accounted by the ancients one of the seven wonders of the world. They are alike famous for their vast size and remote antiquity. History furnishes no authentic information respecting the time or the object of their erection. They continue to be objects of admiration, as specimens of ancient art and power. Near one of the pyramids, is the celebrated sphinx, a statue of a huge monster, cut in the solid rock, having the face of a virgin, and the body of a lion. The largest pyramid is that of Cheops, not far from Cairo. It is 499 feet high, and has a square base of 693 feet. The catacombs are subterraneous galleries, appropriated to the re- ception of the dead. Mummies, or embalmed bodies, are obtained from them, which were deposited there 3, or 4,000 years since. The site of the ancient city of Thebes exhibits a space of three leagues, almost entirely covered with the ruins of splendid temples and other buildings. At Dendera, Edfu, and other places, are found magnificent ruins of temples. BARBARY STATES. Divisions. The Barbary States are Morocco, Algiers, Tunis, and Tripoli. Fez, formerly a distinct kingdom, is now annexed to Mo- rocco. Mountains. The Atlas mountains, an elevated and extensive range, form the most striking feature of this country. They ex- tend through the southern part of Morocco, Algiers, and Tunis. The most lofty summits are in the western part. According to ancient fable, the world was supported by the shoulders of Atlas, and the heavens rested on the top. Face of the country and soil. The space between the Atlas range and the sea, is from 50 to 200 miles wide, and is mostly level, watered by streams from the mountains, and the soil exceedingly fertile The country south of the mountains is mostly barren. Climate. The climate is temperate and pleasant. The country is, however, subject to destructive ravages by the plague. The ther- mometer seldom sinks more than 5 degrees below the freezing point. Productions. The productions are maize, rice, millet, pease, beans, lentils, and various kinds of excellent fruit. Dates form an impor- tant article of produce in the interior. Water. Salt springs are more numerous than fresh In the terri- 15* 174 BARBARY STATES. tory of Tunis there is no water fit for drinking', except what falls in the form of rai^j. Animals. The domestic animals are nearly the same as in Europe. The lion^ panther^ and hyctna, and other ferocious animals, are very numerous in the mountainous and desert tracts. Insects. There is a great variety of insects in Barbary The most formidable is the locust, which often appears in immense swarms, and commits the most destructive ravag-es. Inhabitants. The people of Barbary are rapacious and cruel, and the towns on the coast have been long- noted for piracy. The inhabitants are divided into four classes ; 1. Moors; 2. Jews; 3. Arabs ; 4. Brebers. The Moots are the ruling people, and form the chief inhabitants of all the cities. They are ignorant, superstitious, indolent, rapa- cious, and vindictive. The Jews reside in the cities, and have the whole manag^ement of trade. The Arabs, with their flocks and herds, occupy the interior and pastoral districts. The Brebers, or Berheri, are a strong athletic race, supposed to be descended from the original inhabitants. They occupy the moun- tainous parts, and cultivate the ground. Religion. The religion of all classes, except the Jews, is Mahom- etanism. MOROCCO. Divisions. The empire of Morocco comprises the north-west part of Africa. The 2 most important divisions are Morocco Proper and Fez. Chief cities. Morocco, Fez, and Mequinez are situated in the in- terior ; Mogadore, Sallee, Tangier, Tetuan, and Ceuta, are seaports. Morocco is situated in a pleasant plain, upwards of 100 miles from the sea. It contains a royal palace and numerous mosques, but is much decayed. It is said to have once contained 700,000 in- habitants, now less than 50,000. Fez, the capital of the ancient kingdom of that name, is situated in a beautiful valley, and is one of the most agreeable cities in the empire. It contains 200 caravansaries, and formerly had 700 mosques, and was once very famous for its learned institutions. Population about 100,000. Mogadore, about 120 miles W. by S. of Morocco, is a seaport through which most of the commerce between the empire and Eu- rope is carried on. Population about 30,000. Ceuta, a seaport opposite to Gibraltar, belongs to Spain. Manufactures. The most celebrated article of manufacture is Morocco leather. ALGIERS. Divisions. Algiers is divided into three provinces, Tremecm Titterie, and Constantina. BARBARY STATES. 175 Chief cities. Algiers^ the capital, is 300 miles W. of Tunis. It is built on the side of a hill, the houses rising in the form of an amphitheatre, and it presents a magnificent spectacle from the sea. The most of the streets are so narrow that two persons can scarcely walk abreast. The houses have flat roofs, and ^re so accommodated that visits, to a considerable distance, can be performed on the tops of them. Algiers is celebrated as a naval and piratical town. Popu- lation upwards of 100,000. Constantina, on the Rummel, 160 miles E. of Algiers, is a strong city, built on a rock, and said to contain 100,000 inhabitants. It oc- cupies the site of ancient Cirta, celebrated as the bulwark of Nu- midia. The other principal towns are Orauy Tremecen, Boujeiah, and Bo7ia. Divisions, &c. Tunis is divided into two circuits, the northern and southern. It is watered by the large river Mejerdah, which flows through a very fertile country ; and on its banks are many towns, and large villages. Chief cities. Tunis, the capital, is situated on a plain, about 6 miles from the head of the gulf of Tunis, and has considerable trade The streets are narrow and dirty, and the houses mostly of only one story, and built of mud ; yet there are some good buildings. Popu- lation 120,000. Among the other principal towns are Gafsa, Cabes, and Bizerta. Antiquities. The country abounds in magnificent ruins. Vari- ous monuments of ancient grandeur are to be seen on the site of ancient Carthage, 10 miles NE. of Tunis. There are also magnifi- cent ruins at Spaitla and other places. Tripoli is the most easterly of the Barbary states. The habit- able part is confined chiefly to the coast, which, for a few miles in- land, is extremely fertile. Dates are the principal production of the interior. Tripoli, the capital, is situated on the coast of the Mediterranean, and has an excellent harbour. The streets are narrow, and the houses mean. Population 25,000. Barca is subject to Tripoli, and is an extensive tract lying be tween Tripoli and Egypt. Soil. The western part is tolerably fertile, but the interior and the whole region bordering on Egypt, is a desert of sand.' Chief towns. The chief towns are Derne and Bingazi. Derne, the capital, is situated near the coast of the Mediterranean, and is famous for the exploits of Gen. Eaton, who took it in 1805. 176 WESTERN AFRICA. BILEOULGERID. Biledulgerid, which signifies a Country of Dates^ is situated on the south of Algiers and Tunis. The soil is mostly dry and barren, producing- scarcely any food ex- cept dates. The inJiabitants are L'rebers and Arabs, who are under a kind of subjection to Algiers and Tunis. WESTERN AFRICA. Western Africa comprises all the countries on the coast betw een the desert of Sahara and Benguela. These countries are but little known. InJiabitants. The inhabitants are Negroes. Some of the most numerous tribes are the Jalqffs, Foulahs^ and Mandingoes. The Negroes are ignorant, superstitious, indolent, and passionately fond of music and dancing. They possess but few of the arts of civil- ized life. They are, however, a simple, mild, and generous race, and need only to be enlightened and directed by the gentle spirit of the Gospel, in order to render them the most happy and amiable of mankind. Divisions. Guinea is an extensive country north of the gulf of Guinea. The coast of Guinea is divided into the Grain coast, Ivory coast, and Gold coast. Ashantee, back of the Gold coast, is one of the most powerful states in Western Africa. Dahomey and Benin are east of Ashantee. South of Benin are Biafra, Loango, Congo, Angola, and Benguela. Towns. Teemboo is the chief town of the Foulahs ; Coomassie of Ashantee; Abomey of Dahomey; Benin of the country of Benin. Climate. The climate is very hot and unhealthy to Europeans. Rivers. The principal rivers are the Senegal, Gambia, Grande, and Congo or Zaire. Commerce. The inhuman traffic of the slave trade has, for many years, formed the principal part of the commerce of the western coast of Africa. Other articles of commerce, besides slaves, are gold, ivory, Guinea 'pepper, dye-wood, wax, and hides. Sierra Leone. The river Sierra Leone gives name to a countrj', and to an English colony, containing about 13,000 inhabitants. This settlement was formed with a design to colonize free negroes, and promote the civilization of Africa. Here are about 20 missionaries engaged in the benevolent emploj ment of teaching the Africans the elements of learning and religion, and the arts of civilized life ; and their labours have been attended with encouraging success. Freetown, the chief town in the settlement, is situated on the river, about 6 miles above its mouth, has an excellent harbour, and about 4,000 inhabitants. Near Cape Mesurado, about 300 miles SE. of Sierra Leone, the American Colozination Society have formed a colony of free people of colour, named Liberia. EASTERN AFRICA. 177 SOUTHERN AFRICA, Colony of the Cape of Good Hope, Extent. This is the most important colony that the Eng'lish pos- sess in Africa. It embraces a territory about 550 miles long-, and 230 broad, having- a population of upwards of 60,000. Chief town. Cape Town., the capital, is pleasantly situated up- wards of 30 miles from the C3ape, and is a commercial town contain- ing' about 18,000-iahabitants. Face of the country. The leading- feature of the territory con- sists in three ranges of mountains, running parallel to each other, and to the southern coast of Africa. The elevation of the third and highest range, is estimated at 10,000 feet. It is always covered with snow. Soil. A large pcfrtion of the country is barren and unfit for cul- tivation ; but there are many tracts that are fertile. Produce. Wine and brandy are the staple commodities. Caffraria is the name applied to a large country, extending from Mozambique and Benguelaon the north, to the colony of the Cape of Good Hope on the south. Some parts of the country, particularly towards the eastern side, are fertile ; but towards the west there are extensive deserts. This country is occupied by various savage tribes • the principal of which are styled Hottentots and Caffres. Two of the principal towns in this part of Africa, are Kurreechane and Leetakoo, or Latakoo. Kurreechane is the capital of the Marootze tribe, and contains about 15,000 inhabitants, who are considerably civilized, and have some manufactures. Leetakoo is the capital of the Booshuanas, or Bushmen, and con- tains about 10,000 inhabitants. The houses are built in a circular form, and thatched with reeds. Missionaries. About 20 missionary stations have been formed in this part of Africa, occupied by missionaries of different denomina tions; EASTERN AFRICA. Divisions. This division extends from Caffraria to Egypt, and in- cludes the countries of JSTatal, Monomotopa, J\Iocaranga, Sofala, JHozamhique., Quiloa, Zanguehar, Magadoxa., and Adel ; also AbyS' sinia, J^ubia, &c. Character. The countries on the eastern coast, from Caffraria to the Straits of Babelmandel, are less known than those on the west- ern coast ; but they are very similar with regard to soil, climate, the objects of trade, and inhabitants. 178 ABYSSINIA. These countries ha-^e been colonized only by the Portuguese. Rivers. The principal rivers which- flow into the Indian ocean, are the Manicay Sofala, Zambese or Cuama, and Magadoxa. Towns. There are few towns of much importance. Some of the most considerable are Mozambique^ Sofala, Melinda, Mombaza, Ma- gadoxa, and Berber a. Commerce. The commerce of these countries consists in gold, ivoryy and slaves. ABYSSINIA. Divisions. Abyssinia is formed into three great divisions ; 1. Tigre ; 2. Amhara ; 3. Shoa and Efat. These are subdivided into ▼arious smaller districts. Rivers. The principal rivers are the Abyssinian branch of the ?file, and the Tacazze. Lake. Dembea is the principal lake, and is supposed to be about 450 miles in circumference. Face of the country. Abyssinia is a very mountainous country. The principal ranges are the mountains of Geesh, Amid-Amid, La- tnalmxm, and a branch of the Mountains of the Moon. Climate. The climate is generally fine, but subject to great rains. Soil. The country is generally well watered and very fertile, and vegetable and animal productions are abundant. Chief towns. Gondar, the chief town, is situated on a hill, near the lake of Dembea, and contains, in time of peace, about 50,000 inhabitants. The houses are built of clay, and are of only one story. Axum, the former capital, exhibits extensive ruins, and has about 600 houses. Adowa, the capital of Tigre, contains about 8,000 inhabitants, and has considerable manufactures of cotton cloths. Antalo contains about 10,000 inhabitants. Massuah and Arkiko, on the Red sea, are the principal ports. Among the other towns are Dixan, Siri, Emfras, Chelicut, and Tegulet. Government. The government is despotic, but the political con- dition of the people is extremely disordered, and civil wars are very frequent. Religion. The Abyssinians profess Christianity, and are of the Eutychian sect. As the art of printing is not in use among them, copies of the bible are extremely rare ; and they are lamentably ig- norant of the religion which they profess. Inhabitants. The inhabitants are of a dark olive colour. They are in a low state of civilization, and many of their customs are ex tremely barbarous. Human life is but little more respected than that of brutes. Marriage is a slight connexion, formed and dissolved at pleasure. The houses are mere hovels, of a conical form, with thatched roofs. Their food consists of bread made of small grain called tefF and tocusso, and sometimes of wheat, with raw meat at festivals. CENTRAL AFRICA. 173 NUBIA. » Nubia is an extensive country comprising several kingdoms, of which Sermaar and Dongola are the principal. It is watered by the J^ile and its branches. Features of the country. With the exception of the banks of the river, it consists almost wholly of sandy and rocky deserts. One of the most remarkable features consists in the magnificent remains of antiquity, some of which rival the monuments of Thebes. The temple of Ebsambul, which is cut out of the solid rock, is in complete preservation. The front is very magnificent, being 117 feet wide, and 86 high. Soil. The country consists chiefly of sandy deserts, but on the rivers the soil is very fertile. Sermaar, the capital of the kingdom of the same name, is situated on the eastern branch of the Nile. It was formerly large and popu- lous, but now in a ruinous state. StujJcem, a port on the Red sea, was formerly a large, populous, and commercial city, but is now almost in ruins. It is supported by being the channel of communication between Arabia and the inte- rior of Africa. The kingdom of Sennaar is of considerable extent, though but little known. Dongola, capital of the kingdom so called, is a meanly built town, situated on the Nile. CENTRAL AFRICA. The greater part of this vast division is wholly unexplored ; but it is known to contain some- populous kingdoms. Some of the principal kingdoms that have been visited by F,v.r-> pean travellers, are Darfur, Bornou, Fezzan, Kassina. Hom^u, Tombudoo, and Bambarra, Commerce. The commerce of these countries is carried on with Cairo and the towns of Barbary. The exports consist of slaves, gold diist, ivory, &c. The climate is hot, and the soil in many parts fertile. The inhabitants are JVegroes, Moors, and Arabs, living in a bar- barous state. They are mostly Mahometans. , The nations situated further south are entirely unknown. Darfur is situated west of Sennaar. The chief town is CohbS. BoRNou is represented as the most powerful kingdom in the in- terior of Africa. The capital is a large town of the same name. Fezzan lies south of Barbary and east of Sahara. Monrzouk, the capital, is the centre of the trade carried on between Northern and Central Africa. 180 AFRICAN ISLANDS. Kassina, or Cashna, is an extensive kingdom west of Bornou with a capital of the same name. ToMBUCTOo, a largo commercial city, 10 miles from the Niger, is the capital of a populous kingdom of the same name. It is a noted centre of trade in the interior of Africa, and the point to which car avans proceed from the north. HoussA is a large city, capital of a kingdom on the Niger. Bambarra, situated on both sides of the Niger, is one of the most powerful kingdoms in the interior of Africa. Sego, on the Niger, is the capital, and contains about 30,000 in- habitants. AFRICAN ISLANDS. The principal islands west of the coast are the Azores, Madeira^ and Cape Verd Islands, belonging to Portugal ; the Canaries, be- longing to Spain ; and St. Helena, belonging to Great Britain. On the eastern coast are Madagascar, the Comoro islands, and So- cotra, in the possession of the natives ; Bourbon belonging to France, and Mauritius belonging to Great Britain. The Azores or Western Islands are 9 in number, and are situated about midway between Europe and America. The principal ones are St. Michael, Fayal, and Tercera. These islands have the marks of recent and volcanic origin. The soil is very fertile, and the climate healthy and pleasant, but extremely subject to violent earthquakes. They produce great quantities of oranges and lemons, also corn and wine. The chief towns are Angra, the capital of Tercera ; and Ponta del Gada, the capital of St. Michael. Madeira is a fertile island, and is celebrated for its wine, which is highly esteemed, and exported to various parts of the world. The population is about 80,000. Funchal, the capital, contains about 15,000 inhabitants. Canaries or Fortunate Islands. These islands are 13 in number, very fertile and valuable, producing wine, grain, and ft^iti. The largest are Teneriffe, Grand Canary, and Palma. Teneriffe is fa- mous for its peak, which may be seen at sea, 120 miles distant. St. Helena is a remarkable island, 28 mij^s in circuit, surrounded by high precipices of basaltic rock. It is regarded as a great natural curiosity on account of its form and appearance. Upon ap preaching near it, nothing is to be seen but a girdle of inaccessi ble precipices, overhanging the ocean, some of them exhibiting the most fantastic shapes* The rocks rise, in some parts, almost perpen- dicularly, to the height of 1,600 ieet. It is famous for having been the prison of Bonaparte, after his defeat at Waterloo. Madagascar is one of the largest islands in the world, and is about 900 miles in length. It has a very diversified surface, and a fertile soil and is inhabited by various native tribes COMPARATIVE GEOGRAPHY, OR TABULAR VIEWS. 16 AMERICA. Table. I. Extent and population of the principal divisions of America. North America Sq. miles. Pop. Pop. to Greenland Russian America Undefined Undefined aq 15,000 1,000 • f ^^4 qqa tia, New Brunswick, Newfoundland, Bermudas \ ' In the West Indies ; Jamaica, Barbadoes, Antigua, ) -gQ qqq Dominica, Grenada, Trinidad, Bahamas, &c. S ' In South America ; Part of Guiana 100,000 In Africa ; Cape of Good Hope, Sierra Leone, Ba- ) , on (\c\r\ thurst, Mauritius, St. Helena \ 1«".""" In Asia ; Hindoostan, Ceylon, part of Sumatra, and > rr nnn c\f\(\ part of New Holland \ ^^-^^^^^^^^ Total 56,931,000 rin the West Indies ; Cuba and Porto Rico 750,00a . I In Africa ; Canary islands 180,000 £ S In Asia ; Philippine and Marian islands 1,750,000 ^ I Formerly in North America ; Mexico, Guatimala 8,500,000 ^ Formerly in South America ; New Grenada, Carac- ) « « .^ c\c\c\ y cas, Peru, Chili, Buenos Ayres^ \ 7,^4U,UUU Total 18,420,000 :j f In South America ; Brazil 3,000,000 g J In Africa ; Madeira, Azores, Cape Verd islands, ) .^^ ^^ H j Guinea islands, Angola, Mozambique \ ou,uuu o ( In Asia ; Goa, Macao, &c. 150,000 u* Total 3,610,000 i . ( In the West Indies ; St. Eustatia, Curocoa, St. ) q^. ^^.^ K S ) Martin S ^'^^ £ 5 j In South America ; Surinam 110,000 £ »5 ( In Asia ; Java, Moluccas or Spice islands 1,376,000 Total 1,521,000 . the West Indies ; Martinique, Guadaloupe, Ma- ) -,<,„ ,^- riegalante 5 -2^xl,00U ^ J In N. America ; St. Pierre and Miquelon islands 2,000 < \\h S. America ; Cayenne, or French Guiana 35,000 ^ j In Africa ; Bourbon, Senegal, Goree, &c. 92,000 (^ In Asia ; Pondicherry, Mahe, Karikal, Chandernagore 50,000 Total 401,000 In the West Indies ; Santa Cruz, St. Thomas 34,000 DEif MARK. { In JV. America ; Greenland 20,000 Asia ; Tranquebar, Serampore, &c. 30,000 CIn \\n (In Total 84,000 Sweden. In the West Indies ; St. Bartholomew 8,000 TABULAR VIEWS OF EUROPE. 199 J^ote 1. Russia and Turkey lie partly in Europe and partly in Asia. Russia has some settlements in the north-west part of America, and Turkey claims the sovereignty of Egypt. JV*o/e 2. All the Spanish provinces on the continent of America, and Brazil also, have declared themselves independent. Table VII. Showing the number of volumes contained in some of the principal libraries in Europe. rols. Rome, Vatican 500,000 Paris, Royal 370,000 Vienna, Imperial 300,000 Petersburg, Imperial 300,000 Oxford, Bodleian 300,000 Munich, Royal 300,000 Gotting-en, Univ. 280,000 Copenhagen, Royal 270,000 Dresden, Royal 250,000 Berlin, Royal 200,000 Wolfenbuttel 200,000 London, British Jtfw. 180,000 Stuttgard 170,000 Bologna 160,000 Paris, Arsenal 150,000 Prague, Univ. 130,000 Madrid, Royal 130,000 Vols. Escurial 130,000 Brussels 120,000 Paris, St. Genevieve 110,000 Vienna, University 108,000 Lyons 106,000 Bourdeaux 105,000 Gratz 105,000 Paris, Pantheon 102,000 Milan, Ambrosian 100,000 Hamburg 100,000 Cambridge, Univ 100,000 Frankfort 100,000 Weimar 100,000 Breslau 100,000 Erlangen 100,000 Padua 100,000 Table VIII. Universities. Europe contains about 60 Catholic universities ; 30 Protestant, and 6 of the Greek church. The following are some of the principal Protestant universities. Upsal Copenhagen Oxford Cambridge Edinburgh Glasgow Sweden. Denmark. England. Scotland. Dublin Leyden, Utrecht, Gottingen, Halle, Jena, Leipsic, Heidelberg, Marburg, Tubingen, Berlin Ireland. Holland. Germany, The following are some of the principal Cathaiia universities. Paris Vienna Prague Frey burgh Landshut France. > Germany. Louvain Salamanca Padua, Pavia, Bologna, Pisa, Turin, Parma Netherlands, Spain. Italy. 200 ASIA. Table IX. The inhabitants of Europe classed according- to their race or descent. Pohs^ \ I, Sola- f 'hians^ r 1. Roman nations, comprising- the French^ Italians^ ) Spaniards^ Portuguese^ and Walachians \ 2. Teutonic or German nations, consisting^ of the Germans^ Dutch^ Walloons^ English^ Danes, Norwegians, and Suedes 3. Sclavonian nations, comprising- the Russians, Pohs, Lithuanians, Livonians,Wendish,Tschecktn, vonians, Croats, Rasciam, Servians, Morlachians, Bosnians, &c. 4. Caledonians or Celts 5. Tartars, comprising the Turks and Bulgarians 6. Magg^arians, Magyars, or Hungarians 7. Greeks 8. Finnish nations, FirUanders and Esthomans 9. Kimri or Low Bretons 10. Jews 11. Basques 12. Gypsies 13. Arnauts 14. Armenians 15. Maltese 66,600,000 55,000,000 45,200,000 3,518,000 3,500,000 3,100,000 2,022,000 1,761,000 1,610,000 1,780,000 622,000 313,000 294,000 132,000 88,000 JVo/e. The languages spoken by the first class, viz. the French, Ital- ians, Spanish, and Portuguese, are derived from the ancient Latin. Those spoken by the second class, viz. the Oerman, Dutch, English, Danish, J\''orwegian, and Swedish, are derived from the Teutonic ; and those spoken by the third class, viz. the Russian, Polish, Bohemian, Wendish^ &c. are derived from the Sclavonic. ASIA. Table I. Population and extent of some of the principal countries of Asia. Pop. Population. Sq. miles. to sq. m. Chief cities. China Proper 160,000,000 1,300,000 123 Pekin Hindoostan 100,000,000 1,350,000 74 Calcutta Farther India 30,000,000 800,000 37i Ummerapoora Japan 20,000,000 182,000 109 Jeddo Persia 15,000,000 500,000 30 Ispahan Turkey in Asia 10,000,000 500,000 20 Aleppo Russia in Asia 10,000,000 6,000,000 n Astrachan Arabia 10,000,000 1,000,000 10 Mecca J^ote. The population of Asia is very uncertain, and is variously esti- mated from 240 to 600 millions. Some state the population of China at AFRICA. 201 333,000,000. In the table the population of Chinese Tartary, Indepen* dent Tartary, &c., and of most of the Asiatic islands, is not included Table II. PopukUion of some of the principal cities of Asia, Cities. Pekin Nankin Canton Pop. 2,000,000 1,500,000 1,000,000 Cities. Jeddo Calcutta Benares Pop. 1,000,000 650,000 580,000 Cities. Surat Madras Aleppo Pop^ 500,000 300,000 250,000 J^ote. The population of most of the large cities of Asia has never been correctly ascertained. The estimates of travellers arc uncertain, and often exaggerated. Some state the population of Pekin at 3 mil lions, but others think it less populous than London. AFRICA. Table 1. Population and extent of some of the countries of Africa. Country. >> ^ ( Morocco e 2 ^Algiers '11 ) Tunis f§^ (Tripoli Egypt Abyssinia Population. 5,000,000 2,000,000 1,500,000 1,500,000 2,500,000 2,000,000 Sq. miles. 290,000 90,000 72,000 180,000 120,000 450,000 Pop. to sq. m. 17 22 21 78 21 4i Capitals, Morocco Algiers Tunis Tripoli Cairo Gondar Table II. Population of some of the ciiiefi of Africa. Cities. Cairo Algiers Tunis Fez Pop. 300,000 120,000 120,000 100,000 Cities. Constantina Gondar Morocco Tripoli Pop. 100,000 50,000 50,000 25,000 JVo8 Erie 230 Lakes of Europe. Ontario Champlain 190 128 liadoga Onega 140 130 Wenner 80 Wetter 70 Geneva Constance 46 35 Caspian 650 Inland Seas of Asia,. Baikal 360 Aral 250 TABULAR VIEWS OF THE EARTH. 207 Table XI. Showing the principal exports of various countries. Countries. J^ew Britain and Korth West Coast Canada^ J^ova Scotia, JV*. Brunswick J^Tewfoundland Hew England Middle States Southern States Mexico Bay of Honduras West Indies South America Sweden and JSTorway Russia Germany Great Britain Ireland J^etherlands France Spain and Portugal Italy Turkey Arabia Persia Hindoostan Asiatic Islands China Japan Barbary States Egypt Central, Eastern, Sf Western Africa Medeira Island Exports V Furs, peltry ( Timber, fish, furs, grain, pot and pearl ashes. Cod-fish, Timber, beef, pork, fish, pot and pearl ashes. Flour. Cotton, also rice and tobacco. Gold and silver. Logwood and mahogany. Sugar, rum, molasses, coffee. C Gold and silver ; also sugar, coffee, cocoa, •? cotton, hides, beef, tallow, copper ; like- ^ wise diamonds from Brazil. Iron, copper, timber, furs. Hemp, iron, linen, timber, furs, tallow. Linens, grain, manufactures. < Various manufactures, woollens, cottons, lin- \ ens, hardware, earthen ware, &c. Linens and provisions. Manufactures of linen, wool, &c. Silks, woollens, linens, wine, brandy. Silks, wool, wine, oil, fruits, salt. Silks, grain, wine, oil, fruits, marble. S Carpets, leather, grain, fruits, cotton, wine, \ oil. Coffee, gum-arabic, myrrh, frankincense. Carpets, wine, silk, Cotton goods, silk, rice, indigo, saltpetre, &c. < Pepper, cloves, nutmegs, camphor, coffee, ( ginger, cinnamon. Tea, silk, nankins, porcelain. Silks, cottons, Japan ware, porcelain. ^ Leather, gums, fruits, wax, ostrich feathers, \ hides. Grain, fruits. < Slaves, gold, ivory. Wine. Table XII. Showing the number of ships of the line of the princi pal navies in the world. Great Britain 250 France 68 Spain 42 Russia 32 Netherlands Turkey Sweden United States 20 18 15 9 Portugal 8 Denmark 3 Naples 3 fX)8 TABULAR VIEWS OF THE EARTH. JVbfe 1. Ships o^ the line carry as many as 74 guns. These na vies contain also many frigates and smaller vessels, but their com- parative strength is nearly in proportion to the number of the ships of the line. The navy of Great Britain is superior to all the other navies of the world taken together. J^ote 2. All the principal navies of the world belong to Europe. The navy of the United States is the principal one in America, and the small navy of Algiers is the principal one in Africa. The Asiatic nations have fto navies of importance. Table XIII. Language. Number of the different languages and dialects spoken on the globe, according to Adelung, as far as known. In America ... - 1,214 — Europe - - - - - - 545 — Asia and the South sea islands - - 991 — Africa - - . . - 276 Total number of languages. 3,026 J>fote. The languages most extensively spoken in Europe are di- vided into 3 classes: 1. Those derived from the Latin, viz. the French^ Italian, Spanish^ and Portuguese^ spoken by more than 60 millions : 2. Teutonic languages, viz. the German^ Dutch, English, Danish, Swedish, and JsTorwegian, spoken by upwards of 50 millions : 3. The Sclavonic languages, viz. the Russian, Polish, &c., spoken by more than 40 millions. Table XIV. Human Life. It is computed that the number of deaths throughout the globe, in proportion to the number of inhabitants, is nearly as 1 to 33 ; or that the number of deaths in 33 years is equal to the whole number of inhabitants. If we compute the population of the earth at 700 millions, and the number of births in proportion to the number of inhabitants as 1 to 29i, and deaths as 1 to 33, we shall have the fol- lowing results nearly : Births. Deaths. In a year 23,729,000 21,212,000 In a day 65,000 58,000 In an hour 2,700 2,400 In a minute 45 40 JVofe. 1. According to this calculation, the total annual increase of the population of the globe, were it not checked by war and epi- demics, would amount to 2,517,000. J^^ote 2. It is computed that tlie proportion of male children, born m Europe, is to that of female, as 21 to 20, or 26 to 25 • the mor- TABULAR VIEWS OF THE EARTH. 209 tality is also greater among" male children, computed in the propor- tion of nearly as 27 to 26 : hence it follows, that at the age of 15 years, the equality in numbers between the sexes is nearlj^ establish ed. Afterwards war and other causes of the destruction of human life, which fall most heavily on the males, occasion the difference to be reversed, and the females to out-number the males. J^ote 3. Such are the frailty and uncertainty of human life, that nearly one quarter of those who are born, die the first jear, as many as one third the first 3 years , and only about one in ten ar- rives at the age of 70 years. Table XV. Showing what proportion the number of births, deaths^ and marriages, in one year, in several countries, bears to the number of inhabitants. Nurriber of persons to one Birth, Death, Marriage* Russia 26 58 92 Sweden 30 39 Norway 35 49 130 Prussia 20 32 England 33 49 120 Wales 37 60 136 France 25 30 110 Mexico 17 30 London 201 Vienna 15 to 20 Boston and Philadelphia 40 Agricultural townships in New Engbad 80 JVb/e 1. The above statements have been derived from goodauthoi- ities. Some of them, however, have not been formed from such data, that they can be safely considered as the general average for a succes- sion of years. JVb^e 2. Dr. Price estimated the mortality of London as 1 to 20f and that of large cities generally, as 1 to 19 or 1 to 22 or 23. But since the time of Dr. Price, their mortality has been, in a degree, diminished by some modern improvements, and particularly by the introduction of vac- cination. Note 3. The proportion of deaths to the number of inhabitants, is much less in agricultural districts, than in the crowded population of cities. Note 4. From the table it appears that the mortality of the town- ships in New England is much smaller than in European countries. The statement in the table is the annual average of 40 townships in New Hampshire and Massachusetts, the observations of all of them be:ng continued for several years, and of some of them for 30 or 40 years. Note 5. With regard to Boston and Philadelphia, the average of 5 years was taken relating to the former, and of 7 years with respect to the latter. Note, 6. In every country the annual number of births exceeds that of deaths, unless the country suffers from war or epidemics. 18* 210 TABULAR VIEWS OF THE EARTH J^ote 7. If we suppose the population of England to be 11,261,000, and the births and deaths in the proportions stated in the table, the an- nual number of births will be 241,242, deaths 229,816 ; annual increase 111,426. The annual increase of Europe is estimated at upwards of 1,000,000 Table XVI. Extent and -population of the globe, with the populalior to a square mile. Sg. m. Pofulaiton. Pop. to sq. m. America 15,500,000 35,000,000 2 Europe 3,250,000 192,000,000 90 Asia 15,250,000 400,000,000 «6 Africa 11,000,000 50,000,000 4i Australasia, &c. 4,500,000 3,000,000 Total 49,500,000 680,000,000 Sq. miles. Land on the globe about 50,000,000 Water 148,000,000 Total surface 198,000,000 J^ote. The amount of the population of the globe is uncertain ; some estimate it upwards of 1,000,000,000, and some reduce it to less than half that number. Table XVII. The numbers attached to the different religions Pagans - - 320,000,000 Christians - - 235,000,000 Mahometans - - 120,000,000 Jews - - - 5,000,000 Total 680,000,000 J^ote. 1. Christians are distributed into three general divisiong, Roman Catholics, Protestants, and the Greek Church. There are also Eutychian Christians, who are found in Armenia, and some other parts of Asia, likewise in Abyssinia and Egypt. — The chief divisions are estimated in the following proportion : Roman Catholics - 125,000,000 Protestants - - 60,000,000 Greek Church, &c. - 50,000,000 J^ote 2. From this view, it appears that nearly one half of the mhabitants of the globe, are still in the darkness of Paganism; more than one sixth in the delusions of Mahometanism ; and but a little more than one third enjoy, in any considerable degree, the light of the Gospel. TABULAR VIEWS OF THE EARTH. 211 Table XVIII. Exhibiting a view of the Protestant societies en- gag-ed in supporting missions to the heathen, with the date of their establishment. Country, Ytar. Corporation for the propagation of the Gospel ) Eng-land 1649 in New England, &c. S Society for promoting Christian knowledge Society for propagating the Gospel Danish Mission College Moravian Missionary Society Wesleyan Missionary Society Baptist Missionary Society London Missionary Society Scottish Missionary Society Church Missionary Society Society for conversion of Jews American Board for Foreign Missions Baptist Board for Foreign Missions United Foreign Missionary Society JVb/e 1. These societies support about 500 missionaries, of whom about 200 are in jisia^ 70 in ^Africa^ 100 in the West Indies and Guiana^ 100 in North America^ and 30 in the islands of the Pacific ocean. Note 2. Among the institutions by which the present age is so hon- ourably distinguished, Bible Societies hold an important place. The British, and Foreign Bible Society^ the parent institution, was established in 1804, and has aided in translating or printing parts of the bible in 140 languages or dialects. Since its institution about 2,000 other bible so- cieties have been established in various parts of the world. Note 3. Among the other benevolent institutions which have been formed within a few years, are societies for disseminating religious tracts^ for educating indigent and pious young men^ for supporting Sunday schools, for promoting peace, and for colonising and civilizing the negroes do. 1698 do. 1701 Denmark 1715 Germany 1732 England 1786 do. 1792 do. 1795 Scotland 1796 England 1799 do. 1809 United States 1810 do. 1814 do. 1817 212 QUESTIONS ON THE QUESTIONS ON THE TABULAR VIEWS. The above tables being- mostly formed on a graduated scale, pre- sent to the eye a comparative view of the matters contained in each. This form will render their use easy both to the instructer and the pupil. A few questions are here inserted in order to facilitate the use of the tables. Their numbers might be increased, but it is deemed unnecessary, as the teacher will find it easy to frame others, and to examine his pupils on the tables with as much particularity as he may think proper, without confining himself to the questions inserted in tbc book. AMERICA. Table I. 1. What is the population of North America ? 2. Of South America ? 3. The West Indies ? 4. The whole of Ameri- ca ? 5. Greenland ? 6. The British possessions ? 7. The United States? 8. Mexico? 9. Guatimala ? 10. Colombia, &c. ? 11 What number of square miles does the teiritory ot the United States comprise ? 12. Mexico ? Table H. 1. Which is the most populous city in America? 2. Which next ? 3. What cities in America have as many as 100,000 inhabitants? 4. What cities have between 50,000 and 100,000 ? 5. What is the population of Philadelphia ? 6. Boston ? 7. Que- bec ? 8. Quito ? 9. Havannah ? UNITED STATES. Table I. 1. Into what 4 parts are the United States divided? 2. How many square miles are in the Eastern States ? 3. The Mid- dle States ? 4. The Southern States ? 5. The Western States ? 6. What is the population of the Eastern States ? 7. The Middle States ? 8. The Southern States ? 9. The Western States ? 10. How many slaves are there in the Eastern States? 11. The Mid- dle States? 12. The Southern States? 13. The Western States? 14. W^hich of the 4 divisions of the states increased most from 1800 to 1 820 ? 1 5. Which next ? Table II. 1. At what rate per cent in 10 years, from 1810 to 1820, did the Eastern States increase ? 2. The Middle States ? 3. TABULAR VIEWS. 213 The Southern States ? 4. The Western States ? 5. The total pop- ulation ? 6. The total of the slaves ? 7. In how many years would the population of the Eastern States, at the same rate of increase, double? 8. The Middle States? 9. The Southern States? 10. The Western States? 11. Which increases the fastest, the total population or the slaves ? 12. Which increases fastest in the South- ern states, the slaves, or the whole population of those states ? Table III. 1. What was the population of the United States in 1790? 2. What in 1820? 3. How many slaves in 1790? 4. In 1820 ? 5. At what rate per cent, did the United States increase from 1790 to 1800 ? 6. From 1800 to 1810 ? 7. From 1810 to 1820? 8. At what rate did the slaves increase from 1790 to 1800 ? 9. From 1800 to 1810 ? 10. From 1810 to 1820 ? Table IV. 1. What will the population of the United States amount to in 1830, at the same ratio of increase as from 1810 to 1820? 2. In 1850? 3. In 1900? Table V. 1. Which are the most numerous, the males or the females ? 2. In what proportion do the males exceed the females, in the whole population ? 3. At what rate in some of the newly settled states ? 4. Which are the most numerous in some of the oldest states, and also in the larg-e towns ? Tables VI. & VII. 1. Which 5 states rank first in number em- ployed in agriculture ? 2. Which 5 in manufactures ? 3. Which 5 in commerce ? 4. Which 5 in number of slaves ? 5. Which 5 states have no slaves ? Table VIII. 1. Which were the thirteen orig-inal states? 2. lOr what order have the 1 1 new states been admitted ? Tables IX., X., XL, XII., & XIII. 1. Which 3 states rank first with reg-ard to extent, or number of square miles ? 2. Which 3 with regard to population ? 3. Which 3 are the most thickly in- habited, or have the most inhabitants to a square mile ? 4. Which 3 rank first in number of representatives ? 5. Which in rapid in- crease ? 6. Which three rank lowest in extent ? &c. Table XIV. 1. Which 2 rivers are navig-able more than 2,000 miles ? 2. How far is the Penobscot navigable ? 3. And to what place ? 4. The Kennebec ? &c. Table XV. 1. What are the highest mountains within the ter- ritory of the United States ? 2. What is the height of the Rocky mountains ? 3. The White mountains ? Table XVI. 1. What is the mean heat at Brunswick ? 2. Cam- bridge? 3. St. Louis? 4. What is the greatest cold at Brunswick? 5. Cambridge ? 6. St. Louis ? 7. Charleston ? Tables XVII., XVIII., XIX., & XX. 1. Which states rank first in exports ? 2. In shipping? 3. In revenue? 4. In manufactures ? Table XXI. 1. To what country is the greatest quantity of the exports carried ? 2. To what other countries are the exports carried * Table XXII. 1. How many millions of the exports, in 1822, con- sisted of domestic materials? 2. How many of foreign? 3. Hoi? many of the produce of agriculture ? 4. Of manufactures ? Table XXIII. 1. What article of export is first in importaoce' 2. What second ? 3. Third ? 4. Fourth ? 214 QUESTIONS ON THE Table XXIV. 1. How many millions of revenue were received into the treasury frjm 1789 to 1815? 2. How many millions were derived from customs ? 3. How many millions have been expended m the military department? 4. The naval department? 5. The civil list ? Table XXV. 1. What did the public debt amount to in 1791 ? 2. In 1812? 3. In 1816? 4. In 1824? Table XXVI. 1. How many post offices were there in 1790 ? 2. In 1800? 3. In 1823? Table XXVII. 1. Which is the most populous city ? 2. Which next ? Table XXVIII. 1. Which port has the most shipping ? 2. Which next? Table XXIX. 1. What are the principal denominations of Chris- tians in the United States ? 2. How many cong-regations of Bap- tists ? 3. Methodists ? 4. Presbyterians ? &c. 5. Where are the Congregationalists chiefly found? 6. The Presbyterians'* 7. The Catholics? &c. Table XXX. 1. Which are the oldest colleges ? 2. Which have the most professors ? 3. Which the most students ? 4. Which the largest libraries ? Table XXXI. 1. What is the largest library in the United States ? 2. What libraries have upwards of 10,000 volumes ? EUROPE. Table I. 1. In what countries of Europe does the Lutheran oi Protestant religion prevail? 2. The Catholic? 3. The Greek church ? 4. Mahometanism ? 5. Which are Protestant and Catho- lic ? 6. What is the prevailing government of Europe ? 7. What the government of Switzerland ? 8. Turkey ? 9. Under which of the European monarchies do the subjects enjoy the most freedom ? 10. In what countries are the peasantry bought and sold with the land ? Table II. 1. Which states in Europe have the greatest popula tion ? 2. Which are of greatest extent, or have the greatest num- ber of square miles ? 3. Which are the most thickly inhabited, or have the greatest number of people to a square mile ? 4. What countries in Europe have a less dense population than Massachu- setts ? (that is, less than 70 to a square mile.) 5. What is the popu- lation of Russia ? 6. France ? 7. Austria ? &c. Table III. 1. What country belongs to Sweden ? 2. Which is the most thinly inhabited, Sweden or Norway ? 3. What large island belongs to Denmark ? 4. Which is the largest, Iceland or Denmark &c. ? 5. How many inhabitants in Iceland to a square mile ? 6. What countries form the British empire ? 7. Which is the most important part ? 8. Which the most thickly inhabited •• 9. Which the least? 10. How does Scotland compare with Massa- to a square mile ? 1 1. What territories TABULAR VIEWS. 215 compose the empire of Austria ? 12. Which part contains the greatest population ? 13. Which part is the most thickly inhabit- .d? 14. Which the least so? 15. What are the Sardinian territo- ries ? 16. Which is the most important part? 17. Of what is Na- ples or the kingdom of the Two Sicilies composed ? 18. Which is the most populous, Naples or Sicily ? Table IV. 1. Which of the states of Europe have the greatest revenue? 2. Which the largest public debt ? 3. Which the great- est army ? 4. What is the revenue of Great Britain ? 5. France ? &c. 6. What is the debt of Great Britain ? 7. France ? &c. Table V. 1. Which are the most populous cities in Europe ? 2. Which have more than 200,000 inhabitants ? Table VI. 1. What is the total population of the foreign pos- sessions of Great Britain ? 2. Spain ? 3. Portugal ? 4. Nether- lands ? 5. France ? 6. Denmark ? 7. Sweden ? 8. What foreign possessions has Great Britain in Europe ? 9. In N. America ? 10. In the West Indies? 11. In S- America? 12. In Africa ? 13. in Asia? 14. What possessions has Spain in the West Indies? 15. In Africa? 16. In Asia? 17. What formerly in America? 18. What are the foreign possessions of Portugal ? 19. Netherlands ? 20. France? 21 Denmark? 22. Sweden? Table VII. 1. What are some of the principal libraries in Eu- rope ? 2. How many volumes in the Vatican library ? &c. Table VIII. 1. How many Catholic universities in Europe? 2. How many Protestant? 3. Which are some of the principal Protestant universities ? 4. Which are some of the principal Cath- olic universities ? Table IX. 1. What do the Roman nations comprise? 2. The Teutonic or German nations ? 3. The Sclavonic nations ? 4. What is the population of the Roman nations ? 5. The German nations ? 6. The Sclavonic nations ? 7. What do the Tartars comprise ? ASIA. Table I. 1. What countries in Asia contain the greatest j'opu lation ? 2. What is the population of China ? 3. Hindoostan ? &c. 4. What country has the most inhabitants to a square mile ? Table II. 1. Which are the most populous cities of Asia ? 2 What is the estimated population of Pekin ? &c. AFRICA. Table I. 1. What is the population of Morocco ? 2. Allien 8. Tunis? 4. Tripoli? 5. Egypt? 6. Abyssinia? Table II. 1. What is the population of Cairo ? 2. Algiers ? &c 216 QUESTIONS ON THE I THE EARTH • Table I. 1. What is the mean temperature at the equator, or* in Lat. 0° ? 2. What is the height of perpetual congelation at the] equator ? 3. What in Lat 40° ? 4. What in 80° ? J Table II. 1. Which is farthest north, Quehec or Paris? 2,^ Which has the warmer or higher temperature ? 3. Which is far- : thest north, Rome or Philadelphia ? 4. Which has the warmer tem- ^ perature ? ^ Table III. 1. What is the highest mountain in America? 2.. ^ What is its height ? 3. What is the highest volcano ? 4. What isl! the highest mountain in N. America ? 5. In the U. States ? 6. In , the Eastern States ? 7. Which is the highest of the Green Moun- tains ? ; Table IV. 1. Which is the highest mountain in Europe ? 2. * What is its height ? 3. Which is the highest of the Pyrenees ? 4 * Of the Apennines ? 5. Carpathians ? 6. Dofrefield ? 7. What , is the height of Mont Perdu ? 8. Parnassus ? 9. Olympus ? 10. Hecla? 11. Ben Nevis? 12. Vesuvius? i Table V. 1. Which is the highest mountain on the globe ? 2 i What is its height ? 3. Which is the highest of the Caucasian i mountains ? 4. How high is it ? 5. What is the height of Leba- j non ? 6. Ararat ? 7. Hermon ? j Table VI. 1. What is the height of Atlas ? 2. Teneriffe ? 3 Pico ? i Table VII. 1. What is the highest inhabited spot on the globe ? | 2. How high is it? 3. What is the height of Guanca Velica? 4. \ Quito ? 5. Mexico ? 6. What is the highest inhabited spot in Eu- : rope ? I Table VIIL 1. What are some of the highest edifices in Europe ? ■ 2. What is the height of the highest of the pyramids ? i Table IX. 1. Which are the longest rivers in America ? 2. j Europe ? 3. Asia ? 4. Which are the two longest in America ? j Table X. 1. What are the principal lakes in America ? 2. Eu- ' rope ? 3. Asia ? 4. What is the length of lake Superior ? | Table XI. 1. What are the exports of New Britain and the ; North- West Coast of America ? 2. Newfoundland ? &c. Table XII. 1. What are the principal navies in the world ? 2. \ How many ships of the line are there in the English navy ? 3. - What is the principal navy in America ? 4. In Africa ? ■ Table XIII. 1. How many languages are spoken in America? ' 2. Europe ? 3. Asia ? 4. Africa ? 5. What languages are derived i from the Latin ? 6. By how many people are they spoken ? 7. . What are the Teutonic languages ? 8. The Sclavonic ? Table XIV. 1. What is the proportion of deaths in a year to j the number of inhabitants on the globe ? 2. In how many years .; will the number of deaths be equal to the number of inhabitants i TABULAR VIEWS. 217 now on the globe ? 3. How many persons die in a day i 4. In an hour? 5. Which are most numerous, the births or deaths? 6. Which are most numerous, males or females ? 7. What proportion live only about 3 years ? 8. What proportion arrive at the age of 70? Table XV. 1. What is the proportion in England between the number of inhabitants and the number that die annually ? 2. Lon- don ? 3. In Boston and Philadelphia "^ 4. In agricultural townships in New England ? Table XVI. 1. Which two quarters of the globe have the greatest number of square miles ? 2. Which has the greatest population ? 3. What is the estimated population of Asia? 4. Europe? 5. Af- rica ? 6. America ? 7. Australasia ? 8. The globe ? 9. How many square miles of land ? 10. How many of water ? Table XVIT. 1. How many of the inhabitants of the globe are Pagans? 2. How many Christians? 3. Mahometans? 4. Jews? 5. How many of the Christians are Roman Catholics ? 6. How many are Protestants ? 7. How many of the Greek church ? Table XVIII. 1. In- what countries are there Protestant mis- sionary societies ? 2. How many missionaries are supported by them ? 3. How many in Asia ? 4. Africa ? &c. 5. When was ih.e British and Foreign Bible Society instituted? 6. Into how inaiy languages has it aided in translating and printing the bible ? 19 ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. The knowledg-e of g-eography possessed by the ancients, was con fined chiefly to Europe, the south-western part of Asia^ and the northern and eastern parts of Africa, They had little knowledge of the countries in Europe north of Germany. In Asia they knew little of the countries north of the Euxine and Caspian seas, and east of the Ganges. In Africa they knevv^ little beyond Lat. 10. N. America was entirely unknown. The countries with which sacred and geaeral literature is mostly connected, are Egypt^ Palestine, Greece, Italy, and Asia Minor. Comparative View of Ancient and Modern Geography. The following view exhibits the names of the principal countries in ancient geography, together with the corresponding modern names. EUROPE. Ancient. Scandinavia Cimbria European Sarmatia Germano-Sarmatia Britannia Caledonia Hibernia Gallia or Gaul Belgica Celtica or Gallia ) Lugdunensis ^ Aquitania Gallia Narbonensis 19* Modern. Sweden and J^orway Jutland I Russia in Europe and part of Po^ land Part of Russia, of Poland, and Prussia Great Britain Scotland Ireland Holland, JVetherlands, the N. of France, and the W. part of Germany Central part of France South-west part of France South-east part of France ASIA. Ancient, Germany He'vetia Rhsetia Koricura Vindehcia PaDnoQia Dacia McBsia Thrace Illyricum Hispania or Spain Modem. Germany north of the Danube Switzerland Tyrol^ part of Bavaria, and of Switzerland Part of Bavaria and of Austria Swabia < Part of Austria^ of Hungary ^ and of Sda- \ vonia S Transylvania, Walachia, Moldavia, Bes- \ sarabia, and part of Hungary Bulgaria and part of Servia Romania K Part of Croatia, Bosnia, Sclavonia, and \ Dalmatixi Tarraconensis North part of Spain Boetica South part of Spain Lusitania Portugal Italy. Ancient divisions. Cisalpine Gaul ''Etniria Picenum, part ) Umbria, of Latium, &c. Sainniiim, Apulia, Cam- pania, Lucania, part of Latium, Bruttium Italy. Modern Divisions. C Savoy, Piedmont, Genoa, Lombar \ dy or Austrian Italy Tuscany and Dacca States of the Church Kaples Greece. Macedonia £pirus Thessaly Greece Proper Peloponnesus South Part of Turkey in Europe. Macedonia Albania Thessaly or Joannina Livadia Morea ASIA. indent. Modem, Turkey in Asia. 'Misia, Lydia, TEolia, Tonia, o Caria, Phry^ia, J^atolia a Bithynia, Galatia, i . Paphlag-onia, Lycia, _ Pamphylia, Pisidia, ', Cilicia, Lycaonia, Cappadocia <■ Caramania \ Pontus Sivas, &c AFRICA. %iSl ■\ Ancient. Syria, Palmyrenc, Phoenicia, Judca, Samaria, Galilee Armenia , Mesopotamia Assyria Babylonia or Chaldea Arabia. Syria Modem. Alejypo I Dama.^cus I Tripoli AtT". Armenia Diarhekir, &c. Curdistan Bagdad Arabia. Pachahcsof Asiatic Turkey Arabia Petrasa Arabia Deserta Arabia Felix Arabia Petrcea Arabia Deserta Arabia Felix Persia. Persia. Media Parthia Hyrcania Susiana Persis Bactria Sogdiana Drangiana Adirbeitzan, &c. Irak Agemi < Part of Chorasan and Maxande- \ ran Chusistan, Farsistan Cabvlistan S Part of Great Bukharia and ©f \ Charasm Segestan Russia ii* Asia. Colchis, Iberia, and Albania Asiatic Sarmatia Scythia NW. of the Imaus Georgia^ Mingrelia^ Imirctta^ Da- ghesian^ and part of Circassia Astrachan^ &c. Siberia, Tariary, &c AFRICA. Libya Africa Pi ope - Numidia Mauritania Goetuiia iBtbiopia Egypt Barca Tripoli and part of Tunis Part of Tunis and of Algiers Morocco and part of Algiers Biledulgerid J^ubia, Abyssinia^ AbeXf &c. 224 GAUL. EUROPE. ! \ Almost all the countries of Europe, with the exception of Greece ^ and Italy, were :n ancient times in a state of barbarism. A great part of the inhabitants lived a wandering and unsettled life, and i built few larg-e cities. j BRITAL^^. ; j Britain was also anciently called Albion, probably on account of ; its white chalky cliffs on the south-eastern coast. The northern part ] was called Caledonia, now Scotland. Ireland was called Hybtrnia ! and I erne. ; Little is known of it before its conquest by the Romans, about 55 \ years before the Christian era. It was then inhabited by the BHU ■ ons, who were a barbarous people, a tribe of the Gauls or Cellos. J Their priests were styled Druids, j Britain, after it became a Roman province, was formed into 5 di- i visions. A g-reat part of it was afterwards conquered by the Saxons ' and Angli, who divided it into seven king-doms, called the Saxon ] Heptarchy. The Scots and Picts were the principal tribes of Cale ] donia. I Towns. Among- the towns of ancient note were Londinum, Cam- j elodumim, Rliidupce, Portus Dubris, Eboracvm^ and Lvguvalluni \ When invaded by the Romans, Britain had no large towns. 1 The Romans constructed a number of public roads and other great ! works, the remains of which are still visible. The greatest of these 1 works was Hadrian''s wall, which was built by Hadrian from New- ^ castle to Carlisle, 68 miles, to protect the Britons from the incur- j sions of the Caledonians. ^ GAUL. ; I Gavl, called by the Romans Gallia Transalpina, and by the \ Greeks Galatia, comprehended France, Netherlands, Holland, Swit- ; zerland, and part of Germany. | Divisions. It was originally divided among three great nations, j the BelgcE, Cello:, and Aquitani ; of these the Celtac were the most ] considerable. \ Principal rivers, with the ancient and modem nam£s. . ' Ancient. Modern. Ancient. Modem. \ Rhodanus Rhone Rhenus Rhine Liger Loire Mossella Moselle '. Sequana Seine Mosa Meuse \ Garumna Garonne Scaldis Scheldt j Under the Romans it was divided into the following 4 great prov j GERMANY. S^ inces. In later ages these provinces were styled the Four Gauls and were subdivided into 17 others. Provinces. Chief iovons, x> \ ' S Augusta, Colonia Agrippina, Lugdunum ^ ^'^^ \ Batavorum, Divodurnm, Vciodunura. Gallia Lugdunensis, > Lugdunum, Lutetia, Bibracte, or Celtica J Agidincum. Aquitania Burdigala, Avaricum, Limonum, Alesia. GaiJia Narbonensis, ) Vienna, Massiiia, Aquae Sextiae, Nemau- or Provincia \ sus, Tolosa, Narbo, Arclate. Several interesting remains of Roman antiquities are still to be seen in France, among whicn are the celebrated amphitheatre of Nemausus, (now JSlsmes.) and the Pont du Gard, an aqueduct bridge across the river Gard. The ancient Gauls were warlike, barbarous, and superstitious. They offered human victims in sacrifice, and Iheir priests, styled Druidsy were possessed of great power. GERMANY. Extent. Ancient Germany extended from the Rhine to the Vis- tula, and from the Baltic to the Danube. Divisions. It was divided among three principal nations, the Suevi in the north ; the Htrmiones in the south ; and the IstcBvones in the west. Besides these there were various others, as the Findili or Vandals^ the Frisii or Prisons^ the Frond or Franks^ the Alemanni, the Saxons, the Angli, &c. The principal rivers were the Ister^ now Danube, the Alhis, now Elbe, the Visiirgis, now Wese^, the Viadrus, now Oder., and the J\f(snus, now Maine. A large part of Germany was anciently cov- ered by the Hercynian forest, whicii was of great extent, and in' eluded part of Switzerland and Transylvania. The Thuringian forest now embraces a small part of it. ^ The aucient Germans were warlike, rude, illiterate, and supersti tious. Countries south of the Danube. Towns. Hhaetia Brigantia, Curia. Vendelicia Augusta Vindclicorum. Noricum Boiodurum, LauriacuiiL Pannonia 5 Sirmium, Carnuntum, } Vindebona. niyricum ^ i^^V"""!-^ ?"?* o . •' ( Dalraatia Epidaurus, Scodra. Moesia and Dacia 5 Vimincum, Sardica, Marcianopo- ) lis, Singiduuum, Naissus. 226 ITALY. 1 THRACE. ■ Thrace, though a barbarous couotry in the interior, had many j Greek colonies on its coast. Towns. Among- the towns were Byzantium^ Adrianopolisy Philip'l popolis, Trajanopolis^ Abdera^ CallipoUs, and Sestos. Byzanliitm was fixed on by Constantine the Great as the seat of ; the Roman empire A. D. 330, and 'from him called Constantinople.'] Sestos stood on the western shore of the Hellespont, opposite to; Ahydos on the eastern ; famous for the loves of Leander and Hero, ! and also for the bridge of boats built here by Xerxes. • SPAIN. i A'awe. Spain, in Latin Hispania^ was also called Iberia^ and| Hesperia or Htsperia Ultima. Divisions. Spain was originally divided into two provinces, His'l pania Citerior, or Hither Spain, and Hispania Ulterior^ or Farther J Spain. It was afterwards divided into three parts, Tarraconensis, ' BcEtica, and Lusitania. The last embraced the country now called ] Portugal. ■ Tarraconensis Baetica Provinces. Towns. { Tarraco, Tlerda, Sagimtum, Numantia,*^ \ Caesar- Augusta, Calagurris, Segovia. ! { Corduba, Hispalis, Malaca, Italica, \ \ Gades, Carthago Nova. \ Lusitania Olisippo, Conimbriga, Calle. \ Rivers. The Tagus^ Ihei^us^ now Ebro, T>urius, now Duero, ■ Bastis, now Guadalquivir, and Anas, now Guadiana. j Towns. Tarraco, now Tarragona, the capital of Tarraconensis, j was oace a very large and populous city. It has now but few re- i mains of its ancient grandeur. i Saguntiwi, now J^forr>iedro, is famous for a siege by Hannibal, B. '; C. 219, which was the cause of the second Punic war. ' J^umantia, whose ruins are near the town of Soria, is remarkable ' for a desperate resistance against the Romans during a siege of 14 \ years. i Calaguris, now Cdluhorra, is remarkable for a tremendous siege ; Corduba, as the birthplace of the two Senecas and Lucan ; Italica i as that of Trajan; Bilhilis of Martial. Jifount Calpe, now the rock of Gibraltar, in Spain, and Abyla, 18 '. miles distant on the opposite shore in Africa, were celebrated among < the ancients as the Pillars of Hercules. ^ ITALY. j The country usually known by the name of Italy, was also called by the ancients Saturnia, Ausoma, CEnotria^ and Hesperia. ITALY 227 The northern part was styled Cisalpine Gaul, and the lemainder Italy Proper. At one period the southern part was called J\lagna Graria, but this name was not long- retained. Inhabitants. The inhabitants took the name of Romans from the chief city of Italy, and were for a lonjj time the most powerful peo- ple in ihe world. They were distinguished for their warlike achieve ments, and for their eminence in literature and the arts. Divisions, Lig-uria Taurini Insubres Cenomanni Euganei Veneti Histria Ligones Bari Divisions, Etruria XJmbria Picenum Latium Campania Samnium Apulia Calabria Lucania Bruttii Cisalpine Gaul. Towns. Genua, Monaecus. Augusta Taurinoram. Mediolanum, Ticinum. Brixia, Cremona, Mantua. Tridentum, Verona. Patavium, Aquileia. Tergeste. Ravenna. Bononia, Mutina, Parma, Placentia Italy Proper. Towns. Pisae, Florentia, Veii, Volatcrras. Ariminum, Interamna, Spoietium. Asculum, Ancona. Rome, Tibur, Tusculum, Ardea. Capua, Cumae, Neapolis, Nola. Beneventum, Caudium. Arpi, Canusium, Venusia, Sipontum. Brundusium, Tarentum, Hydruntum. Pfestum, Sybaris, Metapontum. Rheg-iura, Crotona, Scylacium. Ancient. J^erbanus Benacus Lakes, with the ancient and modern names. Modem. Ancient. Modem. Maggiore. Larius Como. Thrasymenus Garda. Perugia Rivers, with the ancient and modern names. Modem, Ancient. Modem, Po. Tiber Tiber. Adige. Vultumtts Volturno Arno. Aujidus Ofanto. The Rubicon, a small river which separated Cisalpine Gaul from Italy Proper, is famous for being- passed by Caesar, in violation of the authority of the Roman government, when he advanced to make himself niaster of the Roman empire. Ancient. Padanus Athesis Arnus 228 ITALY. j Patavium, now Padua^ a large town, was the birthplace of Livy [ Andes^ near Mantua, of Virgil ; Verona of Nepos, Catullus, au4; Pliny the elder; Imeramnaoi Tacitus; Sulmo of Ovid. "^ Aquiltia^ was, on account of its grandeur, called the second Romey • and was often the residence of the emperors. It is famous for anu obstinate resistance against Attila, king of the Huns. Ravenna was, for some time, the seat of the Western Empire, an^j had an excellent harbour. It is now greatl}- reduced, and the har-1 bour is so filled up that the town is left 3 miles from the sea. i Pisce^ now Pisa^ an ancient commercial city, was formerly very flourishing and powerful. ^ Rome, situated on the Tiber, 12 miles from its mouth, was built onfi seven hills, and founded 753 B. C. It was the capital of the Roman^ empire, the mistress of the world, and the seat of arts and arman) Ic was surrounded by walls, having 27 gates, and 644 towers. In thoj time of Trajan, when the Roman empire was the most extensive^ the city was 50 miles in circumference. Ostia, at the mouth of th«' Tiber, was the port of Rome. ' Tihur, now Tivoli, was famous for the villas in its vicinity ; TuH culuMy now Frascati, for the villa of Cicero ; Prceneste and AntiuTit^ (the latter capital of the Volsci,) for celebrated temples of fortune.; Ardea, the capital of the Rutuli, and Veii, capital of the Veientes,' were powerful cities. : Arpinum, now ArpinOy was the birthplace of Cicero and Marius |U Venusia of Horace. 1 Capua, the capital of Campania, was a luxurious city, and once sq^ opulent as to rival Rome. JsTeapolis, now N'aplts, first called Parthenope, from the name oij one of the syrens, said to have lived there, was the favourite resi'«^ deuce of Virgil ; and celebrated for its beautiful situation and bay ; CumcB for the residence of the Cumaean Sybil. ' Puteoli, now Pozzuoloy and Baice were famous for hot baths andj mineral waters. j Herculaneum and Pompeii are remarkable for having been over- Tvl.elmed in A. D. 79, by an eruption of Mount Vesuvius. \ Beneventum, now Benevento, is remarkable for its remains of an-; *cient sculpture ; Pcesfum anciently for roses, now for ruins ; Canncm for the fourth and greatest victory of Hannibal over the Romans j^ Crolona and Melapontum for the schools of Pythagoras ; Salemum^ now Salerno, for its medical school in the middle ages ; Matinum fori bees ; Venafrum for olives ; Falernum for vineyards ; Tarentumy now Tarenlo, for commerce ; Sybaris for the effeminacy of its in»^ habitants ; Brundusium, now Brindisi, for its excellent harbour, anc^ as the place of embarcation to Greece. Roads. The principal Roman roads were Via Appia, from Rom«fj to Brundusium; the Via Flaminia, from Rome to Ariminum; the; Via Aurelia, by the coast of Etruria, to Liguria and Gaul, near] Nice ; and the Via Claudia, which branched off from the Via Fla • minia, near Rome, and proceeding through the more inland part of Etruria, joined the Via Aurelia at Lucca. : ITALIAN ISLANDS. 220 ITALIAN ISLANDS. The Italian islands were Sicily^ Sardinia^ Corsica, Mehte, the »®o- H(in islands, and Ilva. Sicily, called also Sicania, the larg-est and most important isl?nd in the Mediterranean, was, on account of its fertility, esteemed i ne of the granaries of the Roman empire Mount Etna. This great volcano has been famous from he earliest ages. The ancients fabled that the giant Typhasus vas buried under Sicily, Pelorum and Pachinum being placed on ei-ck arm, Libybasum on his feet, and iEtnaon his head, and that the ear h- quakes and eruptions of the mountain were caused by his attempts to move. J\Iount Hybla, north of Syracuse, was famous for its honry. Each of the promontories of Sicily had a celebrated temple ; at Pelorum was that of Neptune ; at Pachinum that of Apollo ; near LilybcEum, on Mount Eryx, that of Venus. In the interior was the celebrated plain of Enna, from which Proserpine was carried away by Pluto, to the shades below. Scylla and Charybdis, ScyiJa is a formidable rock on the side of Italy ; and Charybdis, a whirlpool on tlie opposite coast of Sicily. The passage of the straits between these, was represented by the ancients as very formidable ; but in modern times the danger is tri- fling. Cities. Syracuse was a very opulent and powerful city, the me- tropolis of Sicily, and one of the most famous cities of antiquity, 22 miles in circumference. It fell into the hands of the Romans B. C. 212, after a siege of 3 years, memorable for the exploits of Archi- medes. Agrigentum, now Girgeiiti, famous for a most magnificent temple of Jupiter, is said to have contained 200,000 inhabitants. It now exhibits many venerable remains of ancient splendour. Lilyboiujn, now Marsala, was a strong town, famous for a siege of 10 years, which it sustained against the Romans in the first Punic war. Some ruins of temples and aqueducts now remain. The other considerable towns were Messana, Leontini, Gela, Drep' anum, Panormus, and Catana. Sardinia was called by the Greeks Tchnusa, from its fancied re semblance to the print of a foot. It was famous for its bitter herbs, and its unwholesome air. Calaris, now Cagliari, was the capital. — Corsica, called by the Greeks Cyrnos, was noted for its bitter honey. Melite, or Melita, now Malta^ is generally supposed to be the island on which St. Paul was wrecked on his journey to Rome. Some, however, suppose this took place at Melita, now Meleda, on the coast of lUyricum. — Malta has been famous in modern times as the residence of the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem. The JEolian or Vulcanian islands, now Lipari, were called J^olian from ^olus, the fabled god of the winds, who, on account of the 20 230 EPIRUS. tempestuous weather about the islands, was said to reside there. They were styled Vulcaniun islands from Vulcan, the fabled god of fire, on account of their volcanoes. GREECE. J^ame. Greece was called by the natives Hellas^ and the inhabi- tants Hellenes. By the poets, the people are called Danai, Pelasgi, Argivi, Argei^ Achivi, Achcei^ &c. The Greeks were distinguished above all other nations of antiquity for their attainments ' i the arts. Their language is esteemed the most perfect ever spoken, and their writings the finest models of laste. Divisions. Greece in its most extensive sense, comprehended Macedonia, Epirus, Thessaly^ Greece Proper, and Peloponnesus. The Romans, after having conquered it, divided it into two prov- inces, Achaia, including Peloponnesus and Greece Proper ; and J^Ia- cedonia, including Thessaly, Epirus, and Macedonia. Rivers. The rivers of Greece, though much celebrated among the ancients, were all small. Some of the principal ones were Ach&- lous, Peneus, Pamisos, Aous, Ewotas, and Alpheus. MACEDON, OR MACEDONIA. Divisions. The principal divisions of Macedonia were Pierian Pceonia or Amathia, JMygdonia, Pallene, Chalcidice, &c. Athos, ft remarkable mountain projecting into the sea like a prom- ontory, is now famous for its monasteries. Towns. Pella, the capital of Macedonia, was the birthplace of Philip and Alexander. Edessa was the capital before Pella obtained that rank. Thessalonica, now Saloniki, both in ancient and modern times a large commercial city, is well known from the preaching and epis- * ties of St. Paul ; so also is Philippi, which is likewise famous for the defeat of Brutus and Cassius. Stagira was famous as the birthplace of Aristotle, hence called the Stagirite ; Pydna for a battle between the Romans and king Per- seus ; Dyrrachium, now Durazzo, as a port much frequented by the Romans, being nearly opposite to Brundusium in Italy ; Bercea for the commendation bestowed on its inhabitants by St. Paul, for exam- ining the scriptures; Olynthus, Potidcea, and Amphipolis for the contests between Philip and the Athenians. Divisions. Chief tovjns. Acarnania Thesprotia Molossis Chaonia Leucas, Actium. Ambracia, Buthrotum. Dodona. • Oricnm, Panormus. GREECE PROPER. «31 Rivers. Acheron and Cocytus, classed by the poets among- the infernal rivers, were in Epinis. Mountains. Pindus, an elevated range, between Epirus, Macedo nia. and Thessaly, was sacred to the Muses. The Ceraunian moun tains were in Chaonia. Ambracia was noted as the royal city of Pyrrhus ; Dodona for its oracle and oak groves; Actium for a naval victory which Augustus obtained over Antony and Cleopatra, 31 B. C. This battle put an end to the Roman commonwealth. — Molossis was famous for a race of dogs. THESSALY. Divisions. Thessaly, in later times, was divided into 5 parts, Phthiotis, Pelasgiotis^ Thessaliotis^ Esticeotis. and Magnesia. In the plains of Thessaly many horses were bred, and the inhabi- tants being skilful riders, gave rise to the fable of the Centaurs, who were said to be half horses, and half men. During the reign of Deucalion, who was anciently l^ing of Thes- saly, there happened a celebrated deluge. Mountains. On the west side of Thessaly was Pindus. In the NE. part was Olympus, the top of which is described by the ancient poets, as reaching to the heavens, and as being- the resi- dence of the gods, and the court of Jupiter. Ossa, Pelion, (Eta, and Othrys were all celebrated in ancient fable. The giants, accord- ing to the poets, heaped Ossa upon Pelion, in order to scale the heavens. Tempe, a vale on the Peneus, near its mouth, between Olympus and Ossa, 5 miles long, and of unequal breadth, was very famous among- the ancients for its romantic and beautiful scenery. Towns. Larissa, on the Peneus, was among the most consider- able towns in ancient Thessaly. It still retains its name, and is now large town. Pharsalus, now Farsa, was a town of Thessaly, in the vicinity of ich were the plains of Pharsalia, famous for a battle in which Julius Cassar obtained a great victory over Pompey, 48 B. C. Among' the other towns were Heraclea, Lamia, Demetrias, Mag- nesia, Aphetce from which the ship Argo sailed; lolcos, the city of Jason ; Hypata famous for magic ; Melibrea for dying wool ; Anticy- ra for hellebore. GREECE PROPER. Divisions. Chief towns. Locris Amphissa Doris Cytinium. Attica was remarkable principally for its chief city, Athens. The inhabitants were distinguished for their genius ; hence the proverbial Divisions. Chief towns. Attica Athens. Megaris Megaris. Boeotia Thebes. Phocis Delphi. 232 GREECE PROPER phrase, Attic salt^ or Attic wit. The air of Bceotia was thick and! fogg-y ; and the inhabitants were represented as phlegmatic and dulLJ Mountains. Parnassus^ a high mountain in Phocis, was sacred tOi the Muses and Apollo. Between its two principal summits, rose the! CasUilian fountain, whose waters were represented to have the power i of inspiring those who drank of them, with the true fire of poetry, i Helicon and Pimptu, in Boeotia, were sacred to the Muses. JNeari the foot of Helicon was the verse-inspiring fountain of Hippocrene,- said to have been made by the hoof of Pegasus. Cithceron, in Bosotia, was memorable as the place where the infan^ (Edipus was exposed, and Actaeon was torn in pieces by his owa" dogs. Hymettus, in Attica, near Athens, was famous for its honey, and Pentelicus for its marble. j Thermopylce was a narrow pass between mount CEta and the Ma-^ lian gulf, leading from Thessaly to Locris and Phocis. It is famous^ for the stand made against the Persian army, during three successive ^ days, by 300 Spartans under Leonidas. Athens, now Athiniah, or Setincs, the capital of Attica, and the most famous city in Greece, was for many years the most celebrated ] school in the world for polite learning, arts, and sciences. It gave . birth to some of the most eminent philosophers, poets, and statesmen ' of antiquity. It stands on the famous, but small rivulets, Ilissus and Cephissus, and it had a few miles distant, three ports, Piraeus, Mu- \ nychia, and Phalerus. The remains of the public edifices of the city, bear ample testi- mony to its former grandeur. A considerable portion of the AcrO' \ polis or citadel is still existing, and is the most interesting object of, antiquity in Greece. It includes the Parthenon., or temple of Minerva, the grandest display of Athenian magnificence. \ Eleusis, now Lepsinn, was famous for the Eleusinian mysteries, eel- , ebrated in honour of Ceres and Proserpine, every fifth year; Mara- i ikon, for the memorable defeat of the Persians by the Athenians i under Miltiades ; Thebes, the capital of Boeotia, as the birthplace of j Epaminondas, Pelopidas, and Pindar; Orchomenus for a temple of. the Graces, and its wealth ; Aulis for the detention of the Grecian j fleet in the expedition to Troy ; Ascra for the birth of Hesiod ; Leh&- dcea for the cave of Trophonius ; Platcea for the defeat of the Persians by the Greeks; Leuctra for the defeat of the Lacedemonians by ! the Thebans ; Cheroncca for the defeat of the Athenians and The- bans by Philip ; also for the birth of Plutarch ; Coronea for the de- ' feat of the Athenians and their allies, by the Spartans under Ages- J ilaus. j Delphi, now Castri, the capital of Phocis, situated at the foot of ! mount Parnassus, and near the Castalian fountain, was famous for the . temple and oracle of Apollo. The Pythian games were celebrated J near this temple in the second year of everj^Olympiad, in honour of Apollo, who slew the serpent Pytho. Anticyra, in Phocis, like the town of the same name in Thessaly, i was celebrated for hellebore. * J^auprictwi, in iEtolia, was noted as a naval station; Calydoriy as . the residence of Meleager, and the scene of his boar hunt. j m PELOPONNESUS «3S PELOPONNESUS. JOtvtsions Towns. Achaia Corinth, Sicyon, Patrge, JEgmm. Elis Elis, Olympia, Lepreum, Cyllene. Messenia Messene, Pylos, Methone, CyparissaB Laconia Sparta or Lacedaemon, Amyclae, Malea. Argolis Argos, Mycenae, Epidaurus, Nemaea. Arcadia Megalopolis, Tegasa, Mantinea, Lycosura The Peloponnesus was named from Pelops and nesos^ the island of Pelops^ being- almost an island. It received its modern name J\Ioreay from the mulberry-trees with which it abounds, or from its resem- blance in shape to the leaf of a plane-tree. Arcadia occupied the central part, and was the celebrated pasto- ral country of the poets. The inhabitants of Laconia were noted for expressing- their ideas in few words ; hence the proverbial phrases, ' Laconic style,'' and ' Laconic answer.^ Mountains. On Mount Taygetus, the Lacedaemonian women cel- ebrated the orgies of Bacchus. The mountains of Mcenalus and Lycceus were the residences of Pan and the sylvan deities. Rivers and lakes. The principal rivers were the Eurotas and Al- p'heus. Lema, a small lake not far from Arg-os, was famous for the hydra slain by Hercules ; Stymphalus, a fountain and lake, was the fabled residence of the Harpies. Towns. Corinth, situated on a narrow isthmus of the same name, was celebrated for its commerce, wealth, and the arts, and was also disting-uished in the early history of Christianity. It had two ports, LechcBum and Cenchrea. At Corinth, the Isthmian games were eel ebrated in honour of Neptune. Sparta, or Lacedaemon, was a powerful city, distinguished for the institutions of Lycurg-us, and for the temperate, hardy, and warlike character of its inhabitants. Olympia was remarkable for an ivory statue of Jupiter, reckoned one of the seven wonders of the world ; also for being- the place where the Olympic games were celebrated during- 5 days, in the fir&t month of every fifth year, in honour of Jupiter. These were the most celebrated of the Grecian g-ames,-and consisted chiefly of ath- letic exercises, as wrestling-, boxing-, leaping-, and running-. No per- son was allowed to enter the lists, unless he had exercised himself ten months in the g-ymnasium of Elis. The only reward the conqueror obtained, was a crown of olive. From these games the Greeks adopt- ed their computation of time by Olympiads. Argos was a renowned city, and the capital of Argolis. Mycence was noted as the royal city of Agamemnon ; JsTemcea for the Nemaean games, in honour of Hercules, for slaying the lion ; Epidaurus for the worship of ^sculapius ; JVauplia as a naval station ; Pylos as the city of Nestor ; Megalopolis sls the birthplace of Polybius ; Amy^ doe, of Castor and Pollux ; Mantinea for a great defeat of the Spar ns by Epaminondas, who was slain. 20* 234 ISLANDS OF GREECE. ! ISLANDS OF GREECE. 1 In the Ionian sea were the islands of Corcyra, Parus, Leucas^ of Lcucadia, Ithaca^ Cephalema, and Zacynthtcs. On the south of the i Peloponnesus was Cythera^ sacred to Venus. These now form the republic of the Seven Islands. . Corcyra is memorable for the shipwreck of Ulysses, and the g-ar- ] dens of Aicinoiis, also in the Peloponncsian wars ; Ithaca as the resi- I dence of Ulysses. '• On the S. W. part of Leucf\s was the celebrated promontory, call- ' ed the Lovers'* Leap^ where disappointed lovers threw themselves into the sea. Among- these adventurers was the poetess Sappho. '■ Salamis, an island in the Saronic gulf, on the coast of Attica, was j famous for the defeat of the Persian fleet by the Athenians ; also aa the birthplace of Ajax and Teucer. The islands in the iEgean sea, between Crete and Tcnedes, were ^ mostly comprehended under two divisions, Cydades and Sporades. ' The Cydades were the islands lying in a semi-circular form round \ JDelos ; the Sporades were those more distant, toward the eastern side ] of the sea, and annexed to Asia. ; Cydades. The principal of these were T>elos, Ceos, Cinthus^ Seri- } phus, Melos, Paros^ JVaxos^ J\fyconus, Zenos^ and Andros. j Delos was famous as the birthplace of Apollo and Diana, and also ' for a celebrated altar to the former; J^'^axos for the worship of Bac- chus ; Paros for beautiful white marble ; Antiparos for a remark- i able grotto. ' The other most noted islands were Crete^ Euboea, and Scyros^ be- | longing to Europe; Lemnos^ Tenedos^ Leshos^ Chios. Patm/>s..Cos, * and Rhodes^ belonging to Asia. I Crete, the largest of the Grecian islands, was famous for the laws of Minos, its labyrinth, and for its hundred cities; the chief of which were Gnossus, Gortyna, and Cydonia. In the middle of the island j was Mount Ida. The Cretans were celebrated archers. ; The principal town of Eubcea, the island next in size to Crete, i was Chalcis. { Rhodes was anciently famous for its power by sea, and for its bra^ zen colossus, 70 cubits high, dedicated to the sun, and accounted one j of the seven wonders of the- world.* Lesbos was celebrated as the birthplace of Sappho, also for its j wine, and the luxury of its inhabitants ; Lemnos for its labyrinth, and as the residence of Vulcan ; Samos for the worship of Juno, i and as the birthplace of Pythagoras ; Chios for wine ; Cos as the birth- place of Simonides, Apellcs, and Hippocrates ; Tenedos as the place < where the Grecian fleet was concealed in the expedition against j Troy ; Patmos as the place to which St. John was banished, and j where he wrote the book of Revelation. * The seven iconders of the ancient world, were the Colossus at j Rhodes; the Temple of Diana^i Ephesus ; the Mausoleum 2it Halicar- nassus ; the Siatue of Jupiter at Olympia ; the Walls of Babylon ; the : Piromids of E^pt ; and the royal palace of Cyrus. . ASIA MINOR. 23S ASIA. ASIA MINOR. The western part of Asia Minor was occupied chiefly by Grecian colonies. Division*. Towns. Mysia Cyzicus, Perg-amus, Lampsachus, Abydos. Troas Troy, Adramyttium, Dardania. ^oiia Elea, Cumae, Phocea. Ionia Ephesus, Smyrna, Phocoea, Miletus. Lydia Sardis, Philadelphia, Thyatira, Magnesia, Caria Halicarnassus, C nidus, Ceraraus. Lycia Patara, Xanthus, Telmessus. Pisidia and Pamphylia Pcrg-a, Scig-a, Attalia, Aspendus. Lycaonia and Isauria Iconium, Derbe, Lystra, Isanra. Cilicia Tarsus, Issus, Seleucia, Cclcnderis ^XMinor" ^™'-^Mazaca, Melitcne, Comana. Phryg-ia Laodicea, Colossae, Aparaea, Hierapolig Galatia Ancyra, Tavium, Gordium. Pithynia Nicomedia, Prusa, Heraclea, Nice. Paphlagonia Amastris, Sinope, Cimolis. Fontus Amasia, Trapezus, Amisus, Cerasus. Rivers, The principal rivers were the Hahjs, Lycus, Sangariiteit Granicus, Hermus^ Padolus, and J^lceander. The Scamander, or Xan- thus, and Simois, were small rivulets flowing' through the plain of Troy. On the banks of the Granicus Alexander obtained his first victory over the Persians, B. C. 334. The Mczander was famous for its wind- ing's. The Pactolus and Hermus, according to the ancients, flowed o^ er golden sand. Mountains. Taurus was the principal chain of mountains in Asia Minor. Olympus, Tmolus, Sipylus, Corycus, and Ida, were celebrated mountains. The highest summit of Mount Ida, was called Gargarus. Sipylus was the residence of Niobe, and it was on Ida that Paris adjiiflg-ed the prize of beauty to Venus. Corycus, a lofty mountain in Cilicia, was famous for saffron, and the cave of Typhon. Islands. The Greek islands in the Egaean sea have been already mentioned. Cyprus, a large island, was celebrated for its fertility, its ample population, and especially for the gayety of its inhabitants. It was consecrated to Venus, and represented by the poets as the birthplace 236 ASIA MINOR. of that goddess, an'! the abode of the Graces. Paphos and Salamts \ were the chief towns. Citiumw&G the birthplace of Zeno the stoic. 1 Tfoy^ the capital of Troas, was situated on the Xanthus, 4 miles : from the sea, and near Mount Ida. It was famous for a memorable \ siege of 10 years, which it sustained against the Greeks, who at last i took it B. C. 1184. No vestiges of this city are now to be seen. ] Ephesus was one of the most splendid cities of Asia Minor, and i had a celebrated temple of Diana, which was accounted one of the ; seven wonders of the world. It was supported by 127 marble pillars, ■ 60 feet high. Ephesus is also memorable in the wiitings and travels i of St. Paul. It is now uninhabited. Pergamus was the royal city of Eumenes, who here founded a li j brary of 200,000 volumes, in order to rival that of Alexandria. It ] was the birthplace of Galen. i Smyrna, anciently a rich and powerful city, is now the most popu- ' lous and commercial town in Natolia. It was the seat of one of the ' seven churches of Asia, and was also one of the seven cities that claimed j the honour of giving iiirth to Homer. The whole seven are enumer '[ ated in the following line : ^ Smyrna, Chios, Colophon, Salamis, Rhodus, Argos, Athenm. \ Halicarnassus, the capital of Caria, was famous for its Mausoleum, ; the tomb of king Mausolus, which was reckoned one of the seven ■ wonders of the world, and has given to all magnificent sepulchres i the name of mausoleums. It is also noted as the birthplace of Hero- 1 dotus, the father of history, Dionysius Halicarnassensis, and Hera ' clitus the weeping philosopher. ! Miletus, a large and rich city, was noted for a temple and oracle j of Apollo ; as the birthplace of Thales, the philosopher, and Anaxi- j mander, the inventor of dials and maps ; and for the affecting leave j which St. Paul here took of the Ephesian Christians. 1 J^Tice is memorable for a celebrated council, held here in the year j 325, which framed the Nicene creed ; Chalcedon for a council against^ the Eutychian heresy ; J^icoviedia as the residence of Constantine ; j Heraclea for its naval importance ; Lihyssa for the tomb of Hanni- , bal ; Lampsachus for the worship of Priapus. Sardis, the capital of Lydia, was noted as the residence of the \ proverbially rich king Croesus ; Erythroe as the residence of one \ of the Sybils ; Teos as the birthplace of Anacreon , Magnesia for | the defeat of Antiochus by Scipio ; Cnidus for a statue of Venus by * Praxiteles ; Patara for an oracle of Apollo ; Hierapolisforhot baths ; < Laodicea for wool ; Mycale, a promontory, opposite to the island of i Samos, for the destruction of the Persian fleet by the Greeks. Tarsus, the capital of Cilicia, was famous for its attainments in \ the arts and sciences ; also as the birthplace of St. Paul ; Issus for the defeat of Darius by Alexander ; Gordium as the place where ; Alexander cut the gordian knot ; Sinope as the birthplace of Diog-^ enes ; Amasia, of Mithridates and Strabo ; Trapezus for its renown ; under the emperors of the eastern empire ; Comana for a temple of j Bellona; Cerasw* for giving name to the cherry-tree, cherries having ' first been brought from this place to Rome ; Themiscyra, on the Ther- modon, for those warlike women the Amazons; Zeila as the place : where ' SYRIA. 237 ere Caesar defeated Pharnaces, and wrote the account of his vic- tory to the senate in these three words, " rem, vidi^ vici^" I came, I saw, I conquered. The seven churches of Asia, mentioned by St. John in the Revela- tion, viz. Ephesus, Smyrna, Pergamos, Thyatira, Sardis, Philadel- phia, and Laodicea, were all in the western part of Asia Minor. Colchis, Iberia, and Albania. These countries were situated between the Euxine and Caspian seas. Colchis is famous for the fable of the Golden Fleece, and the expedition of Jason and the Arg-onauts, who sailed in the ship Argo in search of it. The Arg-onauts broug-ht away some larg-e birds taken on the river Phasis, said from this to be named pheasants. The chief towns were ^a and Cyta. The latter was famous for poisonous herbs, and the birth of Medea. Iberia and Albania contained some very strong passes in the Cau- casian mountains. ^^^^ Armenia and Mesopotamia. ^^ Among the mountains of Armenia is the celebrated and dreary summit of Ararat, on which the ark is supposed to have rested after the flood. Some of the cities of Armenia were Artaxata, a strong royal city ; Tigranocerta, where Lucullus found great treasure; Arze, now Er- zerum ; Amida, now Diarbekir. Jlesopotamiawiis situated between the Euphrates and Tigris, south of Armenia, and above Babylonia. Some of the towns were Edessa, the capital, now Ourfa ; Apamea, on the Euphrates, at the famous pass of Zeugma ; Carres, called Ha- ran and Charran in the scriptures, from which Abraham departed for the land of Canaan ; famous also for Sabaism, or the worship of the host of heaven, and for the death of Crassus ; J^isibis, long- the fron- tier town of the Roman empire ; to the south of which was the cel- ebrated plain of Cunaxa, where Cyrus was defeated and slain. SYRIA. Divisions. Chief Tovms, Commagene Samosata. Coelo-Syria Damascus, Palmyra. Phoenicia Tyre, Sidon. Palestine Jerusalem, Samaria. Mnuntains. Lebanon or Libanus and Anlilibanus are two cele- brated ranges of mountains, on the north of Palestine ; celebrated for magnificent cedars. Coglo-Syria, or the Hollow Syria, occupied the valley between the ranges. 238 PALESTINE. Cities. Antioch. situated on the Orontes, 18 miles above its mouth, is famous in history. It was for several hundred years the residence of the Macedonian kings of Syria, and was at one time accounted the third city in the world in splendour and population. The follow- ers of Christ were here first called Christians. Damascus^ 50 miles from the sea, a very ancient city, once the capital of the king-dom of Syria, is celebrated in both sacred and profane history. It gave name to the plums called damascenes or damsons^ and to the silks called damasks. — It is still a large city. Palmyra, Tadmor in the wilderness, or Tadamora, {the city of palm- trees,) 85 miles west of the Euphrates, was the city of the celebrated j queen Zenobia, who had for her secretary Longinus, author of the trea- ^ tise on the sublime. It now exhibits the most magnificent ruins of a ■ temple of the sun, other buildings, towers, pillars, obelisks, and sep- ulchres. These ruins surpass any others found in Asia or Greece. i Tyre and Sidon, very ancient cities of Phoenicia, were famous * for their extensive commerce ; Sarepta for Elijah's miracles ; Heli- opolis, now Balbec, for the ruins of a most magnificent temple • of the sun ; Hierapolis for the worship of the Syrian goddess Atar- , gatis, having a woman's head and a fish's tail ; Epiphaneia for a tem- ' pie of Elagabalus or the sun ; Samosata as the birthplace of Lucian. ' Daphne was a grove and fountain, 5 miles from Antioch, noted for ' the licentious worship of Venus; Adonis, a. small river below Tripo- i lis, the streams of which, at the anniversary of the death of Adonis were fabled to flow with blood. 1 t PALESTINE. J^ames. This country was first called the Land of Canaan, after- wards the Land of Promise, or the Promised Land, the Land of Is- rael, Judea, Palestine, and the Holy Land. It was named Palcesti- na, or Palestine, from the Philistcei, or the Philisti7ies. It is called the Holy Land, on account of its being the country of the Israelites', and the scene of a great part of the transactions recorded in the Bible, and particularly of the birth, sufferings, and death of our Re- deemer. Divisions. The country was anciently divided into 12 parts or tribes, named from the sons of Jacob ; afterwards into the two king-- doms of Judah and Israel ; and lastly, under the Romans, into three provinces, Galilee, Samaria, and Judea. Perasa was the name applied to the principal portion of that part lying to the east of the Jordan. Divisions. Chief Tovms. Galilee Nazareth, Tiberias, Capernaum, Samaria Samaria, Caesarea, Shechem. Judea Jerusalem, Hebron, Jericho, Joppa. Peraea Mahanaim, Amathus, Heshbon. Rivers. The celebrated river of Palestine is the Jordan^ whick PALESTINE. 239 rises in Mount Hermon, passes through lakes Merom and Genesareth, and after a southerly course of 150 miles, flows into the Dead Sea. Face of the country. The face of the country is beautifully varie- g-ated by mountaius, hills, valleys, and plains. Lakes. The Dead Sea, called also the Sea of Sodom, Salt Sea, and Lake Asphaltites, is about 70 miles long-, and 10 or 15 broad. It oc- cupies the spot where the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah, are suppos- ed to have once stood. It is bordered by dreary mountains, and the immediate vicinity is barren and cheerless. The water is clear and limpid, but uncommonly salt and bitter, and of greater specific grav ity than that of any other lake that is known. The Lake of Genesareth, called also the Sea of Tiberias and the Sea of Galilee,is 17 miles long. It is environed by lofty eminences, and has a beautiful and picturesque appearance. Mountains. On»the north is Hermon; also Lebanon, famous for magnificent cedars. West of the lake of Genesareth is Tabor, sup- posed to have been the scene of the transfiguration ; about 10 miles to the north is the mount on wliicli our Saviour delivered his memo- rable sermon. Mount Carmel on the coast of the Mediterranean, was the retreat of the prophet Elijah ; in modern times noted for monks called Carmelites. On the north side of Sichem is Mount Ebal, and on the south Mount Gerizim, famous for the temple of the Samaritans. Mount Gilboa, near Bethshean, is noted for the death of Saul and Jonathan. On the south of Palestine is Mount Seir, with the summit oi Mount Hor, where Aaron died. To the east of the Jordan, are the moun- tains of Gilead a.nd Abarim. On JVe6o, a mountain of the chain of A-barim, Moses died ; and from its summit, called Pisgah, he had a view of the Promised Land. Climate. The heat of summer is great, but mitigated by a period- ical breeze. The cold is never excessive. It seldom rains here, but the deficiency is supplied by the most abundant dews. Soil. The Scriptures, in describing the fruitftilncss of this coun- try, characterize it as a " land flowing with milk and honey." In modern times the cultivation of the soil has been much neglected ^ but where well attended to, it is very productive. Productions. The productions consist of wheat, barley, pxdsp. fruity loine, oil, tobacco, cotton, and silk. Toicns. Jerusalem, the chief city of the ancient kingdom of Ju- dah, and of modern Palestine, was built on 4 hills, Zion, Moriah, Acra, and Bezeta. Around it is a plain encompassed by mountains. It is memorable for its ancient temple, for the death and resurrec- tion of our Saviour, and for its signal destruction. The modern city is built on Mount Moriah, and is noted chiefly for pilgrimage. Six miles S. of Jerusalem is Bethlehem, where our Saviour was born : to the north of Mount Moriah was the fool of Bethesda, where he healed the cripple : to the cast of the city, beyond the brook Ki- dron, was the Mount of Olives, whither he resorted with his disci- ples after eating the passover : between the Mount of Olives and the eity, was Gethsemane, where he was betrayed : on the north side of the city, was Calvary, where he was crucified : 7 miles to the N. W 240 ARABIA. i was Emmaus, where he appeared to the disciples after his resflirec* \ tion : to the N. E. was Bethany^ where he raised Lazarus from the ; dead, and whence he ascended into heaven. I Hebron^ 22 miles SSW. of Jerusalem, was for 7 years the royal ■ residence of David. It stands on the borders of the plain of Mamre, ; in which was the cave of Machpelah, where Abraham, Sarah, and : Isaac were buried. Beer-sheba^ a town of some note, was situated on the southern bor- ' der of tlie land of Israel ; and on the north border, 156 miles distant, | was the city of Dan, afterwards called CcBsarea-Philippi. Hence ; the phrase to express the limits of the country, " From Dan to Beer sheba.^^ Jericho, once a large city, was noted for palm-trees. To the south ; of it, on the west side of the Dead Sea, was the desert or wildemest of Judea. ^ i Joppa, now Jaffa, is noted as the port of Jerusalem ; Ccesarea, as i the ancient seat of the Roman governors, also for the death of Herod Agrippa, and the conversion of Cornelius; Samaria, as the capital ^ of the kingdom of Israel : Sichem, Schechem^ or Sychar, afterwards < J^eapolis, now J^apolose, between mounts Ebal and Gerizim, for the .< tomb of Joshua; and 3 miles distant was Jacob''s Well, memorable for ' our Saviour's conversation with the woman of Samaria. , J^azareth, 50 miles N. of Jerusalem, is noted as the residence of •■ our Saviour ; Carta for his miracle of turning water into wine ; J^Tain ' for the restoration of the widow's son to life ; Bethsaida as the birth- place of Philip, Andrew, and Peter ; Capernaum and Chorazin for ] several miracles ; Tiberias as the capital of Galilee ; Ptolemmsy now ■ Acre, for a memorable siege "by the Crusaders. -, Gath, Ekron, Ashdod, or Azotus, Askalon, and Gaza, were places J of note in the country of the Philistines. i ARABIA. 1 Divisions. Towns. Arabia Dcserta Thapsacus. j Arabia Petraea Petra, Ezion-geber. Arabia Felix Saba. j The mountains Sinai and Horeb, in Arabia Petraea, are situated ^ between the two northern branches of the Red Sea. i On Mount Horeb, God appeared to Moses in the burning bush; j and at the foot of it Moses struck the rock, and drew water for the , Israelites. On Mount Sinai he received the ten commandments. ' Ezion-geber was the port from which Solomon's vessels sailed for ^ Ophir. Midian, on the east side of the Red Sea, was the residence < of Jethro, the father-in-law of Moses. ] In Arabia Felix was the country of the Sabeans, which yielded i myrrh and frankincense. Saba is supposed to have been the resi- dence of the queen of Sheba. AFRICA. ORIENTAL KINGDOMS. S4« Countries. Assyria Babylonia, or Chaldea Media Parthia Persia Chief cities. Nineveh, or Ninus. Babylon. Ecbatana. Hecatom-pylos, Ctesiphon. Persepolis, Susa, Pasargada. JSTineveh, a very ancient and splendid city, situated on the Tigris^ capital of the powerful king-dora of Assyria, was 48 miles in circuit, surrounded by a wall 100 feethig-h, on the top of which three chariots could ride abreast. Some of its ruins are to be seen at J^unia, op- posite to Mosul. Babylon, one of the most renowned cities in the world, stood cm both sides of the Euphrates. It was surrounded by a wall which was 60 miles in circuit, 87 feet thick, and 350 feet hig-h, and was account- ed one of the seven wonders of the world. — Extensive ruins of this city are now to be seen near Hellah, 60 miles S. of Bagdad. Ecbatana, the capital of Media, was a city of great splendour, and was surrounded by seven walls. Hamadan, a considerable city, is supposed to stand on the same site. Hecatom-pylos, now Damegan, was the capital of Parthia ; and Ctesiphon, now Modain, was the winter residence of the kings. At Ctesiphon was a palace described as the most magnificent work in the east. Its ruins are still to be seen. Persepolis, a splendid city, was destroyed by Alexander. It now exhibits extensive ruins near Estachar. Susa, in the Scriptures Shushan, now Shuster, or Shus, was a very ancient, large, and splendid city, and the winter residence of the Persian kings. Pasargada, now Pasa, was a royal city, and the burial place of the Persian kings. Arbela, 60 miles N. E. of Nineveh, now Erbil, is famous for a great battle fought a few miles from it, on the plain of Gaugamela, between Alexander and Darius. Divisions. Lower Egypt, or Delta Heptanomis Upper Egypt, or Thebaid AFRICA. EGYPT. Towns, Alexandria, Sais, Canopus, HeliopollB. Memphis, Arsinoe, Hermopolia. Thebes, Abydos, Coptos. Egypt was the cradle of science, and holds a conspicuous place in 21 5M2 AFRICA. history. It could boast of its attainments in the arts and sciences at a period when Greece and Italy were in a state of barbarism. Alexandria was at one time the g-reatest commercial city in the world, and before the discovery of the passag-e around the Cape of Good Hope, was the great mart of all the merchandise between Eu rope and the East Indies. Some of the other towns in Lower Egypt, were Sais, noted as the capital of the Delta ; Pelusium, as the bul- wark and key of the country ; On, or Hetiopolis, for a temple of the sun ; Canopus for its temple of Serapis ; J\''icopolis for a victory gain- ed by Augustus over Antony. To the east of Pelusium was the Pa- ins Sirbonis, or Sirbonian Bog^ where Typhon, the murderer of Osi ris, is fabled to have perished. Memphis, once the metropolis of all Egypt, was a renowned city. It was situated on the west bank of the Nile, a few miles southwest of Cairo. Below Memphis was ArHnoe, or Crocodilopolis, the city of tlic crocodile, near lake Mceris, at the south end of which was the labyrinth. Thebes, the capital of Upper Egypt, was a magnificent city, fa- mous for its hundred gates, the theme and admiration of ancient poets and historians. The site, which is 27 miles in circuit, is covered with splendid ruins, and contains several villages, the principal of which is Luxor, 260 miles S. of Cairo. At Syene, the extreme town of Upper Egypt, there was a celebrat- ed well, the bottom of which at the summer solstice, was exactly flluminatcd, the sun being perpendicular over it. Some of the other towni in Upper Egypt -were Abydos, famous for the temple of Osiris and palace of Memnon ; Coptos as the emporium of Arabian and Indian commodities; Tentyra for temples of Isis and Venus ; Cynopolis, the city of the Dog ; Apollinopolis, the city of Apollo ; Heracleopolis, the city of Hercules ; Aphroditopolis, the city of Venus, Antiquities, Egypt abounds with mag^nificent monuments, which show to what a high state of improvement the inhabitants, at a remote period, carried the arts. The pyramids are the most celebrated of these monuments, and were reckoned by the ancients one of the seven wonders of the world. The principal ones stand nearly opposite to Cairo. The per- pendicular height of the largest one is nearly 500 feet. The pyra- mids are of so remote antiquity, that the time of their foundation is unknown. The Catacombs, or mummy-pits, are subterraneous g-alleries of pro- digious extent, appropriated to the reception of the dead. Embalmed bodies, in a good state of preservation, supposed to have been deposit- ed here 3 or 4,000 years ago, are obtained from these vaults. The Labyrinth was a famous edifice near Arsinoe, built of marble, under ground, consisting of 12 palaces and 3,000 chambers, commu- nicating with one another by innumerable windings. Here the kings and sacred crocodiles were buried. Lake J^Tceris, an immense reservoir, about 220 miles in circuit, is said to have been dug by a king of the same name, in order to C0Hr tuin the superfluous waters, during- the inundation of the Nile. ANCIENT EMPIRES. 243 The Toto&t^ of Pharos^ near Alexandria, was built of white marble, and could be seen 100 miles. It was reckoned among the wonders of the world. The Land of Goshen was in the eastern part of lower Egypt Other principal countries in the north of Africa. Countries. Towns. Libya Cyrene, Ptolcmais, Berenice. Africa Proper Carthage, Utica. Numidia Cirta, Hippo Regius, Vacca. Mauretania Cajsarea, Tingis, Siga. Carthage, an ancient city, celebrated for its wealth and commerce, was once the rival of Rome, and is said to have contained, during the Punic wars, 700,000 inhabitants. Its' site is 10 miles NE. of Tunis, and is covered with various ruins. The most splendid monu- ment is the great cistern, by which water was conveyed to the city from the distance of 50 or 60 miles. Cirta, now Constantina, the capital of Numidia, was a large city, built upon a high rock, and celebrated as the ancient bulwark of the country. Utica is memorable for the death of Cato ; Hippo Regius as the episcopal seat of St. Augustine ; Zama for the defeat of Hannibal by Scipio Africanus ; Vacca for its notoriety in the Jugurthine war; Capsa as the place where Jugurtha deposited his treasures; Thapsus for a victory gained by Caesar. Near the river Bagrada was killed an enormous serpent, which impeded the Roman army under Regulus. Not far from the Syrtis Minor were two lakes, celebrated in antiquity under the names of Palus Tritonis and Palus Libya. On the former, Minerva is said first to have appeared, whence she is called Tri tenia. Near the latter, the Gorgons are feigned to have had their abode. In a beautiful Oasis, now called Siwah, in the midst of the Libyan desert, was the temple of Jupiter Ammon, with its famous oracle, consulted by Alexander. At Berenice, or Hesperis, according to eome, was the garden of the Hesperides, containing the golden apples ; others place it on the Cape Verde Islands, or Bissagos, on the west of Africa. CcBsarea was noted as the chief city of Mauretania ; Siga as the residence of Syphax. Mount Abyla, opposite to Calpe^ was one of the pillars of Hercules. Extent of some . of the most considerable Empires of Antiquity, ac cording to Tytter. The Empire of Assyria, under Ninus and Semiramis, about 2,200 B. C, comprehended Asia Minor, Colchis, Assyria, Media, Choi dea, Egypt. Eaifin tf . BilkjBiau Syria, ai an &e vest of ANCIENT EMPIRES. fUb and Wester:? ; and under Constantine each empire had a distinct capital or seat of g^Temment. The extent of each diyision was floctnating- from time to time , hut, in general, the Western? Empoie compFehended lialy, lUfria, Africa, Spoui, the Gauis, Britain. The Eastern Empire comprehended Egypt, TKroee, Hocto, JHTa- cedonioy Asia Minor, Pantut, Armenia, Asayria, Media, &c. The Empire of Charlemagne, H. D. 800, comprehended France, Marca Hispanica (or Navarre and Catalonia,) Majorca, JUmorea and Irica, Corsica, Italy as far soath as Naples, Istria, Ubumia. Dalmatia, Rhatia, Vtndelida, ^oricum, Germany, from the Rhine to the Oder, and to the shores of the Baltic France contained, 1, JNetutra, comprehending- Britany, Norman^, Isle of France, Orleannois; 2, Au^ria, comprehending- Picardj, andT Champagne ; 3, Aquitania, comprehending Guienne, and Gasce- nv; 4, Burg^undia^ comprehending Buigimdy, Ljonnois, L*uigae- doc, Dauphine, Provence. «1* 246 CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE. ) CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE. j B. C. ! 4004. The creation of the world. ; 3348. The universal deluge. \ 1491. Moses bring-s the Israelites out of Egypt " 1184. Troy taken and burnt by the Greel^ I 1004. Dedication of Solomon's Temple. ; 776. The first Olympiad begins. ; 753. The foundation of Rome by Romulus. 601. End of the Assyrian empire ; Nineveh taken by Nebuchad ; nezzar. i 538. End of the Babylonian empire ; Babylon taken by Cyrus. i 490. Battle of Marathon. i 400. Socrates put to death. i 324. Alexander dies at Babylon, aged 33. i 216. Battle of Cannae ; the Romans defeated by Hannibal. j 146. Carthage destroyed by the Romans. j 3^1. Battle of Actium ; end of the Roman Commonwealth. Birth of our Saviour, 4 years before the vulgar era. -( A. D. 33. Crucifixion of our Saviour, on Friday, April 3. | 70. Jerusalem taken and destroyed by Titus. \ 98. Trajan emperor of Rome. 329. Constantine removes the seat of empire to Constantinople. j 476. Extinction of the Western Empire of the Romans. j 622. Era of the Hegyra^ or Flight of Mahomet from Mecca to \ Medina. ! 800. New Empire of the West ; Charlemagne crowned emperor at i Rome. j 827. Beginning of the kingdom of England under Egbert \ 872. Alfred the Great, king of England. i 1066. William the Conqueror, king of England. \ 1096. First Crusade to the Holy Land. Peter the Hermit I 1340. Gunpowder invented by Swartz, a monk of Cologne. ^ 1404. Death of Tamerlane. j 1440. The art of printing invented. j 1453. End of the Eastern Empire ; Constantinople taken by the Turks. I 1492. America discovered by Columbus. 1517. The Reformation in Germany begun by Luther. , 1603. Union of the crowns of England and Scotland, under James L < 1620. First English settlement in New England, at Plymouth. 1 1649. Charles I. of England beheaded. 1660. Restoration of Charles II. ' 1688. Revolution in England ; James abdicates the throne. ! 1776. Independence of the United States declared July 4. J 1788. The constitution of the United States adopted. j 1793. The French revolution ; Louis XVI. beheaded. \ 1804. Bonaparte crowned emperor of France. I 1815. Battle of Waterloo ; the empire of Bonaparte orerthrown. TABLE Exhibiting- the ancient names of the cities, tovyns, rivers, islands, &.c,, together with their pronunciation, and the corresponding modem names ; also the ancient country or province in which the cities and towns were situated. Cities and Towns. Ancient, Country or Province Modem. Ab-de'ra Thrace Astrizza Ab-ei-li'num Campania Avellino A-by'dos ^gypt Madfune A-by'dos Mysia J^agara Ach-e-run'ti-a Apulia Acerenza Ac'ti-um Epirus Azio Ad-ra-myt'ti-um Mysia Adramitt JE'gi-um Achaia Vortitza Al-ba Lon'ga Latium Albano Al-ex-an'dri-a Syria Alexandretta Ai-ex-an'dri-a JEgypt Alexandria A-ma'si-a Poutus Amasia A-mas'tris Paphlagonia Amasrea Am-bra'ci-a Epirus near Arta A-mi'da Mesopotamia Diarbekir A-mi'sus Pontus Samsoun Am-phip'o-lis Macedonia Emboli Am-phis'sa Locris Salona An-co'na Picenum Ancona An-cy'ra Galatia Angora An-tic'y-ra Phocis Aspro-Spitia An'ti-och Syria Antioch, or Antakia An'ti-och Pisidia Akshehr An-tip'a-tris Palestine An-tip'o-lis Gaul Antibes An'ti-um Italy Anzio Ap-a-me'a, or Ce-lce' ne Phrygia Aphiom-kara-hissar Ap-a-me'a Syria Famieh Ap-a-me'a Babylonia Coma Aph'e-tae Thessaly Fetio Ap-ol-lo'ni-a Epirus Polonia Ap-ol-lo'ni-a Macedonia Polina Ap-ol-lo'ni-a Thrace Sizeboli Ap'pi-i-Fo'rum Italy Fossa JNuova A-qui-le'i-a Venetia Aquileia A qui'num Latium Aquino 248 CITIES AND TOWXS. Ancient. Country. Modem. Ar-be'la Assyria Erhil Ar'de-a Latiura Ardia Ar'gos Arg-olis Argo Ar-i-ma-the'a Palestine Ramla Ar'o-er Palestine Ar-sin'o-e, or Croc-o- \ J di-lop'o-Iis C^gypt Medina Fan Ar-sin'o-e, or Cle- \ ) op'a-tris ^^gypt Suez Ar-tax'a-ta Armenia Ardeth Ar-te-mi'ta Armenia Van Ash'dod, or A-zo'tus Palestine Ezdoud As'ke-loa Palestine Ascalon As-pa-do'na Persia Ispahan Athens Attica Athens, or Setii At-ta'li-a Lydia Italah At-ta'li-a Pamphylia Satalia Au-fi-de'na Campania Alfidena Au'gi-la Libya Augila Au-gus'ta Tau-ri-no- rum htaly Turin Au-gus'ta Vin-de-li- co'rum I Rhaetia Augsburg A.u'lis Boeotia Megalo-Vathi Av-a-ri'cum Gaul Bourges A-zo'tus, see Ashdod Bab'y-lon Babylonia near Hellah Bac'tra, or Zar-i-as'pa Bactriana Balk Ba'i-ae Italy Baia Ben-e-ven'tum Italy Benevent0 Ber-e-nice Libya Bingazi Ber-e-ni'ce Arabia Accaha Be-roe'a Syria Aleppo Bc-rce'a Macedonia Veria " Be-ri'sa Pontus Tocat Ber'y-tus PhcEnicia Bairout Beth-sa'i-da Palestine Baitsida Bri-gan'ti-a Rhaetia Bregentz Brun-du'si-um Italy Brindisi Bur-dig'a-la Aqritainc Bourdeaux Bu-si'ris ^gypt Abusir Buth-ro'tum Epirus Butrinto By-zan'ti-um Thrace Constantinoph Cae'sar-Au-gus'ta Spain Saragassa C^s-a-re'a Palestine Ccesarea Caes-a-re'a Cappadocia Kaisarieh Cses-a-re'a Phi-lip'pi Palestine Paneas Ca-i-e'ta ^ Italy Gaeta Cal-a-g-ur'ris Spain Calahorra Cal'a-ris Saidinia Cagliari CITIES AND TOWNS. 249 Cal'le Cal-lip'o-lis Cal-lip'o-li& Ca-nu'si-um Ca-per'na-um Cap'sa Capu-a Cai''che-mish, or Cir-ce'si-um Car'di-a, or Ljs-i- ma'chi-a Cat'a-na Ce-le'i-a Cen'chre-a Cen'tum-Cel'lae Ceph-a-lae'dis Cer'a-mus Cer'a-sus Chal-ce'don Chal'cis Cher-o-nae'a Cho-ra'zin Chry-sopo-li8 Cib'y-ra Cir'ta, or Cir Iha Clau-di-op'o-lis Cla-zom'e-ua Cle-op'a-tris, Clu'si-um Clyp'e-a Cni'dus Co-lo'ni-a Ag'-rip-pi'na Coro-phon Co-los'sae Co-ma'na Com-plu'tum Con'da-te Con-flu-en'tes Co-sen'ti-a Cop'tos Co-ra-ce'si-um Cor'du-ba Cor'inth Co-ro'ne Cro-to'na Cu'mae Cy-do'ni-a Cyl-le'ne Cy-re'ne Country* Modem. Spain Oporto Tlirace Gallipoli Italy Gallipoli Italy Canosa Palestine Libya Gafsa Italy Capita ( Mesopotamia Kerkisia I Thrace Sicily Hexamilu Catania Noricum alley Achaia Kenkri Italy Civita Vecchia Sicily Cefatu Caria Keraino Cappadocia Keresoun Bithynia Kadi-Keni Euboea JSTegropont Boeotia Palestine Tell'oui Bithynia Scutari Phrygia Buruz Numidia Constantina Cappadocia Eskelib Ionia Vourla 3 Arsinoe Etruria Chiusi Africa Proper Clyhea Caria near Crio i Germany Cologne Ionia Phry^ia Chonos Cappadocia El Bostan Spain Alcala Gaul Jiennes Germany Cohlentz Italy Cosenza iEgypt Keft Pamphylia Alanieh Spain Cordova Achaia Corinth Messenia Coron Italy Crotona Campania near Pozzuoh Crete Canea Elis Chiarenza Libya Curen 250 CITIES AND TOWNS. Ancient. Cy'ta Cjz'i-cus Da-mas'cus Dar'nis Delphi Der'be Di-o-Caes-a-re'a Drep'a-num Dyr-rach'i-um E-bor'a-cum Ec-bat'a-na E-des'sa E-des'sa E'lath, or -Sl-la'na E-leu'sis E-leu-the-rop'o-lis* El-y-ma'is Em'ma-U8 Eph'e-sus Ep-i-dau'rus Ep-i-dau'rus Ep-i-dau'rus Er'y-thrae Eu-pa-to'ri-a E'zi-on-ge'ber Faes'u4a3 Fa-ven'ti-a Fel'tri-a Flo-ren'ti-a J'o'rum-Ju'li-i Gad'a-ra Ga'des Gau-g-a-mela Gen'u-a Gy-the'um Ha'dri-a Ha-dri-an-op'o-lis Hal-i-car-nas'sus Ha'ran, or Char'ran Hec-a-tom'py-los He-li-op'o-lis He-li-op'o-lis, or On Her-a-cle'a Her-a-cle'a Her-cu-la'ne-um Her-mi'o-ne Her-mop'o-lis His'pa-lis Hy-drun'tum Hyr-ca'ni-a Country, Modetn. Colchis Cotatis Mysia Cyzicus Syria Damascus Libya Derne Phocis Castn Lycaonia Alah-Dag Palestine Sephoury Sicily Trapani Macedonia Durazzo Britain York Media Hamadan Macedonia Edessa Mesopotamia Our/a Arabia Allah Attica Lepsina Palestine Persia Palestine Amoas Ionia near Ajasoluc Argolis Pidaura Laconia J^lalvasia Illyricum Ragusa Ionia Erethri Pontus Tchernikeh Arabia Accaba Etruria Fiesoli Italy Faenza Italy FeltH Etruria Florence Gaul Frejics Syria Kedar Spain Cadiz Assyria Liguria Genoa Laconia Colokithia Italy Adria Thrace Adrianople Caria Bodrum Mesopotamia Her en Parthia Damegan Syria Balbec iE-ypt JSIatarea Bithynia Erekli Thrace Herakli Italy near Portici Argolis Castri JEgypt Ashmunein Spain Seville Italy Otranto Hyrcania Jorjan CITIES AND TOWNS. «51 Ancient I-co'ni-um I-cu-lis'raa l-re-nop'o-lis Is'sus Je-ru'sa-lem Jez're-el Jop'pa Lac-e-d8e'mon see Lamp'sa-chus La-od-i-ce'a La-od-i-ce'a La-ris'sa La-top'o-lis Leb-a-de'a Le-on-ti'ni Leuc'tra Lil-y-bae'um Lon-di'num Lug--du'num ^u-gu-val'li-um Lu-te'ti-a Lys-i-raa'chi-a Mag^'da-la Ma-co-ra'ba Mag-ne'si-a Mag-nesia Meandri Magaesia Sipylia Man-ti-ne'a • Man'tu-a Mar-a-can'da Mar'a-thon Mar-ci-a-nop'o-lis Ma-ri'a-ba Mar-o-ne'a Mas-sil'i-a Me-di-o-la num Meg--a-lop o-lis Meg^'a-ra Mes-se'ne Mes-sa'na Mi-le'tus Mu'ti-na Myc'a-le My-ce'nae My-las'sa Myt-i-le'ne Nau'cra-tis Nau-pac'tus Nau'pli-a Naz'a-reth Country. Modem, Lycaonia Konieh Gaul Angouleme Babylonia Bagdad Cilicia Aias Palestine Jerusalem Palestine Esdraelon Palestine Jaffa Sparta Mysia Lampsaki Phryg-ia Eski-hissat Syria Latakia Thessaly Larissa iEgypt Asna Boeotia Liodias Sicily Lentini Boeotia Livadosta Sicily Marsala Britain London Gaul Lyons Britain Carlisle Gaul Paris Thrace Hexamila Palestine Arabia Mecca Thessaly Lydia Guzel-hisar Lydia Magnisa Arcadia Tripolizza Italy Mantua Sog-diana Samarcand Attica Marathon Moesia Marcenopoh Arabia Mareb Thrace Marogna Gaul Marseilles Italy Milan Arcadia Leontari Greece Megara Messenia Maura-masia Sicily Messina Ionia Milets Italy Modena Ionia Ar^olis Caria Melasso Lesbos Castro ^^ypt near Faoua ^tolia Lepanto Arg-olis .N'apoli Palestine Kazareth 252 CITIES AiND TOWNS. Ancient. Ne ap'o-lia Ne-mae'a Nice Ni-co-me'di-a Ni-ce-pho'ri-um Nin'e-veh Nis'i-bis No-va'ri-a Nu-man'ti-a O-des'sus Olisipo, or Olisipona On'o-ba Os'ti-a Paes'tum Pal-my'ra Pa-nor'mus Pa-nor'mus Par-ae-to'ni-um Pa-ris'i-i Pa-sar'ga-da Pat'a-ra Pa-taVi-um Par-then'o-pe Pa'trae Pel'la Pe-lu'si-um Per'ga Per'ga-mus Per-sep'o-lis Pe-ru'si-a Pe'tra Phar'sa-lus Pha-se'lis Phil-a-del'phi-a Phi-lip'pi Phi-ljp-pop'o-lis Pho-cae'a Pi'sae Pis-to'ri-a Pla-cen'ti-a Prae-nes'te Pru'sa Ptol-e-ma'is Ptol-e-ma'is Pu-te'o-li Ra'ges or Ra'gae Ra-ven'na Rhe'g-i-tim Rhi-no-co-ru'sa Sa-guntum Country. Jilodern. Campania J^aples Cotonna Argolis Bithynia Isnic Bithynia Is JSTickmid Mesopotamia Racca Assyria JsTunia Mesopotamia Kisihin Italy JSTovara Spain near Soria Moesia Varna Lusitania Lisbon Spain Moguer Italy Ostia Italy Pesti Syria Palmyra Sicily Palermo Epirus Panormo Libya Bareton Gaul Paris Persia Pasa Lycia Patera Italy Padua Campania J^aples Achaia Patras Macedonia Jenitza ^gypt near Tineh Pamphylia Kara-hissar Mysia Pergamo . Persia near Estachar Etruria Perugia Arabia Krac Thessaly Farsa Pamphylia Fionda Lydia AWi^Shehr Macedonia Thrace FilippopoU Ionia Fochea Etruria Pisa Etruria Pistoya Italy Piacenza Italy Palestrina Bithynia Bursa Palestine Acre Libya Tolometo Ital;^ Pozzuolo Media Rai Italy Ravenna Italy Reggio ^ypt ElArish Spain Morviedro CITIES AND TOWNS. S&3 Ancient, Country. Modern, Sal'a-mis Cyprus Constanza Sa-la'pi-a Italy Saipe Sa-ler'num Italy Salerno Sal-man'ti-ca Spain Salamam Sa-lo'na lUyricum Salona Sa-mos'a-ta Syria Samisai Sar'dis Lydia Sart Sa-rep'ta Syria Sarfend Scyl-a-ce'um Italy Squillace Sc-gobri-g-a Spain Segurbe Se-go'vi-a Spain Segovia Sel-cu'cL-a Cilicia Selefke Sel-eu'ci-a Syria Kepge Sel-eu'ci-a Assyria Bagdad Seph'o-ris Palestine Sep/ioury She'chcm, or Sychar Palestine Ji'apolose Sic'y-oQ Achaia Basilica Si'don Phoenicia Saida Sin-gi-du num Moesia Belgrade Si-no'pe Pontus Sinob Smyrna Ionia Smyrna Sol'y-ma see Jerusalem Spar'ta, or Lac-e- ) Laconia Paleo-Chori da3 inon \ 3po-le'ti-um Italy Spoleto Sta-gi'ra Macedonia Siauros Sy'e-ne iEgypt Syene Syr'a-cuse Sicily Syracuse Ta-ren'tum Italy Tarento Tar'ra-co Spain Tarragona Tarsus Cilicia Tarso Te-ge'a Arcadia JSloklia Ten'ty-ra .Egypt Dendera Ter-gcs'le Italy Trieste Ter-ra-ci'na, or ) Anx-ur S Italy Terracina Thap'sa-cus Syria El T>eir Thebes Ji:gypt Luxor Thebes Boeotia Thiva Thes-sa-lo-ni'ca Macedonia Saloniki Thy-a-ti'ra Ljdla Akhisar Ti-be'ri-as Palestine Tabaria Tig-ran-o-cer'ta Armenia Sered Tingis Mauritania Tangiers To-le'tum Spain Toledo To-ro'ne Macedonia Toron Tra-peV.us Pontus Trebisond Tri-deri'tum Italy Trent Troe-ze'ne Argolia Damala Tus'cu-luin Italy Frascati 22 t54 AncienL Tyre Ve-na'frum Ve-nu si-a Ver-cel lae Ve-ro'na Vi-cen'ti-a Vi-cn na Vin-deb'o-na Vo-Ia-ter'rae Vol-sin'i-um Uti-ca RIVER& Country. Modem, Phc2nicia Sur Italy Venafro Italy Vcnosa Italy Vercelli Italy Verona Italy Vicema Gaul Vienna Pannonia Vienna Etruria Vo later ra Elruria Bolsena Africa Boo Shatter RIVERS. Ancient. Ach-e-lo'us Ad'du-a A-do'nis A-gri-a'nes A I bis Al-phe'us A-mar'dus A-mi'sus A'nas A'ni-o A-ni'sus A-pid'a-nus A'rar Ar'a-rus Ar'nus As'pa-pus As-trae'us Alh'c-sis A-tti'rus Au'fi-dus Ax'i-us Bac'trus BjE'tis Bo-din'cns Bo-rys the-nes Bagf'ra-da jCa-i'ciis Cal-y-cad'nus Ca-ram'bu-cis Cays'ter Chro'nus Cy'rns Da'ix Da-nu'bi-us Modem. Aspro-Potamo Adda Ibrahim Bassa Ergene Elbe Alfeo Kezil Ems Guadiana Teverone Enns Apidano Saone Siret ^mo Ahawi Vistriza Adige Adour Ofanto Vardar Dehasp Guadalquivir Po Dnieper Mejerdah Germaisti Kdikdoni Zhcina Minders care Pre gel Kxir Ural Danube AncienL Dar'a-dus DraVus Dri'lo Dri'nus Dru-en'ti-a Dru'na Du-ra'ni-us Dii'ri-a Du'ri-us E-leu'the-rus E-rid'a-nus Et-y-man'der Eu-laft'us, or ) U'la-i \ Eu-phra'tes Eu-ro'tas E-ve'nus Ga-rum'na Gra-ni'cus Ha-li-ac'mon Halys He'brus Hcr'mus Hy-das'pes Ilyp'a-nis Jax-ar'tes I-be'rus Jor'dan I'ris Is'a-ra Is'ter Li'cus Li'erer Li'ris Modem. Senegal Drave ' Drino Drin Durance Drovie Dordogne Doria Duero J^ahar el Berd Po Heermund Karasu Euphrates Basili Fidari Garonne Ousvola Jenicoro Kizilermak Mariza Sarabat Behat Bog Sir Ebro Jordan Jekil-ermak Isere and Oise Danube Lech Loire Garigliano RIVERS AND ISLANDS. 255 Ancient. Ly cus Ly'cus Moe-an'dci Mar'i-sus Ma-tro'na Me-do'a-cus Me-tau'rus Min'ci-us Min'i-us Mce'nus Mon'da Mo'sa Mo-sel'la Myg--do'ni-us Nar Na'ro Na'va Nicer Ni'g-er Nile (Eiius CEs'cus Ol'lius O-ron'tes Ox us Pac-to'lus Pa'dus Pe'ne-us Pha'sis Pyr'a-mus Rha Rhe'nus Rhe'nus Rhod'a-nus Modern. Tosanlu J^akr-e.l-Kelh Meinder Maros Marne Brenta Metauro J\Iincio JSIinho Maine Mondego Meuse Moselle Her mas J\''era JsTarenza J^ahe J^eckar JSTijrer JVile Inn Esker Oglio Ornntes Jihon Po Peneo Rione Geihoun Volga Rhine Rheno Rhone Ancient. Ru'bi-con Rubo Sa-bri'na Sam'a-ra Sa'vus Scal'dis Seq'ua-na Sico-ris So'nus Son ti-us Stachir Stry mon Tain'e-sis Ta'g-us Tan a-is Tan'a-nis Ther-mo'don Ti'ber Ti-bis'cus Ti-ci nus Tigris Ti-maVus Trc'bi-a Tru-en'tns Tii-run tus Tyras U la-i Varus Ve-li nus Vi-a'drus Vis'tu-la Vi-sur'g-is Vul-tur'nus Modes^A, Luso J^isme Severn Sommt Save Scheldt Seine Segra Soane Lisonzc Gambia Strimon Thames Tajo Don Tanaro Termeh Tiber Teisse Tesino Tigris Timavo Trebia Tronio Dwina. Dniester Karasu Var Velino Oder Vistula Weser Voltumo ISLANDS. Ancient. Modern. Ancient, Modem, ^-g-u'sa Linosa Il'va Elba ^-na'ri-a Ischia I'os JWo ^-o'li-an Islands Lipari Islands Ith'a-ca Teaki A-mor'gos Amorgo Lem'nos Stahmene Ar'a-dus Larek Les'bos Metelin An'a-phe JN'amphio Lip'a-ra Lipari An'dros Andro Leu-ca'di-a St. Maura As-ty-pa-lae'a Stanpalia Mel'i-tc Malta C Majorca Mel'i-te Meleda Bal-e-a'res ^ Minorca Me'los Milo t Ivica Mo'na Anglesea 266 LAKES AND SEAa Ancient Modern. Ancient. Modem, Ca-ljm'na Calmina Mo-na'bi-a Man Ca-pra'ri-a Gomera Myc'o-ne Myconi Ca'pre-ae Capri Nax'os Js'axia Car'pa-thus Scarpanto Ni-sy'rus J^isari Ceph-a-le'ni-a Cefalonia O-li'a-ros Anii-Paros Ceos Zia Pares Paros Chios Scio Pat'mos Patina Ci-mo'lus Argentiera Pharos Lesina Cis'sa Pago Plio-le-g-an'dros Policandro Cor-cy'ra Corfu Rhodes Rfiodes Cor-cy'ra Curzola Sar-din'i-a Sardinia Cor'si-ca Corsica Sa'mos Samos Cos Stanchio Sa-mo-thra'ce Samoihraki Crete Candia Scy'ros Syra Crepsa Cher so Se-ri'phus Serpho Cyprus Cyprus Sic'i-]y Sicily Cyth'nns Tliermia Si-ci'nus Sikino Cy-the'ra Cerigo Siph'nos Siphanio De'los Belos Stasch'a-des Hiere^ Eb'u-sus Ivaca Stroph'a-des Slrivali Eu-bcB'a JSTegropont Ten'e-dos Tenedos Fortunate Isles Canaries Te'nos Tino Hes-per'i-des Bissagos Tha-sos Thaso Hi-ber'ni-a Ireland The'ra Sent or in Hi'e-ra Volcajio Tliu'le Shetland TsJes Hi'e-ra Stratti Vec'tis Isle of WighJt I-ca'ri-a JSi^icaria Za-cyn'thus Zanle Im'bros Imbro LAKES. Ancient. Modern. Ancient. Modem Ar-sis'sa Van Fu-ci'nus Celano As-phal-ti'tes or Dead Sea La'ri-us Coma A-ver'nus Artmo Le'man Genera Be-na'cus Garda Thras-y-me'nus Purugia Brio--an-ti'au3 Constance Ti-be'ri-as Tabaria Ce-re 'si-US Lugano Ver-ba'nus MagvioTt Co'pi-as Limne SEAS. Ancient. Modem. Ancient. Modem. ^-grse'an Sea Archipelaso Ionian Sea < South part of the \ Gulf of Venice Aquitanian OceanBay of Biscay Atlantic do. Atlantic Mediterranean Mediterranean Caspian Caspian Pal us Moeo'tis Sea of Azoph Euxine Black Sea Propontis Marmora German Ocean German Ocean Tuscan or ) Part of the Med- \ ilerrantan Hyperborean do . Frozen Ocean Tyrrhene Sea PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY. 257 GULFS. Ancient Arabicus Sinus Adriaticus do. Argolicus do. Codanus do. Corinthiacus do. Gallicus do. Modem. Red Sea Gulf of Venice Gulf of Napoli Baltic Sea Ancient. Gangeticus do. Lig'usticus do. Persicus do. Saronicus do. Gulf of Lepanto Tarenticus do. Do. Lyons Thcrmaicus do. Modern. Bay of Bengal Do. Gevoa Persian Gulf Gulf of Engia Do. Tarento Do. Conttssa STRAITS. Ancient. Gallic Strait Strait of Her- ) Strails of Gib cules \ rallar Fossa or Taphros Do. Bonifacio Sicilian Strait Do. Messina Modem. Ancient. Slraits of Dover Hellespont Thracian Bos- phorus Cimmerian Bosphorus Modern. Dardanelles Straits of Constant tinople Do. Caff a PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY. In the following words, Alabama., Bale., CJnmbordzo^ Cinnnnatt^ Colora- do., Cumana^ Dessedda^ Grenada^ Louisiana^ J^tagara^ Nicaragua., Otam balo^ Panama^ Salddo^ Spd^ and Verdgua^ the letter a has the sound of a as in father. With regard to the following words, Alleghany^ Arkansas., Cumana^ Darien^ Ispahan^ Michigan^ Panama^ Paraguay^ Saranac^ and Tene- riffe^ some place the primary accent of the first and the secondary ac- cent on the third syllable, others reverse the order. There is also a diversity respecting the pronunciation of a considerable number of the other words ; and with regard to some it is difficult to determine what pronunciation is best authorized. Ab'be-ville Ab'er-deen Ad'ri-an-o'ple Al-a-ba'ma Al-be- marie' Al'le-gha-ny Am'a-zons An'gle-sea An-go'la An-go'ra An-nap'o-lis Ap'en-nines Ap-po-mat'tox Ar'a-rat As-tra-chan' A-zo'res Ba-ha'ma Bale Bar-ba'does Bar-ce-lo'na Bel-fast' Bel-grade' Bel-ve-de re Be-na'res Ber-liix' Ber-mu'das Blen'heim Bom-bay' Brus'sels Cai'ro Ca-naries Ca-rac'cas Cau'ca-sus Cay-enne' Ca-yu'ga Chil-li-co'the Chim-bo-ra'z« Cin-cin-uu'ti 22* ■'^ 258 PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY. Co-hoes' Co-im bra Col-o-ra'do Co-mo' ra Co-03' Con stance Cor'do-va Co-re 'a Cor'inth Cri-me'a Cu'ma-na Dan'ube Da'ri-en Dar-da-nelles Des-e-a'da Drog-he'da El'si-nore Eu-phra'tes Fay ette-ville Gal-lip'o-li Gen-e-see' Gen'o-a Gil-o'lo Gre-na'da Hal'i-fax Hal'le Hebri-des Hen-lo'pea Hin-doos'tan Hon-du'ras Hoii-sa-ton'ic In-di-an-op'o-lis Is-pa-han' Ir-ra-wad dy Ja-pan' Kol'i-van Kon'igs-berg La-do's^a La-moile' La-drone' Lo'mond Lou-i-si-a'na Lu'bec Lu-cerne' Ma-dei'ra Ma-dras' Ma-drid' Kamts. Acqui Aix la Chapelle Alen^on Alentejo Algiers Magf-da-le'na Ma-^el'lan Mar-a-cay'bo Ma-ri-e-ga-lante Mar'mo-ra Mau -re-pas' Me-a'co Me-cho-a-can' Me-di'na Mem-phre-ma'gogp Mi-ami Milan Mo'de-na Mon-de'go Mo-non-g^a-hela Mont-ser-rat' Mo-re'a Mo-selle' Mus-king'um Nau'g-a-tuck New'ark New'found-land New Or'le-ans Ni-a'o^a-ra Ni-ca-ra'gua O-gee'chee O-ne'g'a O-ri-uo'co Os-we-gatch'ie Os-we'go Ot-a-balo O ta-hei'te Ot-sego Ou'ta-was Pal-my'ra Pan'a-ma Par-a-gua/ Par-a-inar'i-bo Pas-ca-o^ou'la Pas-sa'ic Pe-dee Pe-leV Pen-sa-co'la Pe-ru' Pic'ar-dy P on t-ch ar- train' Po-pa-yan' Po-to'mac Po-to'si Pon'di-cher-ry Py're-neea Bat is-boa Rar i-tan Ro-an-oke' Sal-a-njan'ca Sa-la'do Sa-li'na Sa-mar'cand San-tee' Sar-a-nac' Sar-a-to'^ Sche-nec'ta-dy Schuyl'kill Sci-o'to Sen'a-ar Ser-in-gap-a-tam Sev'ern Se-ville' Sbe-nan-do'ah Sken-e-at'e-les Spa St. Hel'e-na Su-rat' Sur-i-nam' Sus-que-han'na Syr'a-cuse Tar a 2^0'na 'I en e i Jie Ti-pVa To-ie do Tri-este' Trip-i dad' Tnp'o-li Tu-rin' Um-me-ra-poo'ra Ush'ant Vas-sil-i-pot'a-mo Ve-ra'gna Wa-ter-ee' Wilkes'bar-re Yu-ca-tan Za'a-ra Zac-a-te'cas Zanes'viile Pronounced. Ac'que Ais-la-shap'pel Ah-lan-son' Ah-len-ta'ho Al-geers' J^ames. Altamaha Antigua Angouleme Archipelag'o Arequipa Pronounced. Al-ta-raa-haw' An-te'ga An-goo-lame' Ark-e-pel'a-go Ar-e-quee'pa PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY. 2sa JVame*. Arica Arkansas Armagh Avignon Avranches Balize Beaufort Belisle Benguela Berbice Besan^on Bilbao Blois Bologna Borodino Bourdeaux Bourges Brazil Brian^on Buenos Ayres Calais Canandalgua Cape Breton Carlisle Carlsruhe Castile Castine Cerigo Chalons Champagne Cham( lain Chartres Chateauroux Chaumont Cherbiirg Chiapa Chili Cologne Cuenca Curagoa Dieppe Digne Dijon Dnieper Dniester Draguinan Dumfries Edinburgh Enisei Esquimaux Essequibo Evereux Pronounced. Ah-ree'ka Ar-kan-saw' Ar'mah Av'in-you Av-ransh' Ba-leeze' Bu'fort Bel-ile' Ben-gwa'la Ber-beese' Ba-zan-son' Bil-bah'o Bloi Bo-lone'ya Bor-o-dee'no Bore-do' Boorzh Bra-zeel' Bre-an-son' Bwa'nos Ay'res Cal is Can-an-da'gwa Cape Brc-toon' Car-lile' Carls-roo'e Cas-teel' Cas-teen' Se-ree'go Sha-lone' Sham-pane' Sham-plain' Sharir Shah-to-roo' Sho-mon Sher'burg Che-ah pa Che'ly Co-lone Kwen'ka Cur-a-so' De-ep' Deen De-zhon' Ne'per Nees'ter Drah-ghe-nan' Dum-freez' i Ed'in-bo-ro, or [ Ed'in-burgh En-i-see' Es'ke-mo Es-se-que'bo Ev-roo' JS'ames. Foix Fontainebleau Gallipolis Gibraltar Giesen Gloucester Gottingen Guadalaxara Guadaloupe Guamanga Guanaxuato Guanca Velica Guatimala Giiaxaco Guiana Guayaquil Gruyeres Guebres Haerlem Hallo well Harwich Havre de Grace Heidelberg Illinois Iser Kenawha Kiel La Chine La Guira Lago Maggiore Lausanne Leicester Leipsic Leghorn Liege Liegnitz Lima Limoges LOrient Lou vain Maestricht Malta . Marseilles Martinique Meaux Meiningen Metz Merida Messina Mezieres Pronounced. Foi Fon'ten-blo Gal'e-po-leea . Jib-rawl'ter Ghe'sen Glos'ter Got tin-jen \ Gwah-da-lax-ah'- I ra Gau-da-loop' Gwah-man'ga j Gwah-nax-wah f to ) Gwan'ka Ve-lee'- [ ka Gwah-te-mah'la G wax-all ko Gwe-ah'ua Gwah-ya-keel Gru-yaer' Gwe'bers Har'leni Hol'lo-el Har-rij' Haver de Gras Hi'dl-berg Il-li-noy' E'ser Ke-naV-wa Keel La Sheen La Gwe ra La'go Ma-jo'ra Lo-zan' Les'ter Lipe'sic Le-gorn' Leege Leeg'ultz Le'ma Le-mozhe' Lo're-on Loo- vane' Mase'stret Mawl'ta Mar-sails' Mar-te-neek Mo Mi-nin'jen Mess Me-ree'da Me-see'na Mez-e-aer' 260 PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY. /J'ames. Pronounced. JVames. Pronounced. Michio;an Mish-e-gan' Rouen Roo'en Missouri Mis-soore Russia Ru'shia Montauban Mon-to-ban' St. Augustine Saint Au'gus-tecn Montbrisoa Mon-bre-zon' St. Louis Saint Loo'e Monte Video Mon'te Ve-da'o St. Lucia Saint Lu-see' Monterr.y Mon-te-ra/ St. Marino Saint Ma-re'no Mozambique Mo-zam-beek' St. Pierre Saint Pe-aer' Munich Mu'nick Saco Saw'ko Nantes Nant Salisbury Sols'be-ry Natchitoches Nack'e-tosh Saloniki Sal-o-ne'ke Neufchatel Noo-sha-tel' Santorini San-to-ree'ne Nice Neece Saone Sone Niemen Ne'men Scheldt Shelt Nismes Necms Schweitz Swites Norwich Nor'rij Seine Seen Oaxaca 0-ax-ah'ka Senegal Sen-e-gawl' Oneida O-ni'da Soleure So-laer' Onondaga O-non-daw'ga Thames Perns Opelousas Op-e-loo'sas Tippecanoe Tip-pe-ca-noo Ouachitta Wash-e-taV Tivoli Tiv'o-le Ouisconsin Wis-con'sin Toulon Too-lon' Oviedo 0-ve-a'do Toulouse Too-looz' Pau Poh Tournay Toor-na/ Perdido Per-de'do Trri&am Tri'sam Perpi^nan Pare-peen-yan' Utrecht U'tret Perigueux Pa-re-gur' Valenciennes Val-len-seen Piedmont Peed'mont Venezuela Ven-e-zwa'la Pisa Pe'za Venice Ven'is Poitiers Poy'teers Vesoul Va-zooV Porto Rico Porto Re'ko Versailles Ver-sails' Poughkeepsie Po-kep'sy Vincennes Vin-sens' Prussia Pru'shia Wabash Wau bosh Puebla Pu-a'bla Warwick Wor'rick Queretaro Ka-ra-tah'ro Washita Wash-e-taw Quito Ke'to Weimar Wi'mar Raleigh Raw'ly VS'innipiseogee Win'ne-pe-sog-e Rheims Pumes Xalapa Za-lah'pa Za-rase' Rhodez Ro-dess' Xeres Rio Janeiio Re'o Ja-ne'ro Ypres F/per Rochelle Ro-shell' Zurich Zu'rick Rochfort Rosb'fort QUESTIONS ON THE MODERN MAPS. 261 QUESTIONS ON THE MODERN MAPS. Before studying" the questions, the pupil should be taug-ht to distin- g"uish the points of compass on tljc maps, north, soxtth, east, west^ northeast, &c. ; also the lines of latitude and longitude, the equa- tor or equinoctial line, the tropics, the polar circles, the poles, and the spaces occupied by the Jive zones. Sec page 14. Ih making- these explanations to the pupil, let him sit with his face to the north, with the map of the world placed before him, in a direct position, the top turned to the north. After the pupil has become familiar with the maps by the use of the questions, the instructer may advantag-cously g-ive a course of les- sons independent of the questions, embracing more g-encral views It will be found a useful exercise, in revising- the questions on the maps, to require the pupil to relate what is said in the g-eography respecting the cities and towns, whose positions are given. By this means the situation of the places, and other important facts relat- ing to them, will be associated, and better fixed in memory.^Pu- pils should be required to give the bearing of places from the town in which they live, or from some town near them. Map of the World. J. Which arc the two largest quarters of the globe ? 2. Which is the smallest ? 3. Which contains the most land, the East, or West Hemisphire? 4. On which side of the Equator is there the most land, northern or southern ? 5. What qirarters of the globe are crossed by the Equator ? 6. AVhat quarters and islands are crossed by the tropic of Capri corn ? 7. What countries are crossed by the tropic of Cancer? 8. What large islands does the Equator intersect? 9. How is America bounded ? 10. Africa? 11. Europe? 12. Asia? 13. How is the Atlantic ocean situated ? 14. The Arctic oceaa"* 15. How is the Pacific ocean ? 16. The Indian ocean ? 17. What parts of the globe are included in the torrid zone? 18. What parts in the northern temperate zone? 19. What parts in the northern frigid zone ? 20. What parts in the southern temperate zone ? 262 QUESTIONS ON THE J 21. Is there any land in the southern frigid zone ? i 22. What countries lie between 10 and 20 degrees N. Latitude? ! 23. What countries between 20 and 30 N.r 24. Between 30 and 40? < 25. Between 40 and 50 ? 26. Between 50 and 60 ? 1 27. What countries north of 60? j 28. What sea lies between Europe and Africa? ] 29. What part of Europe approaches nearest to Africa ? ] 30. W'hat strait connects the Mediterranean with the Atlantic? 1 31. Where do the two continents approach nearest to each other? 32. What strait separates America from Asia ? j 33. Which is most northerly, Hudson's bay or Baffin's bay? ] 34. How is Greenland situated ? ; 35. What is the southern cape of Greenland? < 36. W'hat islands are there in the Arctic ocean ? j 37. W hich is most southerly, Cape Horn or the Cape of Good Hope. \ 38. Which way is New Holland from the southern part of Africa?^ 39. Where is Madagascar ? 40. Where is St. Helena ? i 41. Which way is Amsterdam island from the Cape of Good Hope?] 42. What is the latitude of Kerguelen's Land ? I 43. Wljat is the latitude and longitude of New Zealand ? 44. What strait separates the two islands of New Zealand ? j 45. W^hich way from New Zealand are New Caledonia and the New Hebrides ? < 46 Which are most easterly, the Friendly islands or the Society : islands ? \ 47. Which way from Otaheite is Pitcairn's island ? 3 48. On which side of the equator are the Marquesas ? 49. Which way from Mexico are the Sandwich islands ? j 50. What islands are south of Beering's straits ? j 51. Where are the Gallipagos ? 52. Azores? 53. Cape Verd islands ^^ 54. Which way from Cape Horn is the island of Georgia ? • 55. What oceans are passed over in sailing from Boston to Calcutta?- 56. What ocean and seas are passed over in sailing from the United^ States to Constantinople ? ', 57. What ocean and seas are passed over in sailing from the United] States to St. Petersburg ? ; 58. How would one sail from New York to California ? i 59. Which is farthest north, Quebec or London? | 60 Which is farthest north, Philadelphia or Rome? Map of North America. ' 1. What ocean is east of North America? * 2. Which is most westerly, Baffin's or Hudson's bay ? i 3. W^ith what ocean do these bays communicate ? i 4. Where is James's bay? 5. Where the gulf of St. Lawrence? ; 6. Where is the gulf of Mexico ? 7. The gulf of California? 8. W^hcre tiie Caribbean sea ? 9. What great lakes are there in North America ? i 10. Where is lake Winnipeg? 11. What rivers flow from it into] Hudson's bay "* ! MODERN MAPS. 263 12. What other rivers flow into Hudson's bay ? 13. la what latitude is Slave lake ? 14. What large river flows into the Frozen ocean ? 15. Where is Columbia river? 16. What rivers flow into it? 17. Where does the Colorado empty ? 18. Where does the del Norte rise ? 19. Into what does it flow ? 20. Where are the Rocky mountains ? 21. Where is Cape Farewell ? 22. What strait separates Greenland from Labrador ? 23. In what part of North America is Labrador ? 24. Which way from Maine is Newfoundland? 25. By what strait is it separated from Labrador ? 26. In what direction is the g-reat bank from Newfoundland? 27. In what part of Newfoundland is St. John's ? 28. What islands are there in the g-ulf of St. Lawrence ? 29. Between what is Cape Breton situated ? 30. Is Nova Scotia an island or peninsula ? 31. In what direction is it from Boston ? 32. How is New Brunswick situated with regard to Nova Scotia? 33. How is it situated with regard to Maine ? 34. On which side of Nova Scotia is Halifax ? 35. How is the bay of Fundy situated ? 36. Where is Alaska ? 37. What is its longitude ? 38. What is the latitude of Mount Elias ? 39. What is the latitude of Quadra and Vancouver's island ? 40. Which is most northerly, Nootka or Queen Charlotte's sound? 41. How is Mexico or New Spain bounded ? 42. In what latitude is the city of Mexico ? 43. How situated ? 44. Wliich way from Mexico are Queretaro and Guadalaxara ? 45. Which way is Vera Cruz ? 46. On what is it situated ? 47. Which way Zacatecas from Mexico ? 48. Which way Acapulco? 49. And on what situated? 50. In what part of Mexico is Santa Fe ? 51. On what river? 52. In what part of Mexico is Texas ? 53. In what part is Yucatan f 54. Where is Campeachy ? 55. Where is the bay of Tecoantapec ? 56. How is Guatimala bounded ? 57. What bay lies on the north side of Guatimala ? 58. In what part is lake Nicaragua ? 69. How is the city of Guatimala situated ? 60. Which way from it is Chiapa ? 61. Leon ? 62. In what part of Guatimala is Honduras ? 63. Veragua? 64. Which way from Cape Hatteras are the Bermuda islands ? 65. What is the most southerly cape of Florida ? 66. In what direction from this cape are the Bahamas ? 67. What great island lies south of Florida ? 68. In what part of Cuba is Havannah ? 69. Which way from Cuba is St. Domingo ? 70. Which way from St. Domingo is Jamaica? 71. Porto Rico? 72. On which side of Jamaica is Kingston ? 73. Where are the Caribbean islands ? 74. Which are the largest? 75. What islands are between Porto Rico and Caribbean islands? "6. Which is most northerly, Guadaloupe or Barbadoes ? 264 QUESTIONS ON THE j 77. How is Trinidad situated? 78. In what latitude ? ; 79. How are the United States bounded f ; 80. Between what degrees of loug^itude do they lie ? ! *Map of the United States. , 1. Between what parallels of latitude do the United States lie ? ] 2. In what direction does the coast of the United States run ? 3. In what direction the Alleg-hany mountains ? i 4. In what direction the river St. Lawrence ? J 5. In what direction the Connecticut, Hudson, and Delaware? 1 6. In wliat direction do the rivers of the southern states flow into \ the Atlantic ? ; 7. In what direction does the Mississippi flow ? 8. The Ohio ? ^ 9. The Missouri ? 10. The Arkansas ? j 11. What are the Jitft grc&t lakes in the N. part of the U. States^ ' 12. Which is the largest of them? 13. Which is the smallest? ■ 14. Which lies wholly within the United States ? 1 15. Which the most westerly? 16. Easterly? 17. Southerly? ] 18. Between which are the falls of Niag-ara? 19. What river forms the outlet of these lakes to the ocean ? \ 20. What lake lies between Vermont and New York ? 21. Where is lake St. Clair? 22. Where St. Mary's falls? 23. What are the principal rivers that flow into the Atlantic? J 24. What large rivers flow into the gulf of Mexico? 1 25. What large rivers flow into the Mississippi on the eastern side? ; 26. What on the western side ? ■ 27. What are the principal rivers that flow into the Missouri? j 28. What two rivers uniting form the Ohio ? ^ 29. What are the capes at the mouth of Delaware bay ? i 30. What capes at the mouth of Chesapeake bay ? 31. Where are Capes Hatteras and Lookout? 32. Cape Fear? ; • On the map of the United States there are several lines extending ; At considerable distance from the coast in a southwesterly direction, j These are geological lints^ drawn in order to illustrate ih^ geology of the i United States, and to accommodate the map to the use of Prof. Cleave- ; land's Mineralogy. i The line nearest to the coast divides the upper from the lower coun- 4 try. It commences to the west of New York city, and passes near Philadel- * phia, Baltimore, Washington, Richmond, Columbia, Augusta, Milledge- i ville, and Cahawba. The tract of country included between this line 1 and the coast, is called by mineralogists alluvial deposi/e. It is gener- ' ally level, low, sandy, covered with pine trees, and is often styled pine ' barrens. The New England States and the tracts included between the lines, i are characterized as primitire and transition countries, or countries in i which primitire and transition rocks are found. ' The country lying to the north and west of the geological lines, is call- ! ed secondary^ the rocks which it contains being of the secondary forma- ' tion. Primitive rocks are more or less crystalline, and are totally desti- tute of petrifactions or organic remains. Secondary rocks contain or j f anic remains or petrifactions of animals and vegetables. ? \ MODERN MAPS. 265 . 33. Which of them is most northerly ? 34. Which is most northerly, Albemarle or Pamlico sound? I 35. How is Chesapeake bay situated ? •« 36. What states border on the Atlantic ? 37. What states border on the g-ulf of Mexico ? * j 38. What states are bounded by the Mississippi ? "• 39. What by the Ohio ? 40. What border on the great lakes ? -j 41. What states are separated by the Potomac ? ; 42. What states are separated by the Savannah ? 1 43 What states are intersected by the 40th parallel of N. Latitude* > 44. What states are situated N. of the 40th parallel r ^ 45. What states are situated S. of the 40th parallel ? J 46. What states are intersected by the meridian of Washing-toD .-' j 47. What states lie E. Lon. from Washington ? 48. What W. ' ] 49. How are the following- states bounded? : 50. Maine 59. Delaware 68. Kentucky ; 51. N. Hampshire 60. Maryland 69. Tennessee ) 52. Vermont 61. Virginia 70. Alabama ' 53. Massachusetts 62. N. Carolina 71. Mississippi 1 54. Rhode Island 63. S. Carolina 72. Louisiana i 55. Connecticut 64. Georgia 73. Missouri j ^. New York 65. Ohio 74. Michigan Ter, ^ 57. New Jersey 66. Indiana 75. North West. Ter. ] 58. Pennsylvania 67.. Illinois 7G. Arkansas Ter. I 77. Which are the largest states in extent? 78. The smallest? ' 79. Which extends farthest N., Maine or the N. W. Territory ? J 80. What are the principal rivers of Maine ? , 81. In what part of Maine is Katahdin mountain ? j 82. What rivers empty into the Chesapeake ? 83. What rivers are there in the western part of Virginia ; 84. How is Richmond situated ? 85. Norfolk ? 86. Petersburg .'' 8T i York? 88. Fredericksburg? 89. Wheeling? I 90. In what part of Virginia are Lexington, Staunton, and Char- lottesville ? \ 91. What rivers empty into Albemarle sound ? 92. Into Pamlictt j sound ? : 93. How is Raleigh situated ? 94. Fayetteville ? 95. Newbern i 96. Wilmington? 97. Salisbury? 98. Edenton? ^ 99. What rivers are in South Carolina ? i 100. How is CAar/e.9for.. situated ? 101. Georgetown? 102. Colum- . "i bia? 103. Camden? 104. Orangeburg? ; 105. Which way from Charleston is Beaufort? 106. Columbia'' j 107. What are the principal towns on the Savannah river? *:* 108. How is Jlilledgeville situated? 109. Washington? 110 ^ ' Athens? lll.Darien? 112. Sparta? , 113. What rivers are there in Georgia ? < 114. What are the principal rivers in Alabama? .{ 115. Plow is Ca/iaio6a situated? 116. Mobile? 117. Blakely.' lift. ! St. Stephens? 119. Huntsville ? 120. Claiborne? ] 121 What are the rivers in Mississippi ? 122. How is Natchfiz i situated ? j 23 i 266 QUESTIONS ON THE 123. What towns are on Pearl river? 124. Which way is Washing- ton from Natchez ? 125. Which way is Port Gibson ? 126. Elliot ? 127. What river forms part of the W. boundary of Louisiana ? 128. How is JVeio O Wean* situated ? 129. Madisonville ? 130. Nach- itoches? 131. Opelousas? 132. Alexandria? 133. Lake Pontchartrain ? 1 34. What river forms part of the S. boundary of Arkansas Ter. ? 135. What are the rivers in Tennessee? 136. How is Nashville situated? 137. Knoxville? 138. Murfreesboro ? 39. In what part of Tennessee are Rogersville, Jonesboroug-h, and Greenville? 140. In what part Columbia, Fayette ville, and Shelbyville ? H. What rivers empty into the Ohio in Kentucky ? i ."2. What is the situation of Lexington? 143. Fi-ankfort? 144. Louisville ? 145. Maysville ? 146 Danville ? 1«»7. What rivers in Ohio empty iato the Ohio r 148. What into Lake Erie ? 149. What towns in Ohio are on the river Ohio? 150. On Lake Erie ? 151. What is the situation of Columbus? 152. Cincinnati? 153. Athens ? 154. Chillicothe ? 155. Zanesville ? 156. Dayton ? 157. What are the rivers of Indiana ? 158. Of Illinois ? 159. What lake bounds them on the N.? 160. What river on S. ? 161. In what part of Indiana is Indianopolis ? 162. How is Vin cennes situated ? 163. What towns in Ohio are on or near the Scioto ? 164. Which way from St. Louis is f^andalial 165. What towns in Illinois on the Mississippi? 166. Which way from Vandalia is Edwardsville ? 167. How is Shawneetown situated? 168. By what lakes is Michig-an surrounded? 169. How is Lake St. Clair situated ? 170. How Green bay .' 171. Between what two lakes is tlie island and strait of Michili- mackinac? Detroit? 172. What are the rivers of the North W6st Territory ? 173. What rivers are there in Missouri? 174. What towns in Missouri are on the Mississippi? 175. What towns arc on the Missouri? '176. Which way from St. Louis are Potosi and the Ijead mines ? 177. What are the rivers in Arkansas Territory ? 178. On what river are Little Rock and Dwight ? 179. What is the Lat and Lon. of the mouth of the Yellow Stone ? 1»0. Where is Fort Mandan ? 181. Council Bluffs ? 1 82. What countries lie north of the great lakes .•' 183. What river separates Upper and Lower Canada? 184. Where is Ncpissing lake ? 185. Where Lake Simcoe ? 186 Where does the river Ouse eraptv ? 187. The Thames? 188. How is York situated ? 189. Kingston? 190. Maiden? ir-1. What towns in Canada lie between Lakes Ontario and Erie? 192 Where does St Maurice river empty ? 193. The Segnenai ? MODERN MAPS. 267 194. How IS Quebec situated ? 195. Montreal? 196. Three River»r 197. In what part of Florida is Pensacola? 198. How is St. Augustine situated ? 200. St Marks ? 199. Where is Apalachee bay ? 201. Which way from St. Augustine is Amelia island ? Map of the Eastern and Middle States. 1. In what part of N. Hampshire are the White mountains 2. Where are the Green mountains ? 3. The Catskill mountains C 4. How is Lake Winnipiseogee situated ? 5. Umbag-og ? 6. Lake Champlain ? 7. Lake George ? 8. What Iftkes are towards the western part of New York ? 9. How is Portland situated? 10. What towns in Maine are on the coast ? 11. What towns on the Kennebec ? 12. On the Saco ? 13. How is Portsmouth situated ? 14. Concord? 15. Exeter? 16 Dover? 17. K^ne ? 18. Amherst? 19. What towns in N. Hampshire»on the Connecticut? 20. On the Merrimack? 21. How is Montpelier situated ? 22. Rutland? 23. Bennington? 24. Danville ? 25. What towns in Vermont on the Connecticut ? 26. On Onion river ? *27. Otter Creek ? 28. On Lake Champlain ? 29. Between what capes does Massachusetts bay lie ? 30. Where is Barnstable bay ? 31. Buzzard's bay ? 32. Where are Nan- tucket and Martha's Vineyard ? 33. How is Boston situated ? 34. What towns on the coast of Massachusetts are north of Boston ? 35. What south ? 36. In what part of the state is Worcester ? 37. New Bedford ? 38. Newburyport ? 39. Provincetown ? 40. Williamstown t 41. What towns in Massachusetts on the Connecticut? 42. On the Merrimack ? 43. What towns near the western side ? 44. What near the centre ? 45. What towns in Rhode Island lie on the west side of Narragan- set bay ? (the bay extending up into the state near the east side) 46. At which end of it is Providence ? 47. On which side are Bristol and Warren ? 48 Which way from Providence is Newport? 49. How is Block Island situated ? 50. How is Hartford situated? 51. New Haven? 52. New Lon- don ? 53. What towns in Connecticut lie near the coast ? 54. On the Connecticut ? 55. The Housatonic ? 56. What towns are in the eastern part of Connecticut ? 57. How is the city of New York situated ? In what part of the state, and at the mouth of what river ? 58. How is Albany situated? 59. In what part of New York is Utica? 60. Buffalo? 268 QUESTIONS ON THE 61. "What towns on the Hudson ? 62. On the Mohawk ? 63. On Black river ? 64. On the St. Lawrence ? 65. On the Gene- see ? 66. On the Niagara? 67. On the Tioga? 68. On the Susquehanna in N. Y. ? 69. On the West side of Lake Champlain ? 70. On Lake Ontario ? 71. Which way from Albany are Saratoga and Ballston? 72. Which way New Lebanon? 73. Cooperstown ? 74. Sackett's har- bour ? 75 On what lake is Auburn ? 76. Skeneateles ? 77. Salina ? 78. Geneva ? 79. Ithaca ? 80. Which way from Geneva is Canandaigua? 81. Waterloo? 82. In what part of Long Island is Sag Harbour ? 83. In what part Brooklyn and Jamaica ? 84. Where is Staten Island ? 85. On what river is Trenton ? 86. Which way from Trenton are Princeton, N. Brunswick, Elizabethtown, and Newark ? 87. Which way from Newark is Amboy? 88. Patterson? 89. Morristown and Newton? 90. What towns in New Jersey on the Delaware ? 91. What rivers unite just below Philadelphia? 92. What rivers unite at Pittsburgh? 93. On what river is Harrisburg ? 94. Which way from Philadelphia is Lancaster ? 95. What towns in Pennsylvania on the Delaware ? 96. On the Schuylkill ? 97. On the Lehigh ? 98. The Susquehanna ? 99. The Juniatta ? 100. The Alleghany ? 101. The Monon- gahela ? 102. Which way from Harrisburg to York? 103. Which way to Carlisle and Chambersburg ? 104. Lebanon ? 105. What towns are near the S. W. corner of the state ? 106. What ones near the N. W. corner ? 107. In what part of Delaware is Wilmington? 108. Which way from Wilmington to Dover? 109. What towns between Wilmington and Dover ? 110. Which side of the Chesapeake are Baltimore and Annapolis? 111. What towns in Maryland are east of the Chesapeake? 112. Where is Havre de Grace ? 1 13. What towns in Maryland are on the Potomac ? 114. Which way from Washington are Frederickstown and Hagers- town ? 115. Which side of the Potomac are Washington and Georgetown? 116. Which side is Alexandria? 117. What towns in Virginia are on the Potomac ? 118. Which way are Leesburg and Winchester from Washington ? Map of South America. 1. How is South America bounded 2. What islands are near the north coast ? ^. Where are the Falkland islands ? 4. Whei d Terra del Fuego ? 5. What strait separates Terra del Fuego from the main land ? 6. Where is Chiloe island ? 7. Where Joan Fernandez ? MODERN MAPS. 269 8. "What are the N., E., S., and W. capes of S. America ? 9. In what latitude is Cape Horn? 10. Into what sea does the Magdalena river flow ? 11. In what latitude does the Orinoco empty ? 12. What is the general course of the Amazons ? 13. What is the latitude of its mouth ? 14. What are the principal rivers that flow into it? 15. In what latitude is the mouth of the La Plata ? 16. Where is lake Maracaybo ? 17. Lake Parima ? 18. Lake Tit icaca ? 19. Through what part of South America do the Andes extend? 20. In what part of S. America is Colombia? 21. How is it bounded? 22. What part of Colombia is formed by New Grenada? What part by Venezuela ? 23. How is Guiana bounded? 24. Brazil? 25. Buenos Ayras? 26. Chili ? 27. Peru ? 28. In what part of S. America is Amazonia ? 29. In what part Pat- agonia ? 30. In what part of Colombia is Santa Fe de Bogota ? 31. In what direction from Santa Fe de Bogota is Popayan 32. On which side of the equator is Quito ? 33. How is Guayaquil situated ? 34. How Porto Bello ? 35. In what part of Colombia is Carthagena ? 36. Caraccas?, 37. In what direction from Carthagena is St. Martha ? 38. Where are tlie bay and town of Panama ? 39. Maracaybo ? 40. Which way from Quito is Chimborazo ? 41. On what river is St. Thomas or St. Thome situated ? 42. In what part of Guiana is Paramaribo ? 43. In what direction from Paramaribo is Cayenne ? 44. In what part of Brazil is Rio Janeiro ? 45. In what latitude ? 46. How many degrees father north is St. Salvador ? 47. Which way from Rio Janeiro is Tejuco ? Which way Villa Rica ? 48. Which is most northerly, Pernambuco or Paraiba ? 49. In what part of Brazil are Maranham and Para ? 50. On which side of the La Plata is Buenos Ayres? Monte Video? 51. In what direction from Buenos Ayres is Cordova? 52. How is Assumption situated ? 53. In what latitude is Potosi? 54. In what direction from Potosi is La Plata ? 55. In what part of Chili is St. Jago ? 56. How is Valparaiso situ- ated ? 57. In what part of Chili is Valdivia? 58. In whatCopiapo ? 59. Which way from Valparaiso is Conception ? 60. In what part of Peru is Lima? 61. Truxillo ? 62. Which way from Lima are Guamanga and Cuzco ? 63. In what part of Peru is Arica ? 64. How is Arequipa situated ? 65. Guanca Velica ? Map of Europe. 1. What seas lie between Europe and Asia ? ft. Which side of Europe is the Mediterranean ? ''* M «70 QUESTIONS ON THE , 3. Between what countries is the gulf of Venice? ! 4. Where is the baj^ of Biscay? 6. Where the North sea? j 6. What connects the North sea with the Baltic ? i 7. How is the British channel situated ? ] 8. What country lies S., what E., and what W., of the Baltic ' 9. What is the eastern, and what the northern g-ulf of the Baltic ? \ 10. Where is the White sea ? 11. What rivers flow into it ? ' 12. What river flows into the sea of Azoph r 13. Into the Black * sea? 14. The Caspian sea ? 15. The Baltic ? 16. The North \ sea? 17. The bay of Biscay? i 18. What rivers in Spain flow into the Mediterranean? 19. What rivei-s of Spain floAv into the Atlantic ? < 20. What are the 5 largest islands in the Mediterranean ? 21. Which is the most easterly of these islands ? I 22. How is Sicily situated ? 23. Candia ? 24. Corsica? \ 25. Where is Elba ? 26. Malta ? 27. Cerig-o ? j 28. What islands are near the coast of Spain ? ^ 29. What islands are there in the Archipelago ? ] 30. What islands lie NW. of Morea ? 31. Which way is Iceland from Scotland? , i 32. W^hat islands lie N. and what W. of Scotiand ? ^ 33. What islands are there in the Baltic? -: 34. What mountains between Norway and Sweden ? j 35. What mountains on the northeast of Europe ? ^ 36. Where are the Carpathian mountains ? ' 37. Where the Alps ? 38. The Pyrenees ? ; 39. W^hat parts of Europe lie S. of the parallel of 40 N. Lat ? ', 40. What countries lie chiefly between 40 and 50 N. Lat. ? * ■ 41. What countries between 50 and 60 N. Lat.? 42. What N- of 1 60? i 43. In what part of Europe are Spain and Portugal ? \ 44. In what part is Russia ? 45. Turkey ? 46. Germany ? : 47. Sweden? 48. France? 49. Italv? 50. England? 51. Aus | tria? How are the following countries bounded \ 62. Norway 57. Austrian Domin. 62. Spain , 53. Sweden 58. Scotland 63. Portugal | 54. Russia 59. England 64. Italy i 55. Denmark 60. Ireland 65. Turkey ] 56. Pruss. Domin. 61. France i How are the following cities situated ? j 66. London 71. Madrid 76. Constantinople j 67. Dublin 72. Lisbon 77. Copenhagen ; 68. Edinburgh 73. Rome 78. Stockholm i 69. Amsterdam 74. Naples 79. St. Petersburg ! 70. Paris 75. Vienna 80. Moscow ' 81. Which way is Paris from London ? 82. Madrid from London? 83. Rome ? 84. Berlin ? 85. Vienna ? 86. St. Petersburg r 87. What towns arc situated on the Danube ? | MODERN MAPS. 271 88. What towns on the Volga ? 89. The Dnieper? 90. Dwina? 91. What rivers rise in Spain and flow through Portugal ? 92. Near the mouth of what river is Oporto ? 93. What towns are between Oporto and Lisbon ? 94. How is Cadiz situated ? 95. On what river is Seville ? 96. How is Gibraltar situated ? 97. How Grenada ? 98. What towns in Spain are situated on the Mediterranean ? 99. On what river is Saragossa ? 100, On what is Toledo ? 101. What towns in the north of Spain ? 102. Where is Cape St. Vincent ? 103. Cape Finisterre ? 104. In what part of the Prussian Dominions are Elbing, Konigsberg, and Tilsit ? 105. Through what part of the Austrian Dominions does the Danube flow ? 106. In what part of the Austrian Dominions is Lemberg ? 107. Which way from Lemberg is Cracow ? 108. Which way from Buda is Debretzin? 109. Which side of the Danube is Pest? 110. Which way from Pest to Tokay ? 111. Hermanstadt? 112. In what part of Sicily is Palermo? 113. Catania? 114. In what part of Sardinia is Cagliari ? 115. What town in the northern part of Corsica r 116. Which way from Corsica is Elba? 117. How is Constantinople situated ? 118. Which way from Constantinople is Adrianople? 119. How is Saloniki situated ? 120. Misitra? 121. Athens? 122. Larissa? 123. Philippopoli ? 124. Belgrade? 125. Bucha rest ? 126 What towns in Turkey are on the Danube? 127. What towns in Turkey on the Black sea? 128. What sea lies between the Black sea and the Archipelago ? l||^^Where are the Dardanelles ? I^ST What island lies south of the Archipelago ? 131. What islands lie NW. of the Morea? 132. On which side of the Black sea is Crimea? 133. What sea lies north of the Black sea ? 134. What river of Russia flows into the Caspian sea ? 135. What into the sea of Azoph ? 136. The Black sea ? 137. The White sea? 138. On what gulf is St. Petersburg ? 139. On what is Ri^a? 140. Which way is Moscow from St. Petersburg ? 141. How is Abo situated ? 142. Warsaw? 143. Which way from Riga to Wilna? 144. Which way from St. Petersburg to Novgorod ? 145. Which way from Moscow to Smolensk? 146. How is Cherson situated ? 147. Odessa? 148. Kiev? 140 Cazan? 150. Archangel? 151. How is Stockholm situated ? 152. Gottenburg ? 153. Which way from Stockholm is Upsal ? 154. How is Tornea situated ? 155. In what Lat. ? 156. Which is most northerly, Tornea or Archangel? 272 QUESTIONS ON THE 157. "WTiich is most westerly, lake Wenner or Wetter? 158. In what part of Norway is Berg-en? 159. Which way from Bergen is Christiania? 160. Which way Drontheim ? 161. Where is the Maelstrom? Map of France, Germany,* JSTetherlandsj and Switzerland. 1. How are the following countries bounded ? 2. Netherlands 4. Bavaria 6. Switzerland 3. Saxony 5. Wurtemberg- 7. Baden 8. Which is the largest division of Prussia, the eastern or western 9. On what sea are Holstein and Mecklenburg ? 10. What country lies between Mecklenburg and Netherlands? 11. What small countrj' is almost surrounded by Hanover' ^ 12. In what part of Netherlands is Holland? 13. In what part is Luxemburg ? 14. Brabant? 15. In what part of Italy is Piedmont ? 16. What small country lies between Piedmont and France ? 17. Which is most southerly, Genoa or Tuscany ? 18. What countries border on W. side of the Austrian dominions ' 19. Which is most northerly, Bohemia or Moravia ? 20. How is Tyrol situated ? 21. Which way from Tyrol is Stiria? 22. On what gulf does lUyria border? 23. Which is most northerly, Hesse Darmstadt or Hesse Cassel ? 24. Which side of the Rhine is Nassau ? 25. Where are the Alps? 26. The Apennines? 27. The Pyre- nees ? 28. By what is France separated from England ? 29. What are the four principal rivers of France ? 30. What towns on the Seine ? 31. What on the Loire ? 32. Tlie Garonne? 33. The Rhone? 34. In what part of France is Marseilles ? 35. Which way from Marseilles is Montpellier ? 36. In what part is Bayonne ? 37. How is it situated ? 38. In what part are Brest and L'Orient ? 39. In what part are St. Omer, Calais, Dunkirk, and Lille ? 40. What town in England is near Calais ? 41. How is Strasburg situated ? 42. Havre de Grace ? 43. Which way is Rheims from Paris ? 44. Which way Bourges ? 45. Which way is Amsterdam from Paris ? 46. What towns lie between Amsterdam and the Rhine 47. What town is near the mouth of the Rhine ? 48. In what part of Netherlands is Groningen ? 49. Brussels ? 50. What towns are on the Mouse? 51. What on the Scheldt? 52. Through what countries does the Rhine flow ? 53. Where does it empty ? 54. What towns of Prussia are on the Rhine ? '^- Germany comprises the country represented ou the map lying south of the Baltic, east of Tsetherlands and France, and north of Switzer- land, Italy, and the gulf of Venice. It is divided into many indepen- dent states. For an enumeration of them see page 118. MODERN MAPS. 273 55. Which is farthest north, Aix la Chapelle or Treves ? 56. What large town is on the Weser toward its mouth ? 57. On what river is Emden ? 58. On what is Hanover? 59. What large town is on the Elbe toward its mouth ? 60. Which waj' is Gottingen from Hanover ? 61. Brunswick? 62. Which way is Lubec from Hamburg? 63. How is Berlin situated ? 64. Potsdam ? 65. Magdeburg ? 66 Halle ? 67. What town is near the mouth of the Oder ? 68. What other towns in Prussia are on the Oder ? 69. What town is near the mouth of the Vistula ? 70. Which way is Posen from Dantzic ? 71. On what river is Dresden ? 72. Which Avay from Dresden is Leipsic ? 73. Which way from Dresden are Weimar, Jena, and Gotha ? 74. Vv'hich way from Cassel are Meiningen, Hilburghausen, and Coburg? 75. What two rivers unite at Mentz ? 76. Which way from Frankfort is Darmstadt ? 77. What two rivers unite atManheim? 78. On what river are Worms and Spire ? 79. Which way is Stuttgard from Carlsruhe ? 80. Which is most northerly, Heidelberg or Freyburg? 81. Which way from Stuttgard are Hechingen and Siegmaringen ? 82. How is Ulm situated ? 83. On what river is Munich ? 84. What towns ia Bavaria are on the Danube ? 85. On what river are Wurzburg and Bamberg ? 86. Which way from Munich is Augsburg ? 87. Which way Land shut ? 88. Which way Nuremberg and Erlangen ? 89. What towns in Austria are on the Danube ? 90. Which is most easterly, Buda or Presburg ? 91. Which way from Vienna is Prague? 92. Which way Gratz? 93. Which way Brunnand Olmutz? 94. On what river is Inspruck ? On what is Clagenfurt ? 95. How are Venice, Trieste, and Fiume situated ? 96. Which way from Venice is Padua ? 97. Which way Udina ? 98. What towns are on the Adige ? 99. What on the Po ? 100. Which is most westerly, Cremona or Mantua? 101. In what part of the Austrian dominions is Milan ? 102. Between what two lakes is Brescia? 103. Which is most westerly, lake Maggiore or lake Como ? 104. Between what countries is the lake of Constance? 105. In what part of Switzerland is the lake of Geneva? 106. What towns are on the lake of Geneva? 107. In what part of Switzerland are Berne and Zurich ? 108. In what part are Bale and Schaffhausen ? 109. Nenfchatel ^ 110. What mountain lies south of the lake of Geneva ? 111. Which Avay isChamberry from Turin ? 112. How is Genoa situated ? 113. Where is Nice? Lucca? 114. On what river are Florence and Pisa? 11*5. Which side of the Arno is Lejrhorn ? 274 QUESTIONS ON THE 116. On what are Ancona and Ravenna situated? 117. Which way froui Ravenna are Bologna, Modena, and Parma.' 118. What city is on the Tiber? vYo/e. The German universities axe in the following towns, Kiel, Rostock, Greifswalde, Berlin, Breslaw, Halle, Leipsic, Gottingen, Jena, Bonn, Marburg, Giesen, Wurzburg, Erlangen, Landshut, Tubingen» Freyburg, Heidelberg, Prague, and Vienna. Map of Great Britain. 1. What is the southernmost extremity of England? 2. What islands are near this point? 3. How is the Isle of Wight situated ? 4. What sea and channel separate England from Ireland ' 5. What islands are in the Irish sea? 6. Which of these is most northerly ? 7. What rivers run mto the English channel ? 8. What is the course of the Thames ? 9. Of the Severn ? 10. Where does the Severn empty ? 11. What rivers in England run into the North sea? 12. Into the Irish sea ? 13. Which is the most northerly, the Tyne or the Tees ? 14. The Dee or the Mersey ? 15. How is the Wash situated 16. What river and frith form part of the boundary between Eng- land and Scotland ? 17. In what part of England is London ? 18. On what river ? 19. In what part is Liverpool ? 20. On what river? 21. Which way from Liverpool is Manchester? 22. Which way from Hull are Leeds, Wakefield, and Sheffield? 23. Near what channel is Bristol ? 24. In what part of England are Birmingham and Nottingham ? 25. Which way is Cambridge from London ? 26. Oxford ? 27. Canterbury? 28. Norwich ? 29. Bath? 30. Winchester? 31. On which side of England are Norwich, Hull, Whitby, and Newcastle '* 32. In what part are Portsmouth, Exeter, and Plymouth ? 33. How is Wales bounded ? 34. In what part of Wales are St. David's and Landaff? 35. In what part are Bangor and St. Asaph ? 36. Which side of Scotland is indented by numerous lochs or bays, the eastern or western ? 37. How are the Hebrides situated ? 38. Which is the largest ? 39. How the Orkney Islands ? 40. Shetland islands ? Staffa island ? 41. In what part of Scotland are the Friths of Forth and Clyde ? 42. Where is Murray Frith ? 43. Where do the Tay and Spey empty ? 44. With what Frith does the Caledonian canal communicate .•' 45. Which way from Glasgow is Loch Lomond ? 46. How is Edinburgh situated ? 47. Glasgow ? 48. Dundee ? MODERN MAPS. 275 49 Aberdeen? 50. Paisley? 51. St. Andrews? 52. Inverness'* Falkirk ? Carron .^ Gretna Green ? 53. In what part of Ireland is Galway bay ? 54. What course does the Shannon run ? 55. Where does the Boyne empty ? 56. Which are the two larg-est lakes in Ireland ? 57. Which is the northern province of Ireland ? 58. The southern f 59. Which side of Ireland is Dublin ? 60. In what sea ? 61. Which way is Dublin from London? 62. Which way from Dublin are Drogheda and Armagh ? Kildare? 63. In what part of Ireland is Cork? 64. On what river? 65 On what is Waterford ? 66. Kinsale ? 67. Limerick ? 68. Which way from Cork is Killarney ? 69. In what part of Ireland is Londonderry ? 70. Which is most northerly, Belfast or Camckfergus? 71. How is Gal way situated? 72. Kilkenny? 73. Wicklow? 74. Wexford? 75. Cashel? 76. Tuam? 77. What is the southern cape of Ireland ? 78. At which end of Ireland is the Giant's Causeway ? Map of Asia. 1. What is the most northerly cape of Asia ? 2. What is the most southerly cape of Hindoostan ? 3. How is the sea of Okotsk situated ? 4. How is the gulf of Corea situated ? 5. How the China sea ? 6. Sea of Bengal? 7. Sea of Arabia? 8. What seas lie on the west side of Asia ? 9. What strait connects the Red sea with the sea of Arabia? 10. What gulfs lie between Persia and Arabia? 11. What sea lies east of the Black sea ? 12. Where is the sea of Aral r 13. In what part of Siberia is lake Baikal? 14. What mountains extend from the sea of Aral through the ceii tral part of Asia? 15. Into what do the Oby, Enissey, and the Lena flow? 16. Which is the most easterly of these? Into what do the following rivers empty ? 17. Amour 21. Irrawaddy 25. Indus 18. Hoang-Ho 22. Meinam 26. Tigris 19. Kian-Ku 23. Borrampooter 27. Euphrates 20. Cambodia 24. Ganges 28. Volga 29. How is Arabia bounded ? 32. Persia bounded ? 30. Turkey in Asia bounded ? 33. Hindoostan bounded ? 31. Russia in Asia bounded? 34. China bounded? 35. In what part of Asia is Chinese Tartary ? 36. Independent Tartary ? 37. Malaya? 38. Thibet .' 39Coroa 40 Plow is Siam situated from Malaya ? 41. What countries lie cast of Siam? 42. What country is north of Cochin-China ? 43 Which way is Bukharia from Persia? 276 QUESTIONS ON THE 44. What countries lie between the Black and the Caspian seas ? 45. What countries in Asia lie between 10 and 20 N. Lat. ? 46. What countries between 20 and 30 N. Lat. .'' 47. Between 30 and 40 ? 48. Between 40 and .50 ? 49. North of 50.? 50. Between what seas is Natolia ? 51. What country lies on the east of the Mediterranean ? 52. Where are the Uralian mountains ? 53. Where Kamtchatka ? 54. Nova Zembla ? 55. In what part of Natolia is Smyrna ? 56. On which side of the Black sea are SinobandTrebisond .'* 57. What towns in Natolia are on the Mediterranean ? 58. What cities lie between Aleppo and Suez ? 59. Which way is Medina from Mecca ? 60. How is Mocha situated ? 61. W^hich way from Mocha is Sana? 62. How is Ispahan situated ? 63. Teheran ? 64. Bushire ? 65. What other towns in Persia ? v 66. What towns in Asia lie near the tropic of Cancer.? 67. What towns near the parallel of 30 N. Lat. ? 68. What near 40 > How are the following towns situated ? 69. Herat 80. Calcutta 91. Astrachan 70. Samarcand 81. Patna 92. Teflis 71. Balk 82. Allahabad 93. Orenburg 72. Cashgar 83. Lucknow 94. Tobolsk 73. Cashmere 84. Lassa 95. Tomsk 74. Cabul 85. Ummerapoora 96. Irkutsk 75. Delhi 86. Kesho 97. Kiachta 76. Bombay 87. Malacca 98. Obdorskaya 77. Goa 88. Canton 99. Bagdad 78. Madras 89. Nankin 100. Bassora 79. Pondicherry 90. Pekin 101. What strait separates Sumatra from Malaya ? 102. What strait separates Sumatra from Java? 103. What strait is between Borneo and Celebes.? 104. What strait separates New Guinea from New Holland? 105. What divides Van Dicman's Land from New Holland ? 106. What separates the isles of Japan from Corea ? 107. On wliat island is Jeddo ? 108. In what part ? 109. In what part of Sumatra is Bencoolen ? 110. In what part of Java is Batavia? 111. In what part of Borneo is the town of Borneo ? 112. In what part of Celebes is Macassar ? 113. In what part of N. Holland are Port Jackson and Botany Bay 114. What part of New Holland is New South Wales ? 115. What gulf lies on the north of New Holland ? 1 16. Through what part of New Holland does, the tropic of Capricorn pass ? 117. What islands does the equator cross, .from west to east ? 118. Which are most northerly, the Philippine isles or Borneo? 119. Which are the most easterly, the Sund'a isles or the Moluccas? 120. How is New Guinea situated? 121. What islands lie east of New Guinea ? 122. What island is situated in the gulf of Tonquin ? MODERN MAPS. 277 123. What island lies east of Canton ? 124. What islands are between Formosa and the isles of Japan ? 125. What island lies south of the sea of Okotsk ? 126. Which are the most northerly, the Ladrone isles or the Caro- lines? 127. What islands lie southwest of the Carolines? Map of Africa, 1. What are the N., E,, S., and W., capes- of Africa ? 2. How are the Canaries and the island of Madeira situated ? 3. What islands are there ia the g-ulf of Guinea? 4. How is Madag-ascar situated? 5. The Comoro islands? 6. What channel separates Madagascar from Africa ? 7. What separates Arabia from Afiica ? 8. What isthmus separates tbe Red sea from the Mediterranean? 9. Where does the Nile rise ? 10. What direction does it run? 11. Into what docs it flow? 12. Where does the Niger rise ? 13. Which way does it flow ? 14. Where arc Gambia and Senegal ? 15. Which is most southei^ iy? 16. What cape is between them? 17. In about what latitude does tiie Congo empty ? 18. In what part of Africa is Egypt ? 19. In what part is Barbary ? 20. Sahara? 21. Nigritia or Sou- dan? 22. Guinea? 23. Congo? 24. Caffraria? 25. Zan guebar ? 26. Abyssinia ? 27. Which way from Abyssinia are the mountains of the moon ? 28. What desert lies between Egypt and Tripoli ? 29. What desert between Egypt and Berdoa ? 30. What gulf lies on the north of Tripoli ? 31. Which is the most easterly of the Barbary states, Tripoli or Morocco ? 32. What states are between these ? 33. Which side of Algiers is Tunis ? 34. What coasts lie north of the gulf of Guinea ? 35. How is Dahomy situated with respect to Ashantee and Benin ? 36. What countries lie between Benin and Benguela ? 37. Which is most northerly, Congo or Angola ? 38. What countries lie between Monomotopa and the straits of Babelmandel { 39. Which side of Abyssinia is Nubia ? 40. In what direction is Darfur from Abyssinia ? 41. In what direction is Boinou from Nubia? 42. What country lies between Bornou and Sahara? 43. What country is between Kassina and Tripoli ? 44. Which is most easterly, Tumbuctoo or Bambarrar 45. Between what seas is Suez situated ? 46. On what river is Cairo ? 47. In what latitude ? 48. What cities are situated at the mouths of the Nile ? 49. In what latitude is Syene ? 50. What towns are on the Nile between Syene and Cairo ? 51 What direction is Derne from Alexandria? 24 278 QUESTIONS ON THE MODERN MAPS. 52. How is Tripoli situated from Sicily ? 53. What direction is Mourzouk from Tripoli ? 54. Which way are Bona and Constantina from Algiers? 55. What towns in Africa are near the straits of Gibraltar ? 56. What is the directicn of Fez and Mequinez from Morocco ? 57. What is the direction of Santa Cruz from Morocco ? 58. What towns are on the coast between Santa Cruz and the straits of Gibraltar ? 59. In what latitude is Sierra Leone ? 60. What is the direction of Sherbro from Sierra Leone ^ 61. In what latitude and long-itude is Teembo .'' 62. Which way from Sierra Leone is Cape Mesurado.*" 63. What is the direction of Abomey from Benin ? 64. What is the direction of St. Paul de Loanda from Loang-o .'' 65. What town is situated near the Cape of Good Hope ? 66. Which way from Cape Town are Leetakoo and Kurreechane ? 67. What towns are situated on the Cuama.'' 68. Near the mouth of what river are Mombaza and Melinda ? 69. What is the direction from Mombaza to Magadoxa ? 70. What towns are on the S. side of the straits of Babelmandel ? 71. Near what lake is Gondar? On what sea is Massuah ? 72. What is the direction from Gondar to Axum .'' 73. How is Sennaar situated ? How Suakem .? 74. What is the direction from Sennaar to C6bh6 ? 75. What is the latitude of Dongola ? 76. What is the direction from Dong-ola to Bornou and Agades f "in. What is the direction from Kassina to Wang-ara ? 78. Which is most westerly, Tombuctoo or Sego? 79. Which way from Tombuctoo is Houssa ? 80. Which way from Sego to Benown ? QXreSTIONS ON THE ANCIENT MAPS. 210 QUESTIONS GN THE ANCIENT MAPS. \ i i MAP OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE. i 1. What sea was between Europe and Africa ? ■ 2. How was the jEgssan sea situated ? || 3. Between what seas was the Propontis ? j 4. What sea was situated on N. side of Asia Minor ? ; 5. Where was the Hellespont ? 6. The Thracian Bosphorus ? \ 7. The Palus Moeotis ? i 8. Which way from the Euxine was the Caspian ? \ 9. What seas were connected by the Cimmerian Bosphorus ? 1 10. Between what countries was the Adriatic gulf? { 11. How was the Ionian sea situated ? 12. The African sea? ; 13. What sea was southwest of Italy ? ^. 14. Which was most easterly, Syrtis Major or Syrtis Minor ? ■> 15. What strait between Spain and the west of Africa i ; 16. What sea N. of Spain and W. of France ? ' I 17. What sea or ocean east of Britain "i i 18. What sea between Scandinavia and Sarmatia .? | 19. What strait between Britain and Gaul ^ 20. What sea between Britain and Hiberriia .•' '\ 21. What islands between Britain and Hibernia ,'' 22. What was the name of the northern part of Britain.'' ^ 23. What were some of the principal towns of Britain ^ 24. Where was Scandinavia .' 25. Germany ? 26. The Cimbri ? ] 27. What river formed its eastern boundary .'' 28. What river its j southern boundary ? 29. What was its western .'' I 30. What rivers were in Germany .-' 31. What were some of the principal tribes or nations ? ; 32. What river divided Germany from Gaul } -l 33. Where was Helvetia ? 34. Where Geneva ? .1 35. What were the principal rivers of Gaul .'' * 36. In what part of Gaul was Aquitania ? 37. In what part Nar- bonensis ? 38. Lug-dunensis .-* 39. Belg-ae .'' ] 40. On what river was Lug-dunum, Vienna, and A relate.^ 41 '■ Burdigala ? 42. Lutetia ? 43. Colonia Agrippina .** \ 44. What towns in Gaul were on the Mediterranean '( \ 45. What islands were SE. of Massilia ? . 1 *80 QUESTIONS ON THE 46. What part of Spain was called Boetica? 47. What part Tar- raconensis ? 48. What part Lusitania'* 49. What islands on the east of Spain ? 50. What rivers flowed into tlie Atlantic ? 51. Into the Mediter- ranean ? 52. How was Tarraco situated ? 53. Sag-untum ? 54. Hispalis ? 55. Corduba? 56. Numantia? 57. Gades? 58. Olisippo? 59. Bj what was Italy bounded on the N. and NE. ? 60. How was Illyricum situated? 61. Rhaetia? 62. Noricum? 63. Pannonia ? 64. Dacia ? 65. Maesia ? 66. Thrace ? 67. Macedonia ? 68. What towns in Illyricum on the Adriatic ? .69. What towns were situated on the Ister ? 70. What rivers flowed into the Euxine sea ? 71. What river emptied into the Palus Moeotis ? 72. The Caspian ? 73. How was European Sarmatia situated ? 74. Asiatic Sarmatia? 75. What countries were situated between Euxine and Caspian seas. 76. How was Armenia situated ? 77. Media? 78. Between what rivers was Mesopotamia ? 79. What country lay north of the Caspian sea ? 80. Between what seas was Asia Minor? 81. How Syria situated 82. Which way from Syria was Arabia? 83. What towns were on the Euphrates ? 84. On the Tigris ? 85. Which way was Nineveh from Babylon ? 86. Which way Arbela from Nineveh ? 87. In what part of Armenia was Artaxata ? 88. Tigranocerta ? 89. What towns on the east end of the Euxine ? 90. Which way from Phacis was Cyta ? 91. How was Idumsea situated ? 92. Mount Sinai f 93. How was Memphis situated ? 94. Alexandria ? 95. Which was most easterly, Canopus or Pelusium ? 9S. Which was farthest south, Thebes or Tentyra ? 97. Where was Heliopolis ? 98. Coptos ? 99. Arsinoe ? 100. Which way from Alexandria was Ammon ? 101. What country was situated west of ^g-ypt? 102. How was Cyrene situated ? 103. Which way from it was Darnis ? 104. Ptolemais? 105. How was Carthag-e situated.' 106. Which way from Carthage was Utica ? 107.- Zama ? 108. Sufetala ? 109. Hippo Regius ? 110. Which was most westerly, Numidia or Mauritania? 111. How was Cirta situated ? 112. Cartenna? 113. CaeSarea? 114. What towns in Africa were near the strait of Hercules ? Map of Italy. 1. In what part of Italy was Cisalpine Gaul ? 2. In what Venetia? 3. What were the southern divisions of Italy ? 4. The middle divisions ? 5. What gulf was situated SE. of Italy ? 6. What three large islands belonged to Italy ? 7. What rivers were there in Cisalpine Gaul? ANCIENT MAPS 281 8. What rivers in Etruria ? 9. What rivers south of Etruria ? TO. What lakes were there in Italy ? 11. On what river was Ve- rona? 12. Placentia? 13. Which was most easterly, Vicentia or Pataviura ? 14. Which was most northerly, Mantua or Brixia? 15. Which way from Placentia was Cremona: 16. Which way Parma ? 17. Augusta Taurinorum ? 18. How was G^enua situated ? 19. Ravenna? 20. Tergeste ? 21. Which way from Terg-este was Aquileia? 22. Which way from Ravenna to Bononia ? 23. Between what towns was the mouth of the Rubicon ? 24. On what river were Pisae and Florentia ? 25. In what part of Italy was Rome ? 26. On what river ? 27. Which way from Rome to Tusculum ? 28. To Praeneste ? 29. To Veil? 30. To Ardea? 31. To Alba? 32. On what river was Capua? 33. Which way from it to Arpi- num? 34. Ncapolis? 35. Beneventum? 36. Salernum ? 37. Near what river were Cannas and Canusium ? 38. How was Brundusium situated ? 39. Tarentum ? 40. Crotona ? 41. Regium ? 42. Was Scylla in Italy or in Sicily ? 43. In what part of Sicily was Messana ? 44. Syracuse and Leon- tini? 45. Agrigentum ? 46. Drepanum r 47. Panormus? 48. Which side of Mount iEtna was Catana ? 49. How were the jEolian islands situated ? 50. Which way from Sicily was Carthage ? Map of Greece. 1. What islands are on the west side of Greece ? 2. Which is most northerly, Corey ra or Zacynthus ? 3. How is Paxus situated ? 4. Calypsus ? 5. What island between Leucadia and Cephalenia ? 6. What island at the south extremity of Greece ? 7. What were the principal islands around Delos ? 8. What large island was east of Boeotia ? 9. Where were Salamis and jEgina ? 10. Hydrea? 11. Scyros? 12. Lemnos ? 13. Thasus ? 14. What gulfs were on the eastern coast of Greece ? 15. Southern ? 16. Between what gulfs was the isthmus of Corinth ? 17. In what part of Greece was Macedonia? 18. Epirus? 19. Thessaly ? 20. Peloponnesus ? 21. What were the rivers of Macedonia ? 22. Of Epirus ? 23. Of Thessaly ? 24. Of Peloponnesus ? 25. What were the six divisions of Peloponnesus ? 26. In what part was Laconia? 27. Messenia? 28. Elis? 29 Achaia? 30. Argolis ? 31. Arcadia? 32. How was Sparta or Lacedasmon situated ? 33. Messene ? 34. Pylos? 35. Corone? 36. Olympia? 37. Elis ? 38. Sicyon ? 39. Corinth? 40. Argos ? 41. Mycenae ? 42. Nemea.^ 43. Megalopolis ? 44. Mantinea ? 45. What was north, and what west of Attica ? 24* 488 QUESTIONS ON THE 46. How was Athens situated ? 47. Eleusis ? 48. Megaris ? 49. Which way from Athens to Marathon ? 50. To Corinth ? 51. To Sparta? 52. On which side of Attica was Boeotia ? 53. What lake in BcEotia ? 54. In what part of Boeotia was Mount Helicon ? 55. How was Thebes situated ? 56. Plataea ? 57. Cheronaea ? 58. How was Phocis situated? 59. What mountain in NW. part? 60. How was Delphi situated ? 61. Thermopylse ? 62. Between what countries was ^Etolia situated ? 63. Where was Actium ? 64. Naupactus ? 65. Buthrotum ? 66. Which was most northerly, Mount Pindus or Mount (Eta ? 67. Which was most northerly, Mount Ossa or Pelion ? 68. Between what two mountains was Tempo situated ? 69. Near the mouth of what river was Tempo ? 70. Where Pharsalus ? 71. On what river was Larissa? 72. Pella ? 73. Edessa ? 74. Beraea ? 75. How was Thessalonica situated ? 76. Philippi ? 77. Amphipolis ? 78. Potidaea? 79. Olynthus? 80. Chalcis ? 81. Stagira? 82. Mount Athos? 83. In what part of Crete was Mount Ida ? 84. Which was most easterlj', Cydonia or Gnossus ? Map of Asia Minor. What sea was N. of Asia Minor ? 2. What sea S. i 3 What part did the Propontis bound ? 4. What strait connected the Propontis with the Euxine sea ? 5. What with the ^g-aean sea ? 6. What islands were west of Asia Minor? 7. Which most northerly, Chios or Lesbos ? 8. How was Rhodes situated? 9. Samos? 10. Patmos? 11. Cos? 12. Carpathiis? 13. Which way from Cilicia was Cyprus ? 14. In what part of Cyprus was Salamis ? 15. Paphos? 16. On which side of Asia Minor were Armenia and Mesopotamia? 17. What three countries of Asia MinoT bordered on the Euxine sea? 18. What country bordered on the Propontis? 19. What countries were on the western side ? 20. What countries bordered on the Mediterranean ? 21. In what part was Phryg-ia ? 22. Galatia ? 23. Cappadociaf 24. What country between Cappadocia and Phrjgia ? 25. What rivers flowed into the Euxine sea ? 26. Which was most ensterhs the Halys or Sangarius ? 27. What rivers flowed into "the Propontis? 28. The JEgaean sea? 29. What mountains were in Asia Minor ? 30. In what part of Mysia was Troas ? 31. Eolia ? 32. Which was most easterly, the Granicus or ^sepus? 33. How was Troy situated ? 34. What small island was westerly from Troy ? 35. What mountain was situated near Troy ? 36. What towns were situated on the Hellespont? ANCIENT MAPS. 37. How was Cyzicus situated ? 38. Adramyttium ? 39. On what river was Perg-amus situated ? 40. Which way from Perg-amus to Thyatira? 41. On what river Sardis and Philadelphia ? 42. How Smyrna situated ? 43. Ephesus ? 44. Laodicea? 45. Which way from Ephesus to Laodicea ? 46. Which was most northerly^ Laodicea or Colossae ? 47. Which way from Colossae was Hierapclis? 48. Which way from Ephesus was Miletus? 49. W^hich Avay from Samos was Mycale ? 50. In what part of Caria was Doris ? 51. Which was most southerly, Halicarnassus or Cnidus? 52. In what part of Lycia was Patara? 53. Which was easterly, Attalia or Perga? 54. How was Tarsus situated ? 55. Issus ? 56. Antioch ? 57. Which way from Tarsus to Iconium ? 58. Which way from Iconium to Derbe ? 59. To Lystra ? 60. How was Ancyra situated ? 01. Gordium ? 62. Tavium? 63. Which side of Mount Olympus was Prusa ? 64. How was Nicomedia situated ? 65. Chalcedon ? 66. Nice ? 67. Which was most easterly, Amastris or Sinope ? 68. On what river was Amasia ? 69. How Amisus situated ? 70. Which was most easterly, Cerasus or Trapezus .'' Map of Palestine. 1. What sea was situated west of Palestine ? 2. What country was on the south ? 3. What east ? 4. Where were the Moabites? 5. The Ammonites? 6. How were Coelo-Syria and Damascene situated ? 7. How was Phoenicia situated? 8. Abilene? 9. Peraea? 10. Iturasa? 11. Trachonitis? 12. Gaulonitis ? 13. Philistsea? 14. How were the three divisions of Palestine, Judea, Samaria, and Galilee, situated with regard to each other ? 15. What river formed their eastern boundary ? 16. Where did the Jordan rise ? 17. Through what lakes did it run ? 18. Into what sea did it flow ? 19. How was the Dead sea situated ? 20. The sea of Galilee ? 21. Lake Merom ? 22. Into what part of the Dead sea did the brook of Kidron flow ? 23. Where did the Arnon empty? 24. The Jabok? 25. The Le- ontes ? 26. The Sorek ? 27. What mountains on the north of Palestine ? 28. Where was mount Hermon ? 29. Mount Gilead? 30. How was Mount Carmel situated? 31. Mount Tabor? 32. Which was most northerly. Mount Elbal or Mount Gerizim ? 33. On which side of the Dead sea was Mount Seir? 34. Which way from Jericho was Mount Nebo? 35. How was Jerusalem situated ? 36. Which was nearest to it, the Dead sea or the Mediterranean ? «86 GLOBES. 1 53' north lat. ? "W hat place is that whose longitude is nearly 78": west, but which has no latitude ? \ \ PROBLEM IV. ' To Jmd the difference of Latitude of any two places. If the places are in the same hemisphere, bring- each to the merid- ian, and subtract the latitude of the one from that of the other : if in different hemispheres, add the latitude of the one to that of the, other. ! Thus the difference of latitude between London and Madras is 38®i 28' : between Paris and Cape Horn is 104° 49'. What is the differ-j ence of latitude between ^Copenhagen and Gibraltar? — between| London and the Cape of Good Hope ? — between Berlin and Bristol ?; — between Bengal and St. Helena ? — between Madrid and Moscow }\ — between Leghorn and Liverpool ? — between Pekin and Philadel-^ phia ? — How many degrees colder is Petersburg than Naples ? < PROBLEM V. To Jind the difference of Longitude of any two places. \ Bring one of the places to the brazen meridian, and mark its^ longitude ; then bring the other place to the meridian, and the num- ■ ber of degrees between its longitude and the first mark is the differ- ■ ence of longitude : thus the difference of longitude between London! and Constantinople is 28° 53': between Constantinople and Madras! is 51° 54'. ] What is the difference of longitude between Athens and Batavia?^ — between Brest and Cape Horn ? — between Charleston in Ameri \ ca and Cork in Ireland? — between Rome and Cape Finesterre? — i between Canton and the most northerly point of the Orkney Islands ?^ — ^between Morocco and Thibet ? — between Cape Bojador in Africal and Port Jackson, New Holland? — between the most northerly' point of Madagascar and Otaheite? — between Mecca and Calcutta ? [ PROBLEM VI. I To find the distance of any two places on the Globe. \ Lay the graduated edge of the quadrant of altitude over both places, j and the degrees between them, multiplied by 69i will give the dis- ' tance in English miles. Thus the distance between the Lizard Point \ and the island of Bermuda is 46°, or 3147 miles ; between London ; and Jamaica is 4691 miles. ' What is the distance between Samarcand in Tartary, and Pekin? ' — between Warsaw and Ascension Island ? — between North Cape ^ and Gibraltar ? — between Lisbon and Ispahan ? — between Rio Ja- : neiro and the Cape of Good Hope ? — between Madrid and Cairo .? — 1 between Boston and Cavenne? GLOBES. 28T PROBLEM VII. The hour at any place being given, to Jind what hour it is at any other place.* Bring- the place, whence the hour is g-iven, to the brazen meridian, and set the index of the hour circle to that hour, then turn the g-lobe till the proposed place come under the meridian, and the index will point to the present hour at that place. Thus, when it is twelve o'clock at noon in London, it is nearly four in the afternoon at the island of Mauritius : but at Jamaica it is only about seven in the morning-. When it is ten in the forenoon at London, what is the time at Cal- cutta, Canton, Pelew Islands, Barbadoes, the western side of Lake Superior, Owhyhee, and Easter Island? What o'clock is it at York, Moscow, Cape Horn, Genoa, Syracuse, and Leghorn, when it is midnight at Lisbon ? How much are the clocks of Mexico behind ours ? When it is twelve at noon at Port Jackson, what time is it at Paris and Dublin ? PROBLEM VIII. To rectify the Globe for the Latitude, Zenith, and Sun^s place. 1. For the Latitude : Elevate the pole above the horizon j accord- ing- to the latitude of the place. 2. For the Zenith : Screw the quadrant of altitude on the Meridi- an at the given degree of latitude, counting from the equator towards the elevated pole. 3. For the Sun's place : Find the sun's place on the horizon, and * When the distance or difference of longitude between any two places is known, it is easy to ascertain their difference of time bv cal- culation. It is noon, or twelve o'clock, when any place on the globe is exactly towards the Sun, and the succession of day and night, of morning, noon, and evening, may be beautifully shewn by turning the Terrestrial Globe in the sunshine, or in the light of a fire or candle. But to ascertain exactly the number of hours and minutes, in which, at the same moment of time, two places differ, it is necessary to divide the difference of longitude by 15, because every 15 degrees is equal to one hour of time ; and consequently, also, every degree is equal to four minutes of time. For example, when it is noon at London, it will be 4 o'clock in the afternoon at all places which have 60 degrees of longitude east of London, and 8 in the morning at all places which have 60 degrees west of London. At all places which have 180 degrees difference of longitude, it will be 12 o'clock at night, when it is noon at London. And in this man- ner, the hour in any part of the world may be calculated, by adding to the given hour when the place is east, and oy subtracting when it is west. 288 GLOBES. then bring- the same place found on the ecliptic to the meridian, and ; set the hour index to twelve at noon. i Thus, to rectify for the latitude of T^ondon on the 10th day of 1 May, the globe must be so placed, that the north pole shall be 51i \ degrees above the north side of the horizon, then 5li will be found i on the zenitli of the meridian, on which the quadrant must be screw J ed. On the horizon the 10th of May answers to the 20thof Tau ' rus, which find on the ecliptic, and briug it to the meridian, and set ] the index to twelve. Rectify the globe for London, Petersburg, Madras, Pekin, Oporto, j Venice, Quebec, Port Mahon, Vienna, Dantzic, and Corinth, for the J 24th of February, 27th of June, and the 6th of August. i ■i PROBLEM IX. ^ To find at what hour the Sun rises and sets any day in the year, and ., also upon what point of the Compass i Rectify for the latitude and sun's place, (Prob. viii.) and turn the ; sun's place to the eastern edge of the horizon, and the index will \ point to the hour of rising ; then bring it to the western edge of the ; horizon, and the index will show the setting. j Thus, on the 16th of March the sun rises a little after six, and | sets a little before six in the evening. j What time does the sun rise and set at Petersburg, Naples, Can- \ ton, Dublin, Gibraltar, Teneriffe, Boston, and Vienna, on the 15th | of April, the 4th of July, and the 20th of November ? :i Note. On the 21st of March the sun rises due east, and sets due ! west ; between this and the 21st of September, it rises and sets to the \ northward of these points, and in the winter months to the southward ^ of them. When the sun's place is brought to the eastern or western i edge of the horizon, it makes the point of the compass upon which ; it rises or sets that day. J PROBLEM X. ^ To find the length of the day and night ai any time in the year. Double the time of the sun's rising, which gives the length of the i night : double the time of his setting, which gives the length of the 1 day. ] Thus on the 25th of May, the sun rises at London about four ^ o'clock, and sets at eight. The length of the night is twice four, or j eight hours : the length of the day is twice eight, or sixteen hours. ^ PROBLEM XI. { i To find all the places to which a Lunar Eclipse ts visible at any i» '\ stant. Find the place to which the sun is vertical at that time, and bring"i GLOBES. 28d tliat place to the zenith, and set the index to the upper twelve, then turn the globe till the index points to the lower twelve, and the eclipse is visible to every part of the earth that is now above the horizon. )F THE CELESTIAL GLOBE. As the terrestrial globe, by turning on its axis, represents the real diurnal motion of the earth ; so the celestial globe, by turning on its axis, represents the apparent motion of the heavens. The nominal points of Aries and Libra are called the equinoctial points, because when the sun appears to be in either of them, the day and night are equal. The nominal points of Cancer and Capricorn are called solstitial points, because when the sun arrives at citiier of them, he seems to stand still, or to be at the same height in the heavens, at twelve o'clock, at noon, for several days together. Definition. The latitude of the heavenly bodies is measured from the ecliptic north and south. The sun, being always in the ecliptic, has no latitude. Dbf. The longitude of the heavenly bodies is reckoned on the ecliptic, from the first point of Aries, eastward round the globe. The longitude of the sun is what is called, on the terrestrial globe, the sun's place. PROBLEM I. To find the latitude and Longitude of any given Star. Put the centre of the quadrant on the pole of the ecliptic, and its graduated edge on the given star ; then the arch of the quadrant, intercepted between the star and the ecliptic, shews its latitude ; and the degree which the edge of the quadrant cuts on the ecliptic is the degree of its longitude. Thus the latitude of Regulus is 0° 28' N. and its longitude nearly 147°. PROBLEM II. To find any place in the heavens^ by having its latitude and longitude given. Fix the quadrant, as in the last problem ; let it cut the longitude given on the ecliptic ; then seek the latitude on the quadrant, and the place under it is the place sought. Thus, if I am asked what part of the heavens that is, whose longitude is 66° 30', and latitude 5° 30' S., I find it is that space which Aldaebaran occupies. JDef. The declination of any heavenly body is measured upon the meridian from the equinoctial. 25 «90 CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. PROBLEM HI To find the declincUion of the Sun or Stars. Bring" the sun or star to the brazen meridian, and then as far as it is in degrees from the equinoctial is its declination. Thus the sun's declination, April 19, is 11° 19' north. On the first of Decem- ber it is 21° 54' south. What is the declination of the sun on the 10th of February ; and the 15th of May? Def. The right ascension of any heavenly body is its distance from the first meridian, or that which passes through the first point of Aries, counted on the equinoctial. CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. \ There are four methods of representing the Earth's surface, viz. the ; Orthographic, the Stereographic, the Globular, and Mercator^s Pro- \ jections ; all of which have their respective advantages and defects. ^ The two latter methods approach nearest the truth, and are most generally in use. ^ Globular Projection. The Globular Projection of the Sphere ex- ^ hibits its surface by means of curve lines called Circles of Longi- ^ tude, and Parallels of Latitude. \ Mercator^s Projection. Mercator's Chart exhibits the projection \ of the two hemispheres, laid down upon a plane, with all the circles of latitude and longitude projected into straight lines. The lines of ^ longitude are all equidistant, and parallel to each other ; the lines of 1 latitude are also all parallel, but not equidistant. i PROBLEMS. 1. To divide a given line into two equal parts. Let A B, fig. 1, be the given line. With the points A and B as centres, with any distance in the compasses greater than half A B, describe the arcs intersecting each other in m and n. Through the points of intersection draw the line m C n, and it will divide A B into two equal parts. 2. To erect a perpendicular o-i a given point in a line. Let A B, fig. 2, be the given line and C the given point. On each side of point C measure off equal distances to a and b. From the centres a and 6, with any distance greater than a C or b C, describe two arcs intersecting each other in c. Through C and c draw the line C c, and it will be perpendicular to tlie line A B. ^^^5^--^^^^0/r. Fio 3. ^W r,a. / I ^.'^ > ?<■ \ Wo A "* h /•» tf 'i e*- / A- /fi,. 7. CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. Wl 3. To let fall a perpendicular from a given point. This is the 2d problem reversed, and one figure may serve for both. From the given point D at any distance describe an arc, inter- secting A B in a and b. Proceed exactly as in problem 2d, only describing tlie arcs below the line A B, and the line D C E will be the perpendicular required. Projection of Maps. I. To draw a map of the world on the globular projection. (See plate I. fig. 3.) 1st. Describe the circle N, E, S, W ; and draw right lines cutting one another at right angles in the centre. N, S will represent the axis of the earth, and W, E the equator. 2d. Divide each quarter of these right lines into nine equal parts, proceeding from the centre to the circumference ; each division will represent ten degrees, and may be numbered accordingly. Those on the axis will represent the latitude, and are to be numbered from the equator towards the pole, 10, 20, &c. Those on the equa- tor will represent the longitude, and are to be numbered so as to correspond with whatever point is fixed on as a first meridian. Fig- ure 3 is supposed to be the western hemisphere, and London to be the first meridian ; and this, by the usual method of projecting maps of the world, will fix the axis as 110, from whence the numbers are con- tinued westward, 120, 130, &c. 3d. Divide the four quarters of the outward circle into nine equal parts respectively, proceeding from the equator to the poles, and number them 10, 20, &c. To draw the parallels of latitude. The general rule is, to guide the compasses so that the lines may pass through the divisions in the outward edges and axis respectively, from 80 to 90. This how- ever is attended with some difficulty, bccawse the radius of every line being different, each requires a new centre. The centres can be easily found by the following process. Draw right lines from the divisions on the axis to those on the circumference respectively, as a — a, fig. 3. Divide these right lines into two equal parts, and from the middle, 6, let fall perpendiculars to a right line extending from the axis south or north, as 6, 6, c — the places where they re- spectively cut will be the centres, as c. To draw the lines of longitude. Guide the compasses so that the lines may respectively pass through the divisions in the equator and the poles. The central points are found exactly in the same way as the latitude. See fig. 3, d, li ~o ^ o 1 o JJ o JJ 1 o .V o J* f 3o^i< < ,» E 30 ■ Fx^.S 4£ Compoimd Rejection Fiq. 6. H* loS loo qS po SS i» JS 7# fS Plain ProjectioM CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 293 40, 45. Lay off the line M L as your centre meridian. Look into the table of' miles in a degree of longitude corresponding" to every degree of latitude, p. 294, for the distances at 30° and 45° respective- ly. Adjust the corresponding distances to the scale of the map, and lay it off on the lines 30 and 45 to the east and west of M L, then draw right lines between them. The circular lines will represent the parallels of latitude, and the right lines meridians of longitude. In some maps on this projection the meridians of longitude are drawn from the pole towards the equator. But this method is very errone- ous, as will be seen by the figure. Fig. 6. 6, represents the circum- ference of the compound projection, answering to the equator, with the distances laid off on it agreeably to the scale : and the dotted lines running through the western part of fig. 6, represent the me- ridians, projected from thence to the centre or polar point. When contrasted with the plain lines, which are laid down from measure- ment, they at once demonstrate the error. V. To draw a map on the plain projection. (See Plate II. fig. 7.) Draw M L as a central meridian, and cross it at right angles with the lines 30 to 45. Look in the table of miles in a degree of longi- tude corresponding to every degree of latitude for the distances at 30 and 45° respectively. Adjust them, and lay them off as directed in the compound projection, and draw right lines between them. It will be seen that the compound projection and plain projection represent nearly the same space. Either of them answers very well for a small tract of country. When it is large, other modifications, particularly the globular projection, and a compound of the globular projection and plain projection, are resorted to. J^ote. The Jlrst table on the following page, is so constructed that the meridional parts may increase^ as the distances between the meridians of longitude on the globe, decrease. In this way the degrees of latitude and longitude are made to preserve their true proportions to each other, the former increasing on the map, in the same ratio that the latter diminish on the sphere. In navigation books there are tables showing the meridional parts for every mile, as well as every degree ; the parts in each degree, however, are sufficient to show the principle, as well as for constructing maps on MercatDr's projection. TABLE Of the Meridional Parts in a degree of Latitude for every degree of Lwf- gttude^ calculating each part equal to a geographical mile at the equator 60 miles to a degree. Beg. Mer. Parts. Deg. Mer. Parts. Deg. Mer. Parts. Deg. Mer. Parts. 1 60 22 1354 43 2863 64 5039 2 120 23 1419 44 2946 65 5179 3 180 24 1484 45 3030 66 5324 4 240 25 1550 46 3116 67 5474 6 300 26 1616 47 3203 68 5631 6 361 27 1684 48 3292 69 5795 7 421 28 1751 49 3382 70 5966 8 482 29 1819 50 3474 71 6146 9 542 30 1888 51 3569 72 6335 10 603 31 1958 52 3665 73 6534 11 664 32 2028 53 3764 74 6746 12 725 33 2100 54 3865 75 6970 13 787 34 2171 55 3968 76 7210 14 848 35 2244 56 4074 77 7467 15 910 36 2318 57 4183 78 7745 16 973 37 2393 58 4294 79 8046 17 1035 38 2468 59 4409 80 8375 18 1098 39 2545 60 4527 81 8739 19 1161 40 2623 61 4649 82 9145 20 1225 41 2702 62 4775 83 9606 21 1289 42 2782 63 4905 84 10137 TABLE Shotcing the length of a degree of Longitude for every degree of Latitude^ in geographical miles. Deg. Lat Miles. Deg. Lat. Miles. Deg. TM. Miles. Deg. Lai . Miles 1 59,96 24 54,81 47 41,00 70 20,52 2 59,94 25 54,38 48 40,15 71 19,54 3 59,92 26 54,00 49 39,36 72 18,55 4 59,86 27 53,44 50 38,57 73 17,54 S 59,77 28 53,00 51 37,73 74 16,53 6 59,67 29 52,48 52 37,00 75 15,52 7 59,56 30 51,96 53 36,18 76 14,51 8 59,40 31 51,43 54 35,26 77 13,50 9 59,20 32 50,88 55 34,41 78 12,48 10 59,18 33 50,32 56 33,55 79 11,45 11 58,89 34 49,74 57 32,67 80 10,42 12 58,68 35 49,15 58 31,70 81 09,38 13 58,46 36 48,54 59 30,90 82 08,35 14 58,22 37 47,92 60 30,00 83 07,32 15 58,00 38 47,28 61 29,04 84 06,28 16 67,60 39 46,62 62 28,17 85 05,23 17 57,30 40 46,00 63 27,24 86 04,18 18 57.04 41 45,28 64 26,30 87 03,14 19 56,73 42 44,95 65 25,36 88 02,09 20 56,38 43 43,88 66 24,41 89 01,05 ?1 56,00 44 43,16 67 23.45 90 00.00 22 55,63 45 42,43 68 22,48 23 55,23 46 41,68 69 21,51 THE END. CATALOGUE OF HILLIARD, GRAY, & Co. BOSTOIV, ARE EXTENSIVELY ENGAGED IN PUBLISHING A GREAT VARIETY OF THE MOST VALUABLE 0= It is their aim to publish only such as possess superior merits ; and that every work shall be well printed on good paper, and well bound. Seve- ral of the School Books, which they have heretofore published, have been revised and re-modelled, and are now presented to the public in an improved form. They have also an Extensive Assortment of Valuable Works in all the Departments of Literature and Science. They solicit the patronage of the Public, and invite Instructers and Literary Gentlemen to examine these Books. ^^^ Liberal Disccmnts made to School Committees and wholesale purchasers. The AMERICAN FIRST CLASS BOOK, or Exercises in Read- ing and Recitations, selected principally from Modern Authors of Great Britain and America, and designed for the use of the highest Class in pub- lic and private Schools. By John Pierpont, Minister of Hollis street Church, Boston. Author of Airs of Palestine, &c. Price ^1,00. Extract from the Preface. This Book has been compiled with a special reference to the Public Reading and Grammar t^chools of this City. It is the result of an attempt to supply the want, which lias long been a subject of complaint among those whom the citizens of Boston have charged with the general superintendence of their public schools, as well as with those who are appointed to the immediate instruction of them ; of a Book of Exercises in Reading and Speaking, better adapted than any English com- pilation that has yet appeared, to the slate of society as it is in this country, and less obnoxious to complaint, on the ground of its national or political character, than it is reasronable to expect that any English compilation would he, among a people whose manners, opinions, literary institutions, and civil government, are so strictly republican as our own. Extract from the Records of the School Committee, Boston. At a meetin"' of the School Committee, held July 18, 1823, it was ordered, that the American First Class Book be hereafter used in the public reading schools instead of Scott's Lessons. Attest, WILLIAM WELLS, Secretary. The "American First Class Book" which has been favourably know,n to the public for several years, was intended, as its name imports, for the most advanced classes of the highest Schools, in which reading forms a part of the course of in- struction. The extensive and increasing circulation, which that valuable selection has received and is receiving, and the success with which the use of it has been School and Classical Books attended, are sufficient indications that such a book was needed, and that the J Author has made a judicious selection and arrangement of exercises. — American ' Journal of Education. \ The AMERICAN SPEAKER, or Exercises in Rhetorick, being ' a new and copious selection of Speeches,. Dialogues, and Poetry, from the '■ best American and English sources, suitable for Recitation. Price 51;25. i The obvious want of interesting and modem extracts for the use of schools in > which Rhetorick is taught, has produced the present compilation. Although sev- j eral old and approved pieces are retained, it may be said with truth that this is a ; new selection, embodying the best of what has heretofore been published and much i which has never before appeared in any school book. The friends of eloquence ! will be gratified to possess so many brilliant extracts in so small a compass, and ' the American patriot will be glad of an opportunity to compare the eloquence of ] his countrymen with that of the mother country. — Preface. This Compilation, of which Mr. Fowie is only the editor, contains a better se- ; lection of modern pieces, and particularly dialogues than any similar book extant. The American Journal of Education, whose editor is a distinguished Rhetorician, j says, " The American Speaker is a book which we are glad to see ; it adds much \ that is new and interesting to the previous stock, and all the pieces possess that ' vivacity of character, which is a great point in producing animated delivery — the 1 very soul of good speaking." '■■_ EASY LESSONS in GEOGRAPHY and HISTORY', by Ques- \ Hon and Ansiver, designed for the use of the younger classes in the Ne«r , England Schools. Second edition, revised and improved ; to which are , Srefixed, The Elements of Line.4R Drawing. By Joseph Allen, j linister of Norlhborough, Mass. Price 12^ cents. < This is one of the happiest attempts for the improvement of primary education I that has fallen under our notice. The arrangement of the materials is exceedingly i judicious ; being managed so as to lead the young mind gradually through a natur- ] al and easy and interesting succession of thought in which the elements of Geo- ' graphy and national history are very finely combined. No mechanical process of ; memory is employed : all is rendered intelligible and familiar, and at the same time equally instructive and pleasing. Primary education has been very deficient hith- erto in aids such as this. We would earnestly entreat the attention of School j Committees to this practical and useful work. Vastly more may be done with young J children, than merely teaching them to spell and read: and books such as this, in ! the hands of attentive teachers, might be rendered as much a matter of recreation • as of study ; whilst a large portion of time now mispent would be redeemed for the ■ invaluable purposes of early improvement. — Journal of Education, Vol. II. JVo. 7. , GREEK GRAMMAR, for the use of Schools, from the German | of Philip Buttmann, edited by Edward Everett. Second edition, i Price S2,00. j The deficiency of the Greek Grammars in use in this country, has been generally | felt and loudly complained of. Under these circumstances the translator (Prof. E. j Everett) was led to prepare a translation of the most approved of the Greek J Grammars in use in Germany. It is well known that the Germans have paid a 1 greater attention to philological pursuits than any other people. As a philosophi- \ cal and practical grammarian, Prof. Buttma.n??, of the University of Berlin, is al- I . lowed by his countrvmen to hold the first rank. He published three Greek Gram- , mars, of which the s'mallest is here presented to the American scholar in a transla- : tion. It passed through many editions in Germany in a short time •, and the rapid i sale of the first edition of the translation, proves that the merits of the work and the value of the author's labors, are well appreciated in this country. | GREEK GRAMMAR, principally abridged from that of Butt- j MANN, for the use of Schools. Price 6S^ cents. i Preface. i The superiority of Buttmann's Greek Grammar over any other is acknowledged ; £ but it appears to many instructers, whose judgment deserves the highest respect, j that the work presupposes in those who are to make use of it more maturity of .^ mind, than is to be expected of beginners. A desire has, therefore, been repeatedly * expressed, that a small Grammar, in accordance with Buttmann, might be pre-| pared for those entering on the study of the Greek language. Such a grammar U| BOW offered to the practical teacher. •'■ Published by HilUard, Gray, Sf Co. 3 This abridgement is designed to contain only the accidence and first principles of the language. All matter that is not of immediate importance and utility has been rejected ; and it has uniformly been endeavoured to unite simplicity in the arrangement with clearness and conciseness in the expressions. In preparing the work, the best school grammars of the Germans and the English have been care- fully consulted on every point, and the judgment of the editor in what is retained and what is omitted has been directed by a comparison of the best materials. Particular assistance in these respects has been derived from the smaller grammar of Thiersch. The practical instructor has here in a small compass all that is essential to be taught in preparing a pupil for any of our colleges. The FRENCH PHRASE BOOK, or Key to French Conversa- tion. Containing the chiefldioms of the French Lang-uage. By M. L'Abbe BossuT. Price 37| cents. The Editor feels no hesitation in asserting that after students have perfected themselves in the contents, even of this small Tract, they will have no difficulty in reading any French book, as far as depends on the peculiar idiom or construction of the language. By learning these familiar and idiomatic phrases, the young English scholar will acquire the French language and .idiom exactly in the same manner as it is acquired by a native — by practice and example and not by rule. Rules are not to be despised; but they are rather adapted to perfect than to initiate. An INTRODUCTION to ANCIENT and MODERN GEOGRA- PHY, to which are added Rules for Projecting Maps, and the Use of Globes. Accompanied with an Ancient and Modern Atlas. By J. A. Cltmmings. Tenth edition, revised and improved. P.nce of Geography, 62,^ cents. Price of Modern Atlas, 75 cents. Price of Ancient Atlas, 87^ cents. The very liberal patronage which has been given to this work in its original form, has imposed on the proprietors an obligation to improve it as much as pos- sible. It is confidently believed that the public will bo satisfied that this obligation lias been faithfully fulfilled in the present edition. The work is considerably re- duced in size, by excluding such tables and abstract statements as aro uninterest- ing and unimportant in an elementary treatise ; hut it contains more than the pre- ceding editions of such matter as is useful to children. In Cunimings' Geo»rapiiy Improved, the questions are placed at the end of the several chapters. This is more convenient for the scholar than the former ar- rangement. Instead of adding a pronouncing vocabulary at the end of the book, most of the difficult names have their true pronunciation given where they occur } this will be found a very valuable improvement, and it is peculiar to this Ge- ography. A great number of cuts, very neatly engraved, ornament the work, and tend to illustrate the subjects, and render them interesting. The simplicity of style and interesting manner of description, by which this work is characterized, have enabled it to sustain a high rank, and secured it a very extensive circulation. It is not to be forgotten that the public are indebted to Mr. Cummings for the general system of instruction in this science which now pre- vails, an^l which has been found so useful. The editor of the present edition has endeavored to retain the peculiar excellences of the original work ; to correct its errors ; and to make such improvements as will render it worthy of a still more extensive patronage. A great part of the work has been newly written, and it is interspersed with such instructions to scholars and teachers, as will facilitate the study of it, and render it permanently useful. The ATLAS for the Improved Edition is newly engraved, contains a chart Bhowing the comparative height of the principal Mountains, and of the compara- tive length of the principal Rivers in the world, and is intended to be as perfect as a work of the kind can be made. CUMMINGS' PRONOUNCING SPELLING BOOK. Price 25 cents. The extensive sale of this work, and the numerous testimonies of instructers and literary gentlemen, are sufficient proof of the excellence of its plan and execution. Indeed, those who consider the importance of teaching their children the correct School and Classical Books pronunciation of the "Rnglisli language, while they are learning to read it, cannot but highly appreciate the plan of this Spelling Book. How frequently do we find that the errors in pronunciation, into which persons are allowed to fall in their childhood, continue to be repeated through life. It is certainly much easier for a child to acquire a correct pronunciation, than for an adult to reform a bad one. In using Cummings' Spelling Book it requires but little pains to render the child able to determine the precise sound of every letter, and to make it more natural and easy for him to pronounce the words correctly than incorrectly. A little em- barrassment is experienced at first, from the small letters which are used to desig- nate the sounds of the others, but this is readily overcome, and the scholar is then possessed of a system which will enable him to pronounce all the words in his book correctly, and the instructer is saved t!»e labor and frequent interruption which are suffered by the necessity of pronouncing words for the scholar. In this edition a selection of very interesting reading lessons has been added, making it, it is believed, altogether the best Spelling Book in use. CUMMINGS' FIRST LESSONS IN GEOGRAPHY and As- tronomy. Price 25 cents. It is hardly necessary to say any thing in commendation of a work which is so extensively known, and so generally esteemed. The public are not, however, sufficiently aware of the case and advantage with which such simple lessons, in these important sciences, may be learned by small children. The time which is nearly wasted in the study of Grammar, if employed in acquiring the elements of more exact sciences, would give the scholar not only a taste for them, but important information. Geography is so simple a science, that cliildren of six or seven years of age may begin to understand it ; and when a few of its elements are acquired, something may also be profitably taught them of the worlds around us. Cummings' First Le-fsons is known to be far preferable to any other work in use, for introducing these subjects to the minds of children. The proprietors have taken great pains to render the work correct, and deserving of a still more exten- sive patronage. The NEW TESTAMENT of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, with an Introduction giving' an account of Jewibh and other sects ; with Notes illustrating obscure passages, and e.\p!ainino^ obsolete words and phrases ; for the use of Schools, Academies, and Private Families. By J. A. Cummings, Author of Ancient and Modern Geography. Second edi- tion. Revised and greatly improved. Stereotype edition. Price 75 cents. CUMMINGS' QUESTIONS on the New Testament, for Sabbath Exercises in Schools and Academies, with four Maps of the countries through which our Saviour and his Apostles travelled. Price 37^ cents. COLBURN'S FIRST LESSONS, or Intellectual Arithmetic, up.on the Inductive Method of Instruction. By Warren Colburn. A. M. Stereotype Edition. Price of Book 37^ ceuts. Price of Plates 12^- cents. The merits of this little work are so well known, and so highly appreciated in Boston and its vicinity, that any recommendation of it is unnecessary, except to those parents and teachers in the country, to whom it has not been introduced. To such it may be interesting and im]>ortant to be informed, that the system of which this work gives the elementary principles, is founded on this simple maxim; that, children should be instructed in every science, just so fast as they can understand it. In conformity with this principle, the book commences with examples so sim- ple, that they can be perfectly comprehended and performed mentally by children of four or five years of age ; having performed these, the scholar will be enabled to answer the more difficult questions' which follow. He will find, at every stage of his progress, that what he has already done has perfectly prepared him for what is at present required. This will encourage him to proceed^ and will afford him a satisfaction in his study, which can never be enjoyed while performing the merely mechanical ojieration of cyphering according to artificial rules. This method entirely supersedes the necessity of any rules, and the book contains none. The scholar learns to reason correctly respecting all combinations of num- bers; and if he reasons correctly, he must obtain the desired result. The scholar Published by Hilliard, Gray, ^ Co. 5 who can be made to understand how a sum should be done, needs neither book nor instructer to dictate how it must be done. This admirable elementary Arithmetic introduces the scholar at once to that simple, practical system, which accords with the natural operations of the human mind. All that is learned in this way is precisely what will be found essential in transacting the ordinary business of life, and it prepares the way, in the best pos- sible manner, for the more abstruse investigations which- belong to maturer age. Children of five or six years of age will l>e able to make considerable progress in the science of numbers, by pursuing this simple method of studying it ; and it will uniformly be found that this is one of the most useful and interesting sciences upon which their minds can be occupied. By using this work children may be farther advanced at the age of nine or ten, than they can be at the age of fourteen or fifteen by the common method. Those who have used it, and are regarded as com- petent judges, have uniformly decided that more can be learned from it in one year, than can be acquired in two years from any other treatise ever published in America. Those who regard economy in time and money, cannot fail of holding a work in high estimation which will afiford these important advantages. Colburn's First Lessons are accompanied with such instructions as to the proper mode of using them, as will relieve parents and teachers from any embarrassment. The sale of the work has been so extensive that the publishers have been enabled so to reduce its price, that it is, at once, tlie cheapest and the best Arithmetic in the country. COLBURN^ SEQUEL to INTELLECTUAL ARITHMETIC, upon the Inductive Method of Instruction. Price ^^1,00. This work consists of two parts, in the first of which the author has given a great variety of questions, arranged according to the method pursued in the First Lessons ; the second part consists of a few questions, with the solution of them, and such copious illustrations of the principles involved in the examples in the first part of the work, that the whole is rendered perfectly intelligible. The two parts arc designed to be studied together. The answers to the questions in the first part are given in a Key, which is published separately for the use of instructors. If the sciiolar find any sum difficult, he must turn to the principles and illustrations, given in tiie second part, and these will furnish all the assistance that is needed. Tlie design of this arrangement is to make the scholar understand his subject thoroughly, instead of performing his sums by rule. The First Lessons contain only examples of numbers so small, that they can be solved without the use of a slate. The Sequel commences with small and simple combinations, and proceeds gradually to the more extensive and varied, and the scholar will rarely have occasion for a principle in arithmetic which is not fully illustrated in this work. KEY to COLBURN'S SEQUEL. Price 75 cents. COLBURN'S INTRODUCTION to ALGEBRA, upon the In- ductive Method of Instruction. Price ^1,25. Those who are comr)etent to decide on the merits of this work, consider it equal at least, to either of the others composed by the same author. The publishers cannot desire that it should have a higher commendation. The science of Algebra is so much simplified, that children may proceed with ease and advantage to the study of it, as soon as they have finished the preceding treatises on arithmetic. The same method is pursued in this as in the author's other works ; every thing is made plain as he proceeds with his subject. The uses which are performed by this science, give it a high claim to more general attention. Few of the more abstract mathematical investigations can bo conducted without it ; and a great proportion of those, for which arithmetic is used, would be performed with much greater facility and accuracy by an algebra ie process. The study of Algebra is singularly adapted to discipline the mind, and give it direct and simple modes of reasoning, and it is universally regarded as one of tlie most pleasing studies in which the mind can be engaged. KEY to COLBURN'S ALGEBRA. Price 75 cents. CORNELIUS NEPOS, de vita Excellentium Imperatorum. From the third edition of J. H. Bremi. With English Notes. Price 75 cents. Nepos is, more than any other Roman writer, suited to be put into the hands of boys, who have made sufficient progress to be able to read a Roman author in 1* School and Classical Booh course. The simplicity and classical character of his style, the separate lives, full of interest and not long enough to weary, the extent of history, of which he gives a pleasing outline, by presenting as in a gallery those illustrious men who directed tJie fortunes of antiquity, the general purity of the moral tendency of his writings, and the favorable moral influence whicli always follows from the true history of great men, are circumstances which sufficiently explain why he is so universally adopted in the European Schools, and is beginning to be introduced in so many of our own. The few notes which accompany this edition are selected and abridged from the commentary of Bremi. In some instances the phraseology of Bradley, an Eng- lish editor, has been adopted, where his remarks coincided with those of the con- tinental editor. The notes would have been selected much more freely but for the fear of making the volume too large. They almost all of them rolate"to questions of grammar and language. Tiiese are the points, to which the attention of boys is to be directed. In Press. An ELEMENTARY TREATISE on MINERALOGY, and Geology, desig^ned for the use of pupils, — for persons attending- Lec- tures on these subjects,— and as a Companion for Travellers in the United States of America. Illustrated with Plates. By Parker CI.EAVKLA^-D, Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy, and Lecturer on Chemis- try and Mineralogy, in Bowdoin College. Third Edition in two volumes. This work is now extensively known and used in the United States, and has been received with high approbation in Europe. The general plan of this edition is the same as that of the second ; but the work is enlarged by the introduction of new species of minerals and new localities. Great efforts have been made to obtain correct descriptions of the localities of American minerals ; and more esjwcially to furnish accurate information concerning those minerals, which are emploj'e'.l in the useful and ornamental arts. Although the mineral riches of the United States have been but imperfectly investigated, yet sufficient is already known to show their importance in regard both to the wealth of individuals and the public good. A CATECHISM of the ELEMENTS of RELIGION and MO- RALITY. By Rev. William E. Channing. The first object which the writer of this Catechism has bad in view, has been to present to the minds of Children the great elementary principles of moral and religious truth, .with the utmost possible simplicity of language. The CHILD'S COMPANION; being an easy and concise Read- ing and Spelling Book, for the use of Young Children. By Caleb Bing- ham, A. M. Price 12^ cents. Few men have attained so high eminence as a successful Instructer and Com- piler of School Books as Mr. Bingham. Though published many years ago, his books still retain their place in many of our schools; and where they have been displaced by more recent compilations, their place has been often supplied by works of far inferior merit— this remark is especially true as applied to the Child's Companion. For simplicity and adaptation to the comprehension of quite young children, and at the same time for truly philosophical arrangement, this work yields to none of the kind in the English language. The steps from the most sim- ple to the more complicated words and sentences, is so easy and natural that the child is brought to master the most difficult without great effort, and above all without disgust. M. T. CICERONIS ORATIONES Selectse, Notis AngUcis lUus- tratae. Editio Quarta. 12mo. Price ,^1,50. The merits of this book, as originally prepared for the use of Phillips Exeter Academy, are sufficiently known to the public. In this new edition, it has been the principal object of the editor to exhibit a better text than has hitherto been given in the school editions of Cicero, and by a more careful punctuation to place the meaning of the Author in a clearer light. The English Notes have most of them been retained, and j)laced at the end of the volume. They have however re- ceived many corrections and additions ; and particularly Voel's Analytical and Synoptical Tables have been prefixed to the Notes of each Oration, showing the object of the orator and the course of the argument. These supersede the neces- sity of sets of (Questions, as they suggest them to the instructer and pupil. On the whole it is believed that the value of this book has been essentially increased in Published by HiUiard, Gray, fy Co. 7 this edition, and that little remains to be desired in this portion of the Latin course pursued in our schools. fFill speedily be Published^ "^ Applied to the French,-LE TRADUCTEUR FRANCOIS, or a new and practical system for translating- the French Janguag-e. By Mariano CuBi I SoLER, Second edition, corrected, revised, and much improved. Applied to the Latin,-The LATIN TRANSLATOR, or a new and practical system for translating the Latin language. Applied to the Greek,— The GREEK TRANSLATOR, or a new and practical system for translating the Greek language. Applied to the English, forSpaniards,-The ENGLISH TRANSLATOR, 6 nuevo i practice sistema de traduccion, para los que hablan espanol. For Mariano Cubi I Solkr. Until now, Grammars and common Dictionaries have been the only auxiliaries which students liavc enjoyed in prosecuting the study of a foreign language. The intricate idioms and delicate subtleties of expression, have been left to the oral explanation of the tutor ; and the proper names as well as the grammatical niceties to the supposed historical or philological knowledge of the student. It is evident, that, as it is within the power of very few learners to command the con- tinued attention of an instructor, and of still fewer, to obtain a profound knowl- edge of Grammar without an acquaintance with the language it treats, the pro- gress of the majority must have been and is much retarded, or attended with many great, often insurmountable, difficulties. To avoid all these inconveniences, by offering speedy success to' the student, as the certain reward for his exertions, is the chief design of the author, in the system of translation, which he now offers to the public. Being circumscribed by the limits of a mere introductory notice, he will briefly state, that to accomplish his end, a collection of classic pieces, written in the language to be taught, is made, and arranged according to gradual difficulty. Notes explanatory of every intricacy of idiom, or nicety of Grammar are given at the bottom of every page, as these obstacles occur. At the end of this selection, thus arranged, and thus commented, a vocabulary is found in which every word without exception, whether proper or appellative, primitive or derivative, simple or modified, is fully analyzed, and its signification accurately explained. Hence it is apparent, that if the meaning of every word simply, or of two or more combined into an idiom, be placed within the comprehension of the student, the sense of a whole paragraph or page, cannot remain for a long time obscure. These advantages will not, as many might, at one glance, suppose, offer unnecessary facilities to the learner. Ho cannot, unless it be through the medium of study and reflection conceive tho meaning of any sentence, as it has, in no instance, been conceived for him. He may find facilities to attain this object soon and without despair, but it requires study and constant attention. Industry finds, in short, every incentive for its exercise, as no obstacles are presented which render it use- less. The author may now speak with that confidence with which practical expe- rience inspires, as this system has already been successfully applied to the French and Spanish languages. How far this new mode of translation has advantages over the common way now pursued in teaching foreign idioms ; and how far it has claims, if any, to origin- ality, will be shown and clearly demonstrated in a pamphlet which the author is now preparing, and which will very soon be published, wholly devoted to this subject. ELEMENTARY CATECHISM on the CONSTITUTION of the UNITED STATES, for the use of Schools. By Arthur J. Stansbury. Price 37J cents. How small a portion of the citizens of this Republic have even a tolerable ac- quaintance with their own Constitution .' It appears that this culpable want of acquaintance with what is of such deep interest to us all, is to be traced to the omission of an important part of what ought to be an American education, viz. the study of the civil institutions of our country. The foregoing work has been pre- pared with a view to such an experiment. It is written expressly for the use of Doya, and it has been the aim and effort of the writer to bring down the subject School and Classical Books completely to a level \\itli their capacity to understand it. Whether he has suc- ceeded the trial must show. He has purposely avoided all abstruse questions, and hast5onfined himself to a simpie commonsense explanation of each article. DELECTUS SENTENTIARUM GR^CARUM, ad usum ti- ronum accommcxlatus : cum Notulis et Lexico. Editio Americana lerlia prioribis emeudalior. Price 62^ cents. If the popularity of a book be an evidence of its having attained its object, the Greek Delectus lias l)een eminently successful. Its merit consists in its simplicity, clearness and precision, by which, with a familiarity with his Grammar, the scholar may make great progress, relieved at once of useless labor, and yet com- pelled to liabits of faithful study and thorough discipline. The Publishers have judged, that, where approbation has been so decidedly expressed, it would be an unwise attempt to substitute a better book; and that they could perform no more acceptable service, than to continue the present work, in as perfect a form as pos- sible. The third American edition has, accordingly, been revised with care. The Notes have been considerably enlarged, critical peculiarities both in Etymology and Syntax pointed out, and a comparison instituted, in many cases, between the Greek and the Latin. The Lexicon is made to embrace not only all the words occurring in the Text, but likewise the irregularities of Tense in each Verb are prominently stated, and the quantity of the doubtful vowels is also marked in con- formity to Morrell's Thesaurus. This work is now used in the Boston Latin School. ENFIELD'S INSTITUTES of NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, Theoretical and Practical, with some corrections ; change in the order of the branches ; and the addition of an Appendix to the Astronomical part, se- lected from Mr. Erving's Practical Astronomy. By Samufx Webber, A. M., A. A. S. Fourth edition, with improvements. With Plates, in 1 vol. Quarto. Price ^7,50. FLORULA BOSTONIENSIS. A Collection of Plants of Boston and its vicinity, with their generic and specific characters, principal syno- nyms, descriptions, places of growth, and time of flowering, and occasional remarks. By Jacob Bigelow, M. D. Professor in Harvard University. Member of the Linnaean Societies of London and Paris. Second edition greatly enlarged. To which is added a Glossary of the Botanical Terms employed in the work. 1 vol. 8vo. Price ^2,75. The first edition of the Florula Bostoniensis was published in 1814, for the use of a Botanical Class in this city. It was intended to contain intelligible de- scriptions of the more common and interesting plants found within a circuit of about ten miles around Boston. Its publication was at that time rendered ne- cessary by the great deficiency of books relating to American plants, and by the difficulty of obtaining foreign works of a character suited to supply this deficiency. The edition now offered to the public contains about twice the nunilier of plants which were included in the first edition. Many of the former descriptions have been enlarged or amended from re-examination of living plants, ar.tl many have been written out anew. Although the work more immediately applies to "Boston and its environs, yet I have inserted in this edition all such plants as I have for- merly collected and described in any part of the New England States. For the convenience of students a Glossary, explanatory of the technical terms used ia the work, is added to this edition. An ELEMENTARY COURSE of CIVIL ENGINEERING, translated from the French of M. I. Sganzin, Inspector General of Bridges, Roads and Naval Depots, late Professor in the Royal Polytecimic School, Officer in the Legion of Honor, and Knight of the Royal Order of Saint Michael. From the third French edition, with Notes and Applications adapted to the United Slates. 1 vol. 8vo. With plates. Price 52,(K). The object of the translator in presenting this work to the public is to do some- thing to supply what seems to him a great deficiency in the books on practical science in this country. He is acquainted with no work in English, which con- tains within a small compass, and in a form intelligible to common readers, those elementary principles of Engineering, which relate to building in stone, brick, or wood, and making roads, bridges, canals, and rail ways. Nearly all the books to be found on thego subjects are suited ouly to the professed Engineer, and are Puhlished by Hilliard, Gray, Sf Co. 9 cither too voluminous, or too much involved in mathematical language to be ac- cessible or intelligible to the greater part of learners a.nA. practical mechanics. The work of Sganzin, of which he now oifers a translation, seemed better suited than any other to the object he bad in view. It has long had a high reputa- tion in France, and has been used as a text book in the department of Civil En- gineering at the Royal, Polytechnic School in Paris ever since it was written. In its present form the translator hopes it will be found useful not only to the professed student of Civil Engineering, but to the practical mechanic, and all per- sons engaged in any kind of building, in forming a road or rail way or digging a canal. This translation is adopted at the United States Military Academy at West Point. FROST'S ENGLISH PARSING EXERCISES. Five hundred Progressive Exercises in Parsing-. Adapted to Murray's and other appro- ved Treatises of English Grammar. By John Frost. Price li'J cents. These Exercises, are carefully digested and arranged, so that the ])upil learns how to manage one part of speech and one principle of Syntax, before he proceeds to others. The sentences illustrating each rule are distinctly classed, the difficul- ties which arise from the omission of a given point of speech or from a particular species of inversion, are separately pointed out and illustrated, and each important principle of Grammar thus becomes forcibly impressed on the youthful mind iii association with several familiar examples. From the American Journal of Education. Those Exercises will be found of great assistance in training children to accu- racy and fluency in parsing. The language selected is mostly familiar; and the words of every lessoii, therefore, are better adapted to the capacity and progress of young pupils, than is the case in exercise books which contain abstract sentiments and formal phraseology. The FOUR GOSPELS of the NEW TESTAMENT, in Greek, from the text of Griksbach, with a Lexicon in Eng-lish, of ail the words contained in them : designed for the use of schools. Price ,^2,25. Advertisement. This edition of the Four Gospels has been prepared in conse- quence of the new arrangement of the studies in Greek, prepaVatory to admission in the University at Cambridge. The Corporation have substituted the Boston edition of Jacob's Greek Reader and the Four Gospels for the Collectanea Gneca Minora, and the whole of the New Testament. It has been deemed expedient to publish a separate edition of the Gospels. The text used is that 'of Griesbach, with the omission of the marginal readings, as not being appropriate to a School Book. A Lexicon of all the words in the Four Gospels, prepared with great care by a gentleman highly qualified for the task, is subjoined. It is hoped that the execution of the work will be found such as to merit the approbation of instructers and render it useful to learners. The FRIEND of YOUTH, comprising a great variety of useful and interesting lessons in Prose and Poetry, adapted to the use of schools. By Noah Worcester, D. D. Second edition. Price 75 cents. The peculiar excellencies of this work consist in the purity and simplicity of the style and sentiments. In the Friend of Youth the beauty and simplicity of nature have been carefully regarded, while a pleasing variety has been preserved. But the principal object of the author seems to have been to render the work totally destitute of such expressions and sentiments as tlow from the corrupt passions of men, and engender discord and strife. It is not too much to say, that in this respect, this book is eminently distinguished from most of those now in use. If any Christian will keep in mind, that love to our fellow men is our first duty aa social beings, and compare the amiable spirit, and the just and benevolent precepts which abound throughout this work, with the selfish and contentious effusions of selfish and jarring statesmen, of warring heroes, and of licentious poets, which so frequently disgrace the pages of others, we think he cannot hesitate in decid- ing which will afford him most aid in training up hia children in the way they should go. J^rof* iFftrrat's JMatlicmattcs* An ELEMENTARY TREATISE on ARITHMETIC, taken prin- cipally from the Arithmetic of S. F. Lacroix, and translated from the 10 School and Classical Books French with such alterations and additions as were found necessary in order to adapt it to the use of American students. By John Farrar, Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy in the University at Cambridge. Third edition, corrected and somewhat enlarged, 8vo. Price ^1,00. This is a philosophical treatise, in which the rules are all strictly demonstrated, a recommeudatioa which no other Arithmetic published in this country is known to possess. "It is important to remark that the Arithmetic will be of little advantage to any who are determined not to take the trouble of thinking and who have nothing of the spirit of inquiry and investigation. At the same time the book is calculated to awaken this spirit." — Review of Cambridge Mathematics, SiUimaii''s Journal. An INTRODUCTION to the ELEMENTS of ALGEBRA, de- signed for the use of those who are acquainted only with the first principles of Ariihmeiic. Selected from the Algebra of Euler. Second edition. By JoHjr Farrar, Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. 8vo. Price ^1,50. Amid the multitude of more recent treatises there are few in which the learner will find more interest and satisfaction than in this. "Of Euler it is not necessary to say much to those who are in any degree ac- quainted with mathematical science. In clearness and elegance of demonstration and illustration he stands the prince of mathematicians, and in fertility of inven- tion he has never been surpassed." — Review of Cambridge jMathematics, Sill imaii's Journal. ELEMENTS of ALGEBRA. By S. F. Lacrotx. Translated from the French for the use of the students of the Universitj' of Cambridge in New England. By John Farrar, Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. Second Edition. 8vo. Price Sl?50. Tliis work comprehends many things not to be found in Ei;ler. It has been generally preferred in the French schools to all other treatises. "Lacroix appears to have been governed in preparing his mathematical works by the following principles; to give a demonstration as rigorous as the nature of the case would admit of every rule and principle of which any use is made. This is very difTcrent from the course pursued in most .American and English books upon mathematics. In our treatises upon Arithmetic and Algebra, with a very few honorable e.\ceptions, the rules are given in a very concise and purely didactic form, and what^er attempt there is at an investigation of them is thrown into notes which are seldom much consulted. Nor is the student generally to blame for not consulting them, as they are usually so ill adapted to the state of his knowl- edge that he finds it impossible to understand them." — Review of Cambridg Mathematics, Silliman^s Journal. ELEMENTS of GEOMETRY. By A. M. Legexdri:. Mem- ber of the Institute and the Legion of Honor, of the Royal Societ\' of Lon- don, &c. Translated from the French for the use of the students of the University at Cambridge, New England. By John Farrar, Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosopliy. Second edition, corrected and en- larged. 8 to. Price S^.OO. This is universally allowed to be the best and most complete treatise on the elements of Geometry that has yet appeared. "On theGeometry of solids or volumes, the elemtents of Legendre andLACROix are very much more complete than those of Euclid, On this point it is impossible to convey an adequate idea to those who are not to a considerable extent acquaint- ed with the subject. Those who are only acquainted with the Geometry of solids or volumes as given by the older writers, we are sure will be surprised and delighted at the luminous and novel manner in which this part of elementary Geometry is exhibited. After what has been said it is scarcely necessary to observe, that American mathematical science is under great obligations to the translator for giving Legesdue's elements in so handsome an English dress. The translation is faithfully executed and accurately printed." — Revieic of Cambridge Mathemat- ics, Silliman'^s Journal. An ELEMENTARY TREATISE on PLANE and SPHERICAL TRIGONOMETRY, and on the application of Algebra to Geometry : PuMished by HilUard, Gray, &f Co. 11 from the Mathematics of Lacroix and BezouT. Translated from the French for the use of the students of the University at Cambridge, New England. Second edition. 8vo. Price ^1,50. The treatises upon Plane and Spherical Trigonometry, though concise, are abundantly sufficient for all the ordinary purposes to which they are applied. The portion on Conic Sections developes the leading properties of these curves in a very plain and satisfactory manner. Although the analytical method is adopted it will be found to be attended with little or no difficulty. The immense advantages which it gives over the geometri- cal cannot but be perceived by the diligent and faithful student. New steps are supplied and all the aid to be derived from frequent references, are afforded, that the less experienced learner may proceed with as much dispatch as the nature of the subject will admit. The formulas in Trigonometry and Conic Sections which will be sought in vain in the common treatises will be found to be of the greatest importance in the higher parts of Natural Philosophy and especially in Astronomy. An ELEMENTARY TREATISE on the Application of Trigo- nometry to Orthographic and Stereographic Projection, Dialling, Mensura- tion of Heights and Distances, Navigation, Nautical Astronomy, Surveying and Levelling ; together with Logarithmic and other Tables ; designed for the use of the students of the University at Cambridge, New England. 8vo. Price ^2,00. (This work is lettered Topography.) The several parts of this volume are prepared with great care ; the best English and French works were consulted and no pains spared in condensing into a small compass what was deemed most important relating to the topics here treated. The Logarithmic tables are from the stereotype plates of Bowditch's Practical Navigator, the correctness of which is too well known to need any recom- mendation. FIRST PRINCIPLES of the DIFFERENTIAL and INTE- GRAL CALCULUS, or the Doctrine of Fluxions, intended as an Intro- duction to the Physico-Mathematical Sciences ; taken chiefly from the Mathematics of BezouT, And translated from the French for the use of the students of the University at Cambridge, New England. 8vo, Price ^1,50. This will be found far more easy and satisfactory than the English treatises upon this subject. It was selected on account of the plain and persi)icuous manner for which the author is so well known, as also on account of its brevity and adap- tation in other respects to the wants of those who have but little time to devote to such studies. An ELEMENTARY TREATISE on MECHANICS, compre- hending the Doctrine of Equilibrium and Motion, as adapted to Solids and Fluids, chiefly compiled, and designed for the use of the students of the University at Cambridge, New England. By John Farkar, Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. Bvo. Price ^4,00. Under the term Mechanics, are comprehended, in this work, not only those top- ics which are usually treated under this name, but also Hydrostatics and Pneumat- ics. The leading propositions are demonstrated with great strictness, and are derived one after another from a very few fundamental principles. There is throughout particular reference to the practical uses of the science. ELEMENTS of ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM, and ELEC- TRO-MAGNETISM, embracing the late Discoveries and Improvements, digested into the form of a Treatise ; being the Second Part of a Course of Natural Philosophy, compiled for the use of the students of the University at Cambridge, New England. By John Farrar, Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. Bvo. Price ;g3,50. Many phenomena and theories are made known in this treatise that the reader will seek in vain in the best English works on these subjects. An EXPERIMENTAL TREATISE on OPTICS, comprehending the Leading Principles of the Science, and an explanation of the more im- portant and curious Optical Instruments and Optical Phenomena, being the Third Part of a Course of Natural Philosophy, compiled for the use of the 12 School and Classical Books Students of the University at Cambridge, New England. B3' John Far- RAR, Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. 8vo. Price 53,00. This treatise is mostly confined to what is capable of being established and illus- trated by experiment. In the Notes to this and the foregoing volume are collected many recently discovered facts and principles that have not yet been embodied into the form of a treatise. An ELEMENTARY TREATISE on ASTRONOMY, adapted to the rtesent Improved state of the Science, being the Fourth Part of a Course of Natural Philosophy, compiled for the use of the students of the University at Cambridge, New England. By John Faruar, Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. 8vo. Price ^3,7o. This is a plain and familiar view of the subject. It is intended to be at once popular and profound. A great part of it may be read without difficulty by per- sons little skilled in the pure Mathematics ; other parts will require more attention and study and somewhat more aid from the subsidiary sciences. ELEMENTS of NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. By E. G. Fis- cher, Honorary Member of the Academy of Sciences of Berlin, Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy in one of the Colleges of the same city, &.C. &c. Translated into French, with Notes and Additions, by M. BiOT, of the Institute of France ; and now translated from the French into English for the use of Colleges and Schools in the United States. Edited by John Farrar, Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philoso- phy in the University at Cambridge, New England. 8vo. Price ^3,00. This is an ingenious compend of Mechanical and Pliysical Philosophy that has been much used and highly approved in the German and French schools. The GREEK READER, by Frederick Jacobs, Professor of the Gymnasium at Gotha, and Editor of the Anthologia. From the last German edition, adapted to Buttmann's Greek Grammar. Second Boston edition. 1 vol. 8vo. Price S2,2o- Extract from the JVarth American Review. The Greek Reader, having been compiled by one of the leading scholars of the age, is prepared throughout in a pure and masterly manner ; proceeds methodically from the simplest combination of words to the common attic style ; and is so com- f)Osed, that while the rules of grammar are illustrated in easy succession, an out- ine is given of mythology, ancient geography, and Grecian history. It is used in almost all the good schools in Germany, and has there gained a decided expression of public opinion in its favor, as the best of the many similar works, which have been produced by the scholars of that prolific country. In regard to the American edition, the chief question concerns its accuracy; and this quality it possesses in an eminent degree. As the Notes and Lexicon "are ia English, it affords the means of learning Greek without the embarrassing interven- tion of another foreign tongue. That it contains references to the American trans- lation of Buttmann's Grammar, will make it the more valuable to those who pos- sess that work, without diminishing its utility for those, who continae to use the more ancient manuals. Preface to the Second Boston Edition. This edition of the Greek Reader has been prepared with great care. The Lexi- con has been revised by a scholar of distinguished accuracy, and great pains have Ijeen bestowed in inserting such words and significations of words, as had acci- dentally been omitted in the first edition, and m making other improvements in conformity with the suggestions of experienced instructers. In the typographical execution of the work, the traces of a diligent and skillful revision of the press will probably be perceived. The text has undergone a thorough revision, having been collated with the German edition of this work, as well as compart with some apn proved edition of the several authors from whom the extracts ate taken; and the references to the Grammar have been accommodated to the second edition of Buttmann'3 Grammar. At a meeting of the Corporation of Harvard College, Voted, " That this work be made use of in examining candidates for admission into the University after the year 1826, instead of Grieca Minora." DEUTSCHES LESEBUCH far Anfanger, i. e. German Reader s Published by Hilliard, Gray, ^ Co. 13 for Beginners. Edited by Dr. Charles Follen, of Harvard University. 1vol. Price ^1,25. The design of this book is expressed in the Preface. ' It is intended to meet an urgent want of all those who are engaged either in teaching or studying the Ger- man language in this country. It introduces the learner to the master works of modern Gorman literature, and furnishes the teacher with a large number of classi- cal examples, to illustrate the rules and peculiarities of the language.' The book is dividecl into a prosaic, and a poetical part. The prosaic part contains, in chro- nological order, select pieces from the works of Lesing, Wieland, Herder, EngeJ, Gbthe, Johannes, Miiller, Schiller, Heeren, A. W. Schlegel, F. Schlegel, Wackenro- der, Hardenberg, Tieck, and Hofimann. The poetical part exhibits specimens of various kinds of poetry, by Schiller, Gothe, Burger, Herder, Tieck, and Kbrner. A sketch of the history of German literature from the earliest times to the pres- ent, is contained in the Preface. "This is one of the pleasantest and best selections we are acquainted with, for the purpose of introducing a beginner to the knowledge of a foreign language. The object of it, as stated in the preface, is to give a collection of examples illus- trative of the rules and peculiarities of tlie language, from works of acknowledged classical rank, and at the same time to afford the learner a foretaste of the modern German literature. This object is, we think, well attained ; and though a task of no very formidable nature, yet it is one not unworthy of the attention of the learn- ed scholar who has prepared the book, and to whom we are indebted for contribu- ting his efforts to increase the means of cultivating one of the most useful and im- portant languages of the present day." — JVorth American Review. In Press. A PRACTICAL GRAMMAR of the German Lan- ag-e, by Dr. Charles FoLLErf, Instructer of the German Language at arvard University, Cambridge. 12mo. This work is calculated to serve as a guide to the teacher ; as well as to those who wish to study the German language without the aid of an instructer. The author has consulted the most important grammatical works which have heretofore been published, on the continent of Europe, and in England ; with particular refer- ence to the grammars of Heinsius, Noehden, and Rowbotham. He has endeavored to comprise in his grammar all that seemed to him really useful for acquiring a practical knowledge of the German language ; without entering into too minute details, or indulging in idle speculations. Every rule of the language is illustrated by examples, and exercises for translating from German into English, and from English into German. The pronunciation is facilitated by an analysis of all the sounds which belong to the German language, and by marking the accent of every word which occurs in this Grammar. GOULD'S VIRGIL, v^^ith English Notes, and a Key for Scanning. Publius Virgiiius Maro. Bucolica, Georgica, et ^neis. Accedunt Clavis Metrica, Notulae Anglicse, et Qusestiones, nee non Index vocabulorum Uberrima. Cura B. A. Gould. In Usum Scholse Bostoniensis. 8vo. Price ^3,50. This edition of Virgil is printed without the usual order of construction, or in- terpretation. The use of these pernicious helps not only prevents the pupil from ever acquiring the power of reading with ease and pleasure without them, but it is utterly subversive of one of tiie principal objects of studying the language, — that mental discipline which is acquired by the practice of critical and exact analj'sis. If the habit of reading independently of artificial assistance be once formed, the want of such assistance is not folt. And it is found by experience that boys who hAve never used an order or interpretation, read Horace and Juvenal, as readily as they do Cicero and Tacitus ; and even with more confidence ; since they are aided by Prosody in overcoming many doubts in poetry, which they have no means of solving in prose. The use of the interpretation is discontinued in the best schools both in England and in this country; as is also the absurd custom of explaining by Latin notes, which boys do not understand. To aid the scholar in overcoming the real difficulties in understanding this author, copious English notes are added at the end. A list of the versos most diffi- cult to scan is subjoined, with the method of scanning each. A few questions are also added, which may expedite the labor of the teacher in ascertaining whether the pupil has been thorough in his preparations. The work is published on a fine paper, and beautiful type; and is, altogether, far superior to any other edition of Virgil in use. 3 14 School and Classical Books Extracts from the JVorth American Review. JV*o. 52. It ia printed with great neatness, in a type of sufficient size, producing well de- fined, well filled, well rounded letters, such as the e\e may dwell upon without pain or weariness. We are acquainted with no edition, which, as regards typo- graphy, the accuracy of the text, and the correctness of punctuation, we should be- lieve, will be read with more satisfaction. We rejoice to find this edition of Virgil excluding the order of construction, or the interpretation, which has so long dis- figured our school Virgil, and other Latin poets. This interpretation, and transla- tions into English of similar demerit, have often been the miserable crutches by which boys have limped their weary way through the ^Eneid, wholly unsuspicious that they were in company with one of the greatest poets of ancient or modern times. The notes are various in their kind; and not among the least frequent or useful are those of a philological character. The editor will not be accused of superflui- ty or prolixness in this part of his work; and his reasons for brevity are such as every person of similar experience will accept without hesitation. J^ational Gazette and Literary Register. July 13, 1827. Mr. Gould has rendered much service to the ends of classical education in this country, by his editions of Virgil and Adam's Latin Grammar, and his Excerpta from Ovid, with Notes and Questions. The Virgil, in particular, deserves to be widely known, from the peculiar correctness of the text, which is substantially Heyne's, the variations from that, the best extant, being slight, and such only as a careful collation of all the acknowledged authorities apjieared to require. Both the Virgil and the Ovid are printed not merely with remarkable accuracy, but in a handsome form. Whatever is well done in this way promotes, or supports the cause of classical literature and the good old system of instruction, which are assailed in public opinion by empirical speculations and schemes of "tricking short cuts and little fallacious facilities." Of the many contemporary innovations with regard to the communication of knowledge and the general culture of the mind, they are but very few which deserve to be styled improvements. GOULD'S GRAMxMAR :— ADAM'S LATIN GRAMMAR, with some Improvements, and the following^ Additions : Rules for the Ilisht Pro- nunciation of the Latin Languasje ; a 31etrical Key to the Odes of Horace ; a List of Latin Authors arranijed according to the different ages of Roman Literature ; Tables, showing the value of tlie various Coins, Weights, and Measures, used among the Romans. By Benjamin A. Gould, Master of the Public Latin School, Boston. Price, bound, ^1,00. " It must be remembered that if the Grammar be the first book put into the learner^s hands, it should be the last to leave them.''^ — Preface to Bdttmann's Greek Grammar. This edition is adopted by the University at Cambridge, Massachusetts, and is recommended to the use of those who are preparing for that Seminary. Extracts from the Journal of Education. Mr. Gould has in this edition of the Grammar rendered to classical instruc- tion one of the most valuable services it has hitherto received in this country. His endeavors to promote a uniform and correct pronunciation of Latin are an important addition to the value of the Grammar. The acquisition of a correct pronunciation should be an object of attention, as early as possible in the course of instruction. With regard to the general merits of the rules we need say nothing, after stating thai they are sanctioned by the authority of our most reputable literary institutions. On one circumstance, connected with the improved edition of Adam's Latin Grammar, we congratulate every instructer. The care taken to accent penultimate syllables seems likely to succeed in banishing the hideous mispronunciations with which our School and College exercises were, and are sometimes disgraced. W^e cannot take leave of this valuable school book without expressing our ■warmest approbation of it, and our gratitude for the facilities which its editor has afforded our youth for their progress in a language which is essential to a full un- derstanding of their own : which is the avenue to professional life, and to the highest and most honored splieres of public usefulness. GOULD'S OVID, with English Notes. Excerpta ex scriptis Publii Ovidii Nasonis. Accedunt Noluloe Anglicse et Qusesliones. In usum J Published by Hilliard, Gray, fy Co. 15 Scholse Bosloniensis. This selection embraces portions of the Metamor- phoses, Epistles, and Fasti. 8vo. Price ^1,25. Extracts from the Preface. In preparing this little volume from the writings of Ovid, great care has been taken to admit nothing in the slightest decree indelicate, or improper for the study of youth. One object has been to furnish examples of the ditferent kinds of measure used by this polisiied and fascinating writer. It is not a little surprising that in the whole course of studies preparatory for, and pursued at our Colleges, not a verse of pentameter measure occurs. This is the more surprising, since, in addition to the frequency of its use, this kind of versification may be considered one of the most easy and graceful which the ancient poets used. As this book is designed for a kind of introduction to fabulous history, the notes give a more full account of the subjects connected with the matter immediately under consideration, than might otherwise seem expedient. The questions are designed to direct the student's attention to the subjects of the notes, as well as to those of the text ; for a knowledge of the characters here intro- duced will generally facilitate a proper understanding of all subsequent studies in Latin and Greek. Extracts from the United States Review and Literary Oazette, for August^ 1827. As in his Virgil, so in these selections from Ovid, Mr. Gould has rejected the order of construction and the interpretation and for reasons, we think, perfectly satisfactory. The Notes, too, [in English] are of the same judicious character as those in his Virgil. And besides those which are intended to assist the puj)il merely in the business of interpreting the author, many of them are devoted to the explanations of names which occur so frequently in tiie Metamorphoses, and which have so much to do with the fabulous history of ancient times. The (iuestions annexed are well adapted to direct the pupil's attention to what is most worthy of his notice, and thus to fix in his memory many important facts in ancient mythology, and history, and geography. We cannot close our remarks without expressing our obligations to Mr. Gould for this additional contribution to the cause of good learning. While we look not only with complacency, but with great satisfaction, upon the various useful enterprises that engage the busy world about us, we are delighted occasionally to greet the scholar, who comes to take the rising generation by the hand, and make tiiom familiarly acquainted with the favorite poets of ancient times. GOULD'S HORACE, with English Notes. Quinti Horatii Flacci Opera : aoceclunl clavis meirica et notulse Angiicae, Juventuli accommo- dalae. Cura B. A. Gould. 12mo. This edition of Horace has been prepared with much care for the use of young gentlemen at School and at College ; and of course is free from all indelicacies. It is of the duodecimo form, and of a size convenient for use, with the notes at the end. The notes are concise, and adapted to the degree of information which the student is supposed to possess at that stage of his classical education when this author is usually studied. It is presumed that most students have become acquainted witli the leading characters in classical history and mythology before they take Horace. For this reason the notes are chiefly confined to the illustration of the text, i. e. the peculiarities of this author, and to such explanations of the manners and cus- toms of the time, and of the characters introduced, as seem necessary to a right un- derstanding of the poet's allusions. GRAGLIA'S NEW POCKET DICTIONARY of the Italian and English Languages. With a compendious Elementary Italian Grammar, from the last London edition. [Noio Stereoiijj)hig.) The general approbation, with which the numerous editions of this valuable little Dictionary, have been received ; — the rapidity, with which fourteen editions of it have been exhausted in England; — and its universal adoption by the instruc- ters of the Italian language in this country, are a sufficient recommendation of the work and a proof of its superiority to others compiled on the same plan. "Several attempts," says the preface to the fourteenth London edition, "have been made to surpass this Dictionary ; but it still keeps up its advantages and the last edition was sold in half the time of the preceding one." The vocabulary is copious and various, the definitions accurate, many dilficult phrases and peculiar idioms explained, and the most common poetical terms, which often occasion so much embarrassment to beginners, are introduced and defined. Numerous re-publications have, however, been made at London, without a proper 16 School and Classical Books attention to the correction of typographical errors — and in consequence, the ac- cents are often misplaced, the words both Italian and English, so nais-spelled. as to produce important misrepresentations of the sense, and the genders, parts of speech, &c. incorrectly stated. In the American edition, these errors have been carefully corrected, the whole text examined by the folio edition of Albertis, many definitions and idioms added, and the vocabulary itself enlarged by about tiDo thousand of the most important words, omitted in the London copies. — To make it more useful, the texts of the classics most commonly read in the schools and by beginner? in this country, as the Scelta of Goldoni, the Nolti Romane of Verri, the Gerusalemma Liberata, the Tragedies of Monti, and the Italian Reader, compiled for the use of Harvard University, have been consulted, and several hundred words not contained in London editions have been added from them. The ITALIAN and ENGLISH PHRASE BOOK, or Key to Italian Conversation ; containing the chief Idioms of the Italian Language. Improved from M. L'Abbe Bossut. Price 37^ cents. This work is on the same plan with the French Phrase Book by Bossut — and is a complete Key to the conversational idioms of the Italian language; and when these idioms are once mastered, the whole language is easily attainable. It cannot fail to be eminently useful to beginners. • COLLECTANEA GR^CA MINORA ; with Explanatory Notes, collected or written by AxuREW Dalzel, A. M. F. R. S. E. Professor of Greek in the University of Edinburgh. Sixth Cambridge edition ; in which the Notes and Lexicon are translated from the Latin into English. 1 vol. 8\ o. Price ^2,25. Preface to the Sixth Cambridge Edition. It has long been a complaint, that the notes of Collectanea Grajca Minora, being written in Latin, were not so useful as they might be to beginners, for whose use they were prepared. In this edition, therefore, the notes and lexicon have lx;en translated into English; so that the work may be used without any previous knowledge of the Latin language. So numerous are the words and idioms in Latin authors, which may be illustrated by a knowledge of the Greek language, from which they were borrowed, that no reasonable man can doubt that the Greek should be studied first. In tliis edition a few notes have been added, particularly upon the most difficult part — the extracts from Tyrt.eus. The text also has been diligently compared with the latest and best editions of the works, from which the extracts were made, belonging to the library of Harvard University ; and a few new readings havo been introduced, which throw light on obscure passages. It is hoped, therefore, that those who have heretofore used and approved the work, will be still better satisfied with it, now that it is more free from errors, and more easy and instruc- tive to young students. COLLECTANEA GR^CA MAJORA. Ad usum Academicae Juventutis accommodata ; cum Notis philologicis, quas partim collegit parlim scripsit Andreas Dalzel, A. M. &c. Editio quarta Americana, e.^ Aucloribus correcta, prioribus emendatior, cum Notis aliquot interjectis. Cantabrigioe, 31ass. E prelo Universitatis. Sumptibus Hilliard, Gray et Soc. Bibliopolarum, Bostoniae. 2 vols. 8vo. Price ,^7,00. , Extracts from a Review of this Edition. The best criterion by which to estimate the value of works designed to facili- tate the purposes of ediication, is actual experiment. The present selections from Greek literature have been many years before the public, and have constantly been coming more widely into use. Of the first volume there have appeared in England and Scotland at least eight, we believe nine, several editions, and five or six of the second ; and in the United States, we have now the fourth edition of the whole work from the press of the University at Cambridge. A book, to meet with such success, must be well adapted to its end. Of all the editions which have thus far appeared in Great Britain or America, we do not hesitate to pronounce this to be the most correct. It exhibits the clearest marks of indefatigable diligence and conscientious accuracy on the part of its learn- ed and unassuming editor. Instead of vague and indiscriminating praise, we will endeavor to explain its peculiar advantages. Our account will be a short one, though the labors which we commemorate extended through years. The chief object of the American editor. Professor John S. Popkin of Cam- bridge, was to make the book a correct one. It had gone through so many editions, Published hy Hilliard, Gray, ^'- Co. 17 and each new one had repeated so many of the errors of the last, and made so many of its own, that both the text and the notes had become very much disfigured. Not only accents and letters were often wanting, but words, and sometimes whole lines were omitted ; especially in the notes. In the third American edition, these were in a good degree amended ; in the fourth tlie same purpose has been most assiduously pursued. To do this the original sources of the notes and text were consulted, and these, together with other good editions of the several writers, were diligently compared. Not a few fractures and dislocations were repaired by means of an early edition of the Collectanea. When the sense was fouud broken and obscure, it appeared on examination that words, lines, and sometimes several lines had been omitted; particularly where a word was repeated at no great dis- tance, the intervening words were sometimes passed over in printing. We hope we have said enough to justify our preference of Professor Popkin's edition of the Grmca Majora over any other. To give a more distinct idea of what he has accomplished, we venture to affirm, after a close computation which may be relied upon, that of errata in the copy greater and less, he has corrected as many as ten thousand. If after all his care and pains, he has made any or left any, they can be easily marked and corrected, as the present edition has been made on stereotyped j)lates. It was an undertaking of long and toilsome diligence to cor- rect the press and the copy of a work of this kind, collected from so many sources, and referring to so many authorities. Not less than five hundred volumes were of necessity consulted. An EPITOME of GRECIAN ANTIQUITIES. For the use of Schools. By Charles D. Cleaveland. Price ,g^l,00. To the Publishers. I received a few days since your letter of inquiry concerning the "Epitome of Grecian Antiquities," and am happy in the opportunity of expressing an opinion of that little work. — While it was in progress the plan received my full approba- tion ; and the diligence of the compiler in procuring and consulting all the proper authorities and the unusual care bestowed in superintending the publication led me to expect a well executed work. In this I have not been disappointed. Pot- ter's Archajlogia Grieca is voluminous and expensive, and the works of Robinson and Bos have not been re-published in this country. Some work of the kind is ab- solutely necessary for the classical student in every stage of his progress. In thig state of things Mr. Cleaveland's well digested manual supplies a deficiency and obviates an objection, which has heretofore existed, to making Grecian Antiquities a separate and particular study in our Academies and Classical Schools. WILLIAM CHAMBERLAIN, Professor at Dartmouth College. In Press. GROVES'S GREEK LEXICON. A Greek andEng- lish Dictionary, iiy the Rev. John Groves. With addiiious, by the American editor. The object of the compiler of this work (as stated in his Preface) was, to offer to the public a Dictionary, which young Greek scholars could use with ease and advantage to themselves ; but sufficiently full to be equally serviceable as they advanced ; a book, that would answer for School, for College, and more particularly for reading the New Testament and the Septuagint. In the arrangement of the words, the alphabetical method has been adopted, as best suited to the capacity and diligence of the young learner. Immediately after each word is placed its form of declension or conjugation, together with any pe- culiarity attending it, such as the attic genitive of contracted nouns, the future or perfect of any dialect peculiar to certain verbs, &c. Next is placed the derivation or composition of the word. The English significations of the Greek word follow next. In this part two or three synonyms have been given for each signification. After the significations are subjoined any irregularities or varieties arising from dialect, &c. and some of the more difficult inflexions of each word are added. A considerable number of new words have been introduced. These consist of words occurring in the authors usually read, and in the Septuagint, which are not to bo found in Schrevelius. They are also taken from the Greek tragedies now generally read at schools, and from elementary books latterly introduced. All the inflected parts of words which are in Schrevelius are to be found in this Dictionary, with many others. These consist of oblique cases of nouns, pronouns, and participles ; of persons, tenses, moods, &c. of verbs. There is no English attached to these parts and inflexions, but a reference is given to the theme, where all the signified- tions will be found. This part of the work has been particularly attended to 2* 18 School and Classical Books where it respects the Nev. Testament ; and thus the work will be useful both to beginners and to those persons who may wish to revive their knowledge of Greek, especially of the New Testament ; they will also find in this Dictionary all the words occurring in the Septuagint. Every thing has been retrenched tliat did not coincide with the young scholar's capacity; and he has here given to him what ho will notice at present, instead of what he may look for at a more advanced period of his studies ; he has here laid before him what will be immediately useful, for what might be serviceable hereafter. This American edition, in conformity with the plan of the work, will be improved by the addition of considerable supplementary matter particularly adapted to the wants of younger students, for whose use the work is principally designed. Will speedily be Published. HOMER'S ILIAD, with English Notes. In 2 vols, on the plan of Gould's edition of Virgil, Ovid, Hor- ace, &c. ELEMENTS of LOGIC, or a Summary of the General Principles and Different Modes of Reasoning. By Levi Hedge, LL. D. Professor of Natural religion, Moral Philosophy, and Civil Polity, in Harvard Uni- versity. Stereotype edition. Price 87^ cents. Professor Hedge made his Logic after twenty years experience in teaching the science. His object was to form a system adapted to the present improved state of intellectual piiilosophy. The Logics before in use were deficient in parts of pri- mary importance. The instruction they furnish on the article of reasoning is almost exclusively confined to the principles of sylogism. They contain very little relating to moral evidence and those modes of reasoning by which the practical business of life is carried on. The success which has attended the sale of Hedge's Logic is ample proof that it is suited to the wants of the community. It has su- perseded those before used in most, if not all, the Colleges in New England and in ■everal of those in the middle, southern, and western states. It is also extensively used in Academies and Schools of the higher order, in various parts of the United States. In the different editions this treatise has been carefully revised by the author, and in the fourth edition two chapters were added, containing the princi- ples of controversy — and a body of rules for the interpretation of written docu- ments. JOHNSON'S DICTIONARY of the English Language, as im- proved by Todd, and abridged by Chalmers, with Walker/s Pronoun- cing Dictionary combined ; — to which is added, Walker's Key to the Classical Pronunciation of Greek, Latin, and Scripture Proper Names. Edited by Joseph E. Worcester, A. M., A. A. S., 50. The Historical Atlas which accompanies the volume, comprises a series of Charts, formed on a new plan, and affording means of facilitating the study of Historxj similar to what are afforded by Maps in the study of Geography. It contains the following Charts -. — 1. Chart of General History. 6. Historical Chart of England. 2. Chart of Sacred History. 7. Historical Chart of Fr.ance. 3. Chart of Ancient Chronology. 8. Chart of American History. 4. Chart of Sovereigns of Europe. 9. Chart of Biography. 5. Chart of Modern Chronology. 10. Chart of Mythology. Extract from the .Advertisement to the Third Edition. " The approbation which has been expressed of the plan and execution of tbig work, by the different literary journals, and by various respectable instructors, and distinguished literary gentlemen, and likewise by the public, as indicated by the rapid sale of the first and second editions, call for the grateful acknowledgments of the Author. "In this third edition the volume has been carefully revised, and the quantity of matter increased. A Chart of Sacred History has been added to the Atlas, and all the other Charts have been altered and improved." This work has been highly recommended by various literary gentlemen. — Presi- dent Kirkland and Professors Hedge and Willard, of Harvard University, and the Rev. Dr. Beasley, Provost of Pennsylvania University, say in their recora- 2S School and Classical Books mendation ; — " We can cheerfully recommend it as the best elementary work of the kind with which we are acquainted." — President Lindslcy, of Cumberland College, says; — " I give it the decided preference to every work of the kind with which I am acquainted." QUESTIONS adapted to the use of Worcester's Elements of Hisiory. Price 18| cents. WORCESTER'S EPITOME of HISTORY, with Historical and Chronological Charts. Price of the Book 50 cents. Atlas 50 cents. The Jltlas contains the four following Charts: — 1. Chart of General History. 3. Chart of Modern Chronology. 2, Chart of Ancient Chronology. 4. Chart of American History. *' This Epitome of History and the corresponding Epitome of Geography by the Fame author, are well adapted, as regards size and cost, to the circumstances of primary and common schools ; and the characteristic care and exactness of the author leave little to desire in regard to the character of these books, as works adapted to the objects of education. We earnestly hope that school committees will examine this work and give it a place among their school books." — Journal of Education. WORCESTER'S ELEMENTS of GEOGRAPHY, Ancient and Modern ; with an Alias, Ancient and Modern. Price of Geography 87^ cents. Price of Modem Atlas $ 1 ,00. Price of Ancient Atlas 87| cents. Maps in the Ancient Atlas. 1. Roman Empire. 4. Asia Minor. 2. Italy. 5. Palestine. 3. Greece. Maps in the Modern Atlas, 1. The World. 7. France, Germany, Netherlands, 2. North America. Switzerland, &c. 3. United States. 8. England, Scotland, and Ireland. 4. Eastern and :Middle States. 9. Asia. 5. South America. 10. Africa. 6. Europe. In this Geography scholars are examined for admission into Harvard and other Colleges. It is also, by order of the School Committee, used in all the public Grammar Schools in Boston, and to great extent through the country. " Mr. Worcester's Geography appears to us a most excellent manual. It is concise, well arranged, free from redundancies and repetitions, and contains exactly what it should, a brief outline of the natural and political characteristics of each country. The tabular views are of groat value." — J\Corth American Review. " I cannot hesitate to pronounce it, on the whole, the best compend of Geography for the use of Academies, that I have ever seen." — Rev. Dr. S. Miller^ of Princeton. " Of all the elementary treatises on the subject which have been published, I have seen none with which I am on the whole so well pleased, and which I can so cheerfully recommend to the public." — President Tyler, of Dartmouth College. WORCESTER'S EPITOME of GEOGRAPHY ; with an AUas. Price of Epitome 50 cents. Price of Atlas 75 cents. The Atlas contains the following Maps : — 1. Map of the World. 9. Roman Empire. 2. North America. 10. Palestine. 3. United States. 11. Comparative Heights of Mountains. 4. Sotitb America. 12. Comparative Lengths of Rivers. 5. Europe. 13. Statistical Summary of the United 6. British Isles. States. 7. Asia. 14. Statistical Summary of Europe. 8. Africa. 15. Statistical Summary of the Globe. " Mr. Worcester's success as a geographer renders it unnecessary for us to say any thing more of this little work, than that it bears all the characteristic marks of his former productions. He is accurate, clear, and remarkably happy in con- densing the most important particulars, and bringing them down to the ready apprel^nsiun of children. The author has one merit almost peculiar to himself. I Published by HllUard, Gray, 8^ Co. 29 He has taken unwearied pains to designate the accurate pronunciation of proper names. This is of great utility." — JVort/i American Review. "It would be difficult to collect within the same limits so much exact, useful, and well chosen matter, as is contained in this little volume, and the accompanying Atlas. Mr. Worcester's books have all been distinguished for accuracy and clear- ness. This is no less so than those which have preceded it — We have seen no book so well adapted to the wants of teachers and learners." — Christian Examiner. SKETCHES of the EARTH and its INHABITANTS ; comprising a Description of the Grand Features of Nature ; the Principal Mountains, Rivers, Cataracts, and other Interesting Objects and Natural Curiosities : also of the Chief Cities and Remarkable Edifices and Ruins ; togetlier with a View of the Manners and Customs of Different Nations : lUustraied by One Hundred Engravings. 2 vols. Price ,**|3,50. Extracts from Reviews, Sec. " We have attentively perused these ' Sketches,' and have no hesitation in saying that we know of no similar work, in which instruction and amusement are so much combined. The accuracy of the statements, the brevity and clearness of the descriptions, the apposite and often beautiful quotations from books of travels and from other works, continually excite and gratify the curiosity of the reader." — Christian Spectator. " We consider the ' Sketches' well suited to give a large fund of entertainmert and instruction to the youthful mind." — ATorth American Review. " We know of no book which would be more suitable to be read by scholars in our higher schools, and which would excite more interest in the family circle."— - R. I. American. " These volumes are extremely entertaining, and may be recommended to the perusal of those even, who conceive themselves to be past the necessity of elemen- tary instruction." — Christian Examiner. " The ' Sketches,' &c. form a most valuable companion to the ' Elements of Qeoffraphy^ admirably calculated to interest the attention, and impart useful knowledge to our youth." — Roberts Vaux, Esq. " The work is, in my opinion, ably executed, and well fitted to be both popular and useful."— Aer. Dr. S. Miller. WORCESTER'S GEOGRAPHICAL DICTIONARY, or Uni- versal Gazetteer, Ancient and Modern. Second edition, in 2 vols. Bound. Price 511,00. A GAZETTEER of the UNITED STATES abstracted from the Universal Gazetteer of the Author. With enlargement of the principal articles, by J. E. Worcester. 1 vol. 8vo. Bound, price ,^2,50. Will speedily be Published. XENAPHONTIS ANABASIS, cum Notulis Anglicis'et Quaeslionibus. 2 vols. 12 mo. This work will lie prepared for the use of Schools, on the same plan with Gould's edition of Virgil, Horace, and Ovid. The FRENCH ACCIDENCE or Elements of French Grammar. By William B. Fowle, Instructor of the Monitorial School, Boston. The prevailing custom of requiring young children to commence the study of the French language, has led to the publication of this Accidence. The author found that his younger pupils were unable distinctly to collect the leading principles of French Grammar from the bulky works commonly used, and that the more ad- vanced pupils often experienced some difficulty in finding the information they sought, not because it was not in the book, but because there was so much else there. It is believed that all the essentials of French Grammar are contained in this compend, and that they are so arranged as to be distinct and obvious. Should this Accidence be found useful, it will bo followed by a small volume of Exercises adapted to it. 30 Gardner^s Globes, GARDNER'S TWELVE INCH GLOBES. $26,00 per pair. These Globes are now very generally used in the Schools and Academies of INew England. RECOMMEITDATIONS. Cambridge, Jan. 23, 1824. Mr. J. W. Gardner appears to have made himself acquainted with the best methods of constructing artificial Globes, and to have used all due care in the construction of his work. The stars are laid down singly, and the number and outline of the constellations are given, according to the latest and most approved catalogues and charts of the heavens. The terrestial Globe is understood to have been constructed in a similar manner, by means of the best tables of the latitude and longitude of places. These Globes are accordingly recommended as well adapted to the purposes of elementary instruction in Geography and Astronomy. JOHN F.^RRAR, Prof, of Math, and JVat. Phil, in Harvard University. Boston, Jan. 22, 1824. Rev. and Dear Sir, — I have examined, with a great deal of care, Mr. Gardner's Terrestrial Globe, and find it very accurately executed according to the latest discoveries and the best tables. The coasts are carefully laid down, with an extraordinary degree of minuteness, from the best established authorities. The outlines are consequently very exact. All important places in the interior of continents, where the latitude and longitude have been well ascertained, are also laid down with the same care. With great respect, your obedient servant, GEO. B. EMERSON. E.ev. President KiRKLAiio. Harvard University, Cambridge, 23 Jan. 1824. Sir, — After the opinion expressed by Professor Farrar of your ability and fidelity in the construction of your Globes ; and after the testimonial of Mr. George B. Emerson, who has examined your Terrestrial, and of Mr. James Hayward, who has paid particular attention to your Celestial Globe, (one of these gentlemen having been lately and the other being now in the department of Mathematics, Natural Philosophy, and Astronomy in this University, and both well known for their accurate acquaintance with these branches of science,) I can have no doubt that these productions of your skill and labor are fully entitled to peculiar favor and patronage. I am, Sir, with esteem, your obedient servant, J. T. KIRKLAND, President. Mr. J. W. Gardner. GARDNER'S NEW FOUR INCH GLOBES. Price $2,00 each. In consequence of the increased demand for Gardn^er's twelve inch GLOBES, the author has been induced to publish a pair of four inch Celestial and Terrestial, corresponding in every respect with the twelve inch, except the omission oC the names ; which present an entirely new and interesting exercise in Geography and Astronomy. BOSTON BOOKSTORE. HILLIARD, GRAY, & Co. Publishers, Booksellers and Stationers, No. 134, Washington street, Boston, keep constantly for sale a great variety of English, French, Italian, Spanish and German Books, in the various branches of Learning. An extensive stock of the most valuable LAW BOOKS. Also,— A supply of the finest LONDON STATIONARY. Orders for Books of every description executed with care and promptness, and on the most mod- erate terms. Ci3= Social Libraries and Literary Institutions, supplied with mis- cellaneous books at a great discount. Old and rare Books often on hand for sale at very low prices. T. R. MARVIN, PRINTER, 32, CONGRESS-STREET, BOSTON. RETURN TO the circulation desk of any Unive'-sity of California Library or to the NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY Bldg. 400, Richmond Field Station University of California Richmond, CA 94804-4698 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS • 2-month loans may be renewed by calling (510)642-6753 • 1-year loans may be recharged by bringing books to NRLF • Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days prior to due date. DUE AS STAMPED BELOW JAHOIZQO^ 12,000(11/95) (g,' I J VliSX«lbTI - ivi31J21G9 YC134144 ^ ■ J I Mi«f£St£,^,.L««ARIES C00a5M?tl3